Wednesday
January 30, 1991
Part II

Environmental
Protection  Agency
40 CFR Parts 141, 142, and 143
National Primary Drinking Water
Resuistions; Final Rule

-------

-------
  3326
Federal  Register  /  Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday. January  30.  1991 ,/ Rules and Regulations
  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
  AGENCY

  40 CFR Parts 141, 142, and 143

  [WH-FRU-3380-1)

  National Primary Drinking Water
  Regulations—Synthetic Organic
  Chemicals and Inorganic Chemicals;
  Monitoring for Unregulated
  Contaminants; National Primary
  Drinking Water Regulations
  Implementation; National Secondary
  Drinking Water Regulations

  AGENCY: U.S. Environmental Protection
  Agency (EPA).
  ACTION: Final rule.

  SUMMARY: By this document. EPA is
  promulgating maximum contaminant
  level goals ,'MCLCsj and National
  Primary Drinking Water R^g-a!a:ions
  (N'PDVVRs) for 26 syr.t'-stic organic
  chemicals (SOCs) and 7 inorganic
  chemicals flOCs). (The MCLCs and
  MCLa for aldicarb. aldicarb suifoxide.
  aldicarb sulfone. pentachlorophenol and
  b-irium  are reproposed elsewhere in
  today's  Federal Register dus to changes
  in the health basis for the MCLGs and/
 or revised MCLs.) The NTDVVRs consist
 of maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) .
 or treatment techniques for the SOCs
 and lOCs. The NPDWRs also include
 monitc.-..ig. reporting, and public
 notification requirements for these
 compounds. This document includes the
 best available technology (BAT) upon
 which the MCLa are based and the BAT
 for the purpose of issuing variances. The
 Agency  is promulgating secondary
 MCLs (SMCLs) for two contaminants
 and one-time monitoring requirements
 for approximately 30 SOCs and [DCs
 that are  not regulated by N'PDWRs.
 EFFECTIVE DATE.1 All sections (141.11,
 141.23. 141.24. 141.32. 141.40,  141.50.
 141.80. 141.61, 141.62. 141.110. 141.111.
 142.14. 142.15, 142.16, 142.57.  142.62.
 142.84, 143.3. and 143.4). of thii regulation
 are effective July 30.1992. The
 information collection requirements  of
 5§ 141.23. 141.24 and 141.40 are effective
 Juiy 30. 1992 if the Information
 Collection Request is cleared by the
 Office of Management and Budget
 (OMB). If not, the requirements will be
 effective when OMB clears the request
 at which time a document will be
 published in the Federal Register
 establishing ihe effective date.  In
 accordance with 40 CFR 23.7. this
•regulation shall be considered final-
 Agency acuor for the purposes of
 judicial review at 1 p m.. Eastern time on
 February 13. 1991.
                               ADDRESSES: A copy of the public
                               comments received. EPA responses, and
                               all other supporting documents
                               (including references included in this
                               notice) are available for review at the
                               U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                               (EPA). Drinking Water Docket. 401 M
                               Street. SVV.. Washington. DC. 20460. For
                               access to the docket materials, call 202-
                               382-3027 between 9 a.m. and 3:30 p.m.
                               Any document referenced by an MRID
                               number is  available by contacting Susan
                               Laurence. Freedom of Information
                               Office. Office of Pesticide Programs, at
                            .  703-55--4454.
                                Copies of health criteria, analytical
                              methods, and regulatory impact analysis
                              documents are available for a fee from
                              the National Technical Information
                              Service (NTIS). U.S. Department of   -
                              Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road.
                              Springfield. Virginia 22161. The toll-free
                              number is 800-336-4790. local: 703-437-
                              4350.
                              FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Al
                              Havinga. Criteria and Standards
                              Division. Office of Drinking Wa'er
                              (WH-550). U.S. Environmental
                              Protection Agency, 401 M Street. SW.,
                              Washington. DC 20460, 202-382-5555. or
                              one of the EPA Regional Office contacts
                             listed below. General information may
                              also be obtained from the EPA Drinking
                              Water Hotline. The toll-free number is
                             800-426-4791. local:  202-382-5533.
                             EPA Region*] Office*
                             I. JFK Federal Bldg.. room 2203. Boston, MA
                               02203. Phone: (617) 565-3602, Jerry Healey
                             0. 28 Federal Plaza, room 824. New York. NY
                               10273. Phone: (212) 264-1800. Walter
                               Andrews
                             HI. Ml Chestnut Street. Philadelphia. PA
                               19107, Phone: (215) 597-8227. Jon Capacasa
                             IV. 345 Courtland Street. Atlanta. GA 30365,
                               Phone: (404) 347-2913. Allen Antley
                             V. 230 S. Dearborn Street. Chicago O. 60604.
                               Phone: (312) 353-2152. E.1 Watten
                             VI. 1445 Rosi Avenue. Da lai. TX 75202,
                               Phone: (214) 255-7155. Tom Love
                             VII. 72& Minnesota Ave.. Kansas City, KS
                               66201. Phone: (913) 551-7032. Ralph
                               Lcngemeier
                             VIII.. One Denver Place. 999 18th Street, suite
                               300. Denver. CO 80202-2413. Phor.e: (303)
                               293-1408. Patrick Crotry
                             IX. 215 Fremont Street.  San Francisco, CA
                               94105, Phone: (415) 974-0912, Steve
                              " Pardieck
                             X. 1200 Sixth Avenue. Seattle. WA 88101.
                               Phone: (208) 442-4092, Jan Hasting*

                             Abbreviations Us»d in This Document
                             AA: Direct Aspiration Atomic Absorption
                               Spectroacopy
                             ADI: Adjusted Daily Intake
                             BAT: Best Available Technology
                             BTCA: Bent Technology Generally Available
                             CAA: Clean Air Act
                             CAG. Cancer Assessment Group
                             CRAVE: Cancer Risk Assessment
                               Verification Endeavor
  CUR: Carbon Usage Rate
  CWS: Community Water System
  DWEL: Drinking Water Equivalent Level
  EBCT: Empty Bed Contact 'Time
  ED: Electrodialysis
  EDR: Electrodialysis Reversal
  EMSL: EPA Environmental Monitoring and
   Support Laboratory (Cincinnati)
  FmHA: Farmer's Home Administration
  GAC: Granular Activated Carbon
  GFAA: Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption
   Spectroscopy
  ICP-AES: Inductively Coupled Plasma-
   Atomic Emission Spectroscopy'
  E: Ion Exchange
  rMDL: Inter-Laboratory Method Detection
   LJr.iit  '
  IOC: Inorganic Chemical
  LOAEL: Lowtst-Observed-Adverse-Effect
   Level
  LOQ: Lim;t of Quantity.ion
  MBS: Multinational Business Services. Ir.c.
  MCL; Maxirr.uar. Contaminant Level
   (expressed as mg/1) '
  MCLG: Maximum Contaminant Level Coal
  MDL: Method Detection Limit
 MCD: Million Gallons per Day
 NAS: National Academy of Science
 NIPDWR: National Interim Primary Drinking
   Water Regulation
 MIST: National Institute of Standards and
   Technology
 NOAEL: No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level
 NORS: National Organic Reconnaissance
   Survey
 NPDWR:'National Primary Drinking Water .
   Regulation
 NSF: National Sanitation Foundation
 NTW'S: Non-Transient Non-Community
   Water System
 OPP-. EPA's Office of Pesticide Programs
 PAP: Polymer Addition Pracucet
 PE: Performance Evaluation
 POE: Point-of-Entry Technologies
 POU: Point-of-Use Technologies  '
 PQL: Practical QuantitaticT Level
 PTA: Packed Tower Aeration
 PWS: Public Water System
 R£D: Reference Dose (formerly termed
  Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI))
 RIA: Regulatory Impact Analysis
 RMCL: Recommended Maximum
  Contaminant Level
 RO: Reverse Osmosis
 RSC; Relative Source Contribution
 SOW A; Safe Drinking Water Act or the
  "Act." at amended in 1986
 SMCL: Seoonaary Maximum Contaminant
  Level
 SOC Synthetic Organic Chemical
 TEM: Transmission Electron Microscopy
THMi: Trihalometh«ne«
TON: Total Odor Number
TWS: Transient Non-Community Water
  System
 UV: Uncertainty Factor
 UIC: Underground Injection Control
 VOC: Volatile Organic Chemical
 WHP: Wellhead Protection
LUtofT«Mw
Table  1—MCLCs and MCLa for Inorganic
  Contaminants
                                                                                                      l nuUi$r«ni (mj).

-------

-------
           Federal  Register /  Vol. 56. No. 20  / Wednesday. January  30, 1991  / Rules  and R&gulations      3527
Table 2—MCLC» and MCLs for Volatile
  Orgaruc Contaminants     . .
Table 3—MCLGi and MCLs for Pesticides/
  PCB«
Table 4—MCLGs and Treatment Technique
  Requirements for Otner Organic
  Contaminants
Table 5—Secondary Maxirtum Contaminant
  Levels (SMCLs)
Table 6—Eest Available Technologies to
  Remove Inorzan'c Contaminants
Table 7—Be;t Available Technologies to
  Remove Synthetic Organic ContaminanU
Table 6—Compliance Monitoring
  Requirements
Table 9—Analytical Methods for Inorganic
  Chemicals
Table 10—Analytical Methods for Volatile
  Organic Chemicals
Table 11—Analytical Methods for Pesticides/
  PCB»
Table 12—Laboratory Certific- . jn Criteria
Table 13—State Implementaticn
  Requirement!
Table 14—EPA's Three Category Approach
  for Establishing MCLCs
Table 15—Relative Source Contribution
Table 18—Inorganic Contaminant
  Acceptance Liirits and Practical
  Quantification Levels
Table 17—Inorganic Contaminant Sample
  Preservation. Container, and Holding Time
  Requirementj
T«bl« 18—Pesncide/PCB Practical
  Quantitation Levels and Acceptance Limits
Table 19—Eectrodialysis Performance
  Compared to Proposed BATs
Table 20—Additional Costs for Vapor Phase
  Carbon Emission Controls for Packed
  Tower Aeration Facility
Table 21—CAC and Packed Column Costs to
  Remove SOCa
Tjble 22—MCL Analysis for Category I SOCs
Table 23—MCL Analysis for Category U and
  III SOCs  -
Table 24—Method Detection Limits—
  Fesiicides/PCEa
Table 25— L'nregulated  Inorganic and
  Organic Contaminants
Tah'e 28—Section 1415 BAT for Inorganic
  Contaminants •
Table 27—Section 1415 BAT for Organic
  Contaminant!
Table 28—Summary Impact Estimates for
  Final IOC and SOC. Regulations
Table 29—Comparison  of Total Annualized
  Costs for Proposed and Final Rules
Table 30—L'pper Bound Household Costs [$/
  H-l/year)
SUPPLEMENTARY INFOKMAT1OK:

 Abbreviatjoas Used In  This Document

 Liat of Taole*

 T*ble of Contents
 I Scaimtry of Today's Action
 II. Background
   A. Statutory Authonry
   B. Regulatory History
   C. Public Comments  on the Proposal
 in. Explanation of Today's Acaon
   A. Establishment of MCLGs
   1  How MCLGi Art Developed
   2 Response to Comments on EPA B Zero
     S1CLG Policy
   3 Relative Source Contribution
4 Inorganic MCLGs
a. Asbestos    ..
b. Cadmium
c. Chromium
d. Mercury
e. Nitrate/Nitnte
  (!) Nitrates and Cancer
  (2) Other Effects
  (3) Other Issues
f. Selenium
5. Volatile Organic Contaminants (VOCi)
  MCLGs
a. cis-1.2-Dichloroethylene and truu-1.2-
  Dichlojoetfcylenfi
b. 1.2-Dichloropropane
c. Ethylbenzer.e
d. Monochlorobenzene
e. ortho-DicfllarobenreTie
f. Styrene
g. Tetr&cble-oethyler.e
h. Toluene
i. .Cylenes
P. Pesticides/PCBs MCLGs
a. Alachlor
b. Atrazir.e
c. Carbofuran
d. Chlordane
e. l.2-Dibromo-3-chionpropane (DBCP)
f. 2.4-D
g. Heptachlor/Heptachlor Epoxide
h. Lir.dane
i. Meth'oxychlor
j. Po'.ychlonnated Biphenyls (PCBs)
7. Other Synthetic Organic Contaminant
  MCLCs
a. Acrylamide
B. Establishment of MCL»
1. Methodology for Determination of MCLs
2. Inorganic Analytical Methods
a. Asbestos
b. Nitrate/Nitrite
c. Other Inorganic Analyses
d. Method Detection Limits and Practical
  Quantification Level
  (1) Inorganics
  (2) Nitrite
 e. Inorganic Chemical Sample Preservation.
  Container, and Holding Time
 3. SOC Analytical Method*
 a. VOC Methods
 b. Method Availability
 c. Cleanup Procedures
 d. Pesticide Methods
 e. Method 525
 f. PCB Analytical Methods
 g. VOC Performance Studies
 h. Pesucide/PCB PQL and Performance
   Acceptance Limits
 4. Selection of Bost Available Technology
 a. Inorganics
 b. Synthetic Organic Contaminants
   (1) Why PTA Is BAT for Air Stripping
   (2) PTA and Air Emissions
   (3) BAT Field Evaluations
   (4) Carbon Disposal Costs
   (5) Powdered Activated Carbon as BAT
   (6) Empty Bed Contact Time
   (7) Carbon Usage Rates
  5. Determination of MCLs (Feasibility and
.   Cost)
  a. Inorganic Contaminant MCLs
  b. Synthetic Organic Contaminant MCLs
    (1) Category I Contaminant*
    (2) Category D and IH  Contaminants
  C.  Treatment Technique Requirements
  D.  Compliance Monitoring Requirements
1. Introduction
2. Effective Date
3. Standard Monitoring Framework
a. Three-. Six-. Nine-Year Cycles
b. Base Monitoring Requirements
c. Eight VOCs Regulated July 8,1987
d. Increased Monitoring
e. Decreased Monitoring
f. Vulnerability Assessments
g. Relation to the Wellhead Protection
  Program
h. Initial and Repeat Base Monitoring
4. Monitoring Frequencies
a. Inorganics
  (1) Initial and Repeat Base Requirements
  (2) Increased Monitor.ng
  (3) Decreased Monitoring
b. Asbestos
  (1) Initial and Repeat Base Re'-iuirer-snts
  (2) Increased Monitoring
  (3) Decreased Monitoring
c. Nitrate
  (1) Initial and Repeat Base Requirements
  (A) Community and Non-Transient
  Water Systems
  (B) Transient Non-Community Water
  Systems
  (2) Increased Monitoring (CWS. NTWS.
  TWS)
  (3) Decreased Monitoring  (Surface CWS
  and NT/VS)
 d. Nitrite
   (1) Initial and Repeat Ba»e Requirementj
 e. Volatile Organic Contaminant* (V.OCs)
  (1) Initial and Repeat Base Requirements
   (2) Increased Monitoring
   (3) Decreased Monitoring
 f. Pesticides/PCBs
   (1) Initial and Repeat Base Fsquirementi
   (2) Increased Monitoring
   (3) Decreased Mor.uonng
 5. Other Issues
 a. Compliance Determinations
 b. Confirmation Sample*
 c. Composing
 d. Asbestos
 6. Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 E. Variances and Exemptions
 1. Variances
 2. Point-of-Use Device*. Bottled Water, and
   Point-ot-Hntry Devices
 3. Exemptions
 F. Labora'.O'y Certification
 G. Public Notice Requirements
 1. General Comments
 2. Contamin-.r.;-Speci5ic Comments
 a. Asbestos
 b. Other Contaminants
 H. Secondary MCLs
 1. Organic*
 2. Aluminum
 3. Silver
 a. Derivation of SMCL for Silver
 I. State Implsmentation
 1. Special State Primacy Requirements
 2. State Recordkeeping Requirements
 3. State Reporting Requirements
IV. Economic Analysis
  A, Ccst of Final Rule
  B. Comparison to Proposed Rult
  1. Monitoring Requirements
  2. Charts* s in MCLa
  3. Changes In Occurrence Data
  4. Changes in Unit Treatment Cost
    Estimates

-------
3528
          Federal Register / Vol. 56. No. 20 /  Wednesday. January 30, 1991  /  Rules  and Reguia'.ur.s
  0 Cost 'o S>ste.T3
  D Coal to Slate Progr
V O'her Requirements
   A, Regulatory Flexibility Anal>s;s
   B Paperwork Reduction Act
 VI. Public Docket and References
 I. Summary of Today'i Action
  The effective date of this rule .3 July
 30. 1092.
                               TABLE 1.—MCLGs AND MCLS FOR INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
                                                        MCLGs
                                                                              I
                                                                                                MCLS
!<)
(2) Cadmium '
13) Clvomium
,41 Mercury
,51 Nitrate
(6) Nitrite
<~1 Total titrate and Sttrte
 7 million fibers.'liter (longer tfian '0 urn)
. 0005 mg/l	
 0 1 mg/l 	.... .
 0002 mg/l	
. 10 mg/l (as N)	
, 1 mg/l (as N)	
, 10 ng/l (as N)    	
1 0 05 mg/l 	,	
7 million fibers/liter (longer man 10 urn).
0005-mg/l.
O.t mg/l.
0 002 mg/l
10 mg/l (as N).
1 mg/l  (u N).
10 mg/l (as N).
0 05 mg/l.
   TABLE 2.—MCLGs AND MCLs FOR
   VOLATILE ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
     TABLE 3.—MCLGs AND MCLs FOR
            PESTICIDES/°CBS
 TABLE   4.—MCLGs   AND  TREATMENT
   TECHNIQUE REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER

I1! o-DicNorobenzere
Slcis-1 2-
DcnKxoemy'ene
i3l trars-1 2-
DicrvSoroerpy !*«•>«
(4) t 2-DtctikxCDroDana
• 5| EWytb«orwie
16)
MonocMorobenzene
1?) Styrene , ,
81 T«tracnkxo«tnyier>« .,
(3) Toluene , , ,
(10) Xy*en«4 itotal)

MCLGs
"Tig,".)
06
007
0 1
0
37
0 1
0 1
0
t
10

MCLs (mg/
1)
OS
007
01
0005
07
0 1
01
0005
i
'0


ii) Aiacnior 	
(2) Atrazine 	 	
(3) Carbofuran 	
(4) Chlordane . ..., 	
(5) 1,2-Dibromo-3-
cntorooropane (DBCP).
,6) 2 4-0
(7) Ethvlen* dtbromtd*
lEOB)'.
(8) Hepachlor 	
(9) Heotachtor epoxid« .
(10) Undane 	
(11) Methoxycnlor 	
ti2) Polvcrilonnated
oionenyis (PCSs) (as
aecacnlorooipnanvl).
i'4) 2.4.5-TP iSirvex) 	
MCLGs
uct »
6-
	 Treatment
tacnnqu*.
.
007I'/ TABLE 5.— SECONDARY MAXIMUM
OOOOC5. CONTAMINANT LEVELS (SMCLs)
O.OOO4. Aluminum 	
•0300Z- i)a£r 	
03002. *' 	
.1 0.05 to 0 2 mg/l.
....i 0.1 mg/1.
!
0.04.
00005.
0003.
005.
                      TABLE 6 —BEST AVA._-BLE TECHNOLOGIES TO REMOVE INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
Be*t avai)a£)l« lecnnotogws
-jnur"> . - - n. ~~ n,.t^,n. i Grtnulw
„ '• Ac^vatod wGaou^atiO'' _orros*ori Lfcreci L"aiomne activated
">n a-um^ra 'ifvaoor * v control hltraDon hft'aoon , cartxyi
*,3«S!H X X X - X
Hart.ni '
j
C^rorrujm ^ . '
.

Vf-w- \ • ' ' X
s w *•** '' '
s ' ' '
3«^m XX' :
'' ' 1
-. '*" • i
««.»•>.' - is •
.1 . i

•4te, i
Ion • Lime j
excr.ange ; sotter«r>g »
X • X
X ', X *
x ! x
,
x ;
'x-
X :
X 1
IX
i
!
' X ' X
i • .
1 1
:
Reverse
osmosis
x

Electro-
dofysu
X

X
1 	
X

X '
X
X
X


X


X

X






SAT VN r/ ^H^t -^c-^ conc.r^.000, do not «c*»d '0 Mg/l, CoaguiatKjn/fittraoon lor r-srcury -*noval *v^d- PAC addrbon or port-filrttxjn GAG
't'-"** w~^t> 'vj'* or9*r«c rrxrcuor ^ pr»*«rrt pr source w«t»r
1 Set ' *' 5 B> T 'or i/naX fyitafTt for van«.ic*« ufrt«M trsatnent ts currentf^ in place.





-------
           Federal Register  / Vol.  56. No. 20 /  Wednesday. January 30.  1991  / Rules  and Regulations    •  3529
                    TABLE 7.—BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGIES TO REMOVE SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
                        Cftamcal
                                                                 GAC'
                                                                                            PTA •
                                                                                                                      PAP <
voc*
    CJ*-t.2-OicNoroatrrvi«oe ........ ;
    trans-1.2.-O«cMoro«mylene .......... ...
    1 ,2-C>cnloroprooar>e  ..........
    MonocNorobetuene
          ...................................... -,    .,
    Tetrecftloroemyleoe .............. .. ............................................. , ...... • *
    Toluene [[[ ...... ........ ; ............................ * '
    Xylene* (ToUl) [[[ ........... v. ....... I X
Pestxaclea/PCBs:                                         |
    Aiacfikx.. [[[ I X
    AMicarb ........................ . [[[ ! X
    Ak»cart> iurlooe .............................................. , .............. , ..................... ' X
    AJdicarb aurtaode [[[ j X
    Atrazne [[[ : ................. i X
    Caftoohxar) .............................. . .............................................. i ............... ' X
    CNcrtane .............................................. . ................................................ j X
    2.4-0 [[[ X
    r>b!XXTX>cNoroprop«ne (DBCP) [[[ • X
    Etnytene Obromioe (EDB) [[[ X
    HepttcNor [[[ X
    Heptachtor epomde [[[ , .......... X
    IJndane ......................................... , ............. ...-., ........................ •-•,, ....... ! x
    M«hoxycMor [[[ ! X
 '   PCS. [[[ X
                                                     X
                                                    ! X
                                                     X
                                                     X
                                                    i x1
                                                    Ix
                                                    > X
                                                     X
                                                     X
                                                     X
    2.4.5-TP (
    Toxapft*rw .........................
Othv Ory*nc Contemnanta:
    1 GAC = Granular activated cartion.
    • PTA - Pscfccd towvr MraDon.
    ' PAP = PtxymK addmon p*»cac«t
                                        TABLE 8.—COMPLIANCE MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Contaminant

j Base requrement
j Ground water
! 1 sample/3 yr
1 t*mnl«/Q v«jira attar 3
Surface water
AnnuaJ s/imple
umotM < MCL 	
Tngoer that increase* monrtonng
>MCL 	
Waiver*
Yes: Based -on analytical results o<
**..«* ................... : .........................  1 Mnvi* av«y 9 year,

                                           AnnuaJ    Ouartar'y
                                                                                                         3 rounds.
                                                                                                                 on vulMrtMly ass««-
10 vOCa

18 f
                             !  Altar 1 y»ar <50N MCL. SWS. may reduca to an ; >SO% MCL... ........................................ , No.
                             I   annual umola.                            I                              I
                                           50% MCL ...........................................  No.
                                        r; anrx^ a«ar  on. yw of no detect:  >0.0005 mg/l ........................................ ! Yet Ba«d on vulr^ab-l.ty
           . PC3s
                                av«ry 3 years
                                                 round*.
                                                                                                         ment
.! 4 quarterly »amptaa. every 3 yri; ««ar 1 round of no ; Datactxjn. (SM Table 23)	j  Yea: Oaaed on vuJneraMlity a««ss-
i   detect  i>s 3,300 reduoi to 2 iamptea/vr                               I   m«rrt-
I   every 3 yrt. »y»Wma <3.300 r»duca to 1 sample
                                 every 3 yrs.
  -vac.uialec:                    !
   -6 IOC». - 24 SOCi	: One tample. 4 conaecutrve qi-«niK»
                                          ..: N.A.
                                                                           Yea: Based on vulnerability
 Table 9. — A-nalytical Method* for
 Inorganic Chemicals
 Alumuium:
   A.::-— '. absorption, furnace techn:q'.e
    L.nr-..!r Fcmice A:oz,c Abiorplion
   »c'_-c?ccp> :CFAA).
                  Aiomic absorpfon. direct aspiration '
                Asbestos
                  Transmission electron microsccpy
                Banum:
                  Atomic absorption: furnace tec.inique '
                  Atomic absorption: direct aspr ation *
                  ' Direct Aipira'jon Atonic Ab»or jtion
                Sp«ctro«copy (AAJ.
                                                                                            Lnductively coupled plasma /3/

-------
3530     Federal Register / Vol.  56.  No. 20 / Wednesday, januan,  30.  1991  /  Rules
                                          TA6t_E 12.—LABORATORY
                                                         CRITERIA
                                          IOC>
  Manual cold vaoor lechique
  Automated cold vapor !echn:q,-«
.V.trale:
  Manual cadmium reduction
  Automated h>dra::r.e reduction      -          Asoestos          2   surxH'S
  Automated cadmium reduction                                  &as»d o" jtuay nat-
  ion selective e>c::oJ!                                         act
  Ion chroma-OS-;!"-                           Banum         .. ='5'.  at ..3 -5 mg'1
S-.U-te-                                      -Cadmium ............. r2CS  at > 002 mg/l
'                                             Chromium .....   , ,  ±15%  at >001 -ng.'t

                                                           .:  ^%  .;  y^;:
                                                           . . - ,0%  at ,0 * mg/l
  Ion chrotr\a:.-graphy                          NrtrJt   '  ..........  = is».  at >0« mg/i
Selenium;                         .         -   s«Wmu:ii      ,  .! ^20%  at ^0 01 mg/l
  Atomic abno.-p'.ion. gttseoui hydride          vOCs:              j
  Atomic absorption, furnace '              '                    . -20%  at >O.OiO mg/l
S.lver                                                       ! -*0'1'  •' <00i0mg/i
  Atomic ahtorption: direct aspiration *        PosscKfca and PCS*   i
  Inductively coupled plain:- »                   AiacWor ................... ±«S%  •« ° °°2 mg/      .
                                             Atfttn*     ....,! ±45%  at 0 001 mg/l    *
  TABLE iO.-ANALrr.CAL METHODS FOR       %»*£ ............... ; z^X^      ,
     VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICALS           H«puct*x ... .......... ±«s%  at o ooo« mg/i
__ __      Hsptacfrtof       I =*5%  «t 0.0002 mg/1     ;
 EPA m«mod»          Comamt-apts               apowJ*.       |
            . - —      Undone ............. ...... I = *5%  at 0 0002 mg/l
               ^                        •    Matttoxycr y ........... ! ±*5H  «: 0 01 n-g/1
502 1  ....... ....   c-Ootoroocnzwi*                  pj.^ .          | 0.200% ,1 0.0005 rr^.M    I
5022 ,.,.„,„...   ca-l^-DcWoro«mYie«.                r^cicWoroe.-   '                      I
503 1  ... ....... .  tran»-<,2.-Dic«oro«tnyier«.              onwryl)                              '
52-"  ..» ......   1.2-Ocr.kxoprcparw.                 AloWrt '   ........  =S5S  at 0.003 mgrt
52* 2  ,  , ., ,  . , El»ytt>«oz«o«,                     Alocart) *ultO)«i« ....! ±55N  at 0.003 mgn
              Mooocr>kx3C«o«n.                AWlcart) ^^ ....... 1:S5%  ., o 003 mg/1      :
            , St>rr»n«.                          Toxaofwp* .  .... ..... r*S%  at 0.003 mg/t
            : Tat,«rUofo.!nylen.                 P,mi:Wo7opn«x.:...i =50%  at 0.001 mg/l
                                             2 4 o .............. ........... ±50%  „ 0 005 p^/,
                                             2.X.5-TP ....... _ .......... ! =50%  at OOOSmg/1      !
-- - - •      ED6            ;» 40%  al 000005 mg/1

  TABLE 11.-ANALrT.CAL METHODS FOR      • "^ .......... - -^ '^  " OOOCi ^     •
           PEST.CIDES/PCBS                                                      ,
____ __ _ .      TABLE t3.— STATE 1MPLEMEMTATK3N    i
 EPA mauxxsi          Contaminanti                       REQUIREMENTS              i
504

JCS
            . CXxomocnkxotxooan*
                                                       ! Prxnacy
              AlacMor
              Atrazm*.
                      apcutM,

              M«moxycMor.
                                          Vulrwadtty    1 X

                                            prewKluw '  '
                                                       ! X
 507

 SCfl
 508A
 5151  . ..
              PC8»'
             , A'tcMor
              Airaiin*,
              Cwcrtana.
                                          Monitoring      X
                                            scf*duJ«.    I
                                          VulrwrmMity    i
                                            txx*.
                                          Watven granted..
              MeOxwycNor.
              PCBi1
              PC8« (ai
              2.*-0.
              2.4.S-TP CS*.«-
 c*lrt>c»non».  ;
Jmgutatad
 cootanvnam
 S25
         .......... AiacJMOf.
              Atr«ao«.
              Chkxoan«.
               Aloc*rt>
               AKkcot: tulon*.
               Cartjoturmn.
 tt 9o-*ctt£  o 505  or
 j3.no Mrnxxl 506A.
                  5O6
                              most
                                                     » SUtc* grant waivcn.

                                           n. Background

                                           X. Statutory Authority
                                             The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA
                                           or "thje Act"),  as amended in 1986 (Pub.
                                           L, No. 99-339.100 Stal. 642), requires
                                           EPA to publish "maximum contaminant
                                           level goals" [MCLGs) for contaminants
                                           which, in the judgment of the
                                           Administrator, "may have an adverse
                                           effect on the health of persona and
 v\h;ch (are) known or anticipated to
 occur in publ.c water systems" (sec1..: n
 1412(b)(3!(A)). MCLGs are to be se'. at a
 level at which "no known or anticipatpd
 adverse effects on the health of persons
 occur and which allow* an adequate
 margin of safety" (section 1412(b)(4!l
   At the same time EPA publishes an
 MCLG, which ia a non-enforceable
 health goal, it must also promulgate 3
 National Primary Dnnkmg Water
 Regulation (NPDWR) which includes.
 either (1) a maximum contaminant level
 (MCL). or (2) a required treatment
 technique (section 1401(1). 1412(a)(3).
 and 1412(b)(7)(A)). A treatment
 technia-f c"iy be set only if it » not
 "econorrical'y or technologically
 feasible" to ascertain the  level Of a
 contaminant (sections 1401(1) and
 1412(b)(7)(A)). An MCL must be set as
 close to the MCLG a< feasible (section
 1412(bK4)j. Under the Act. "feasible"
 means "feasible with the  use of the best
i technology, treatment techniques, and
• other means which the Administrator
 finds, after examination for efficacy
'• under field conditions and not solely
 under laboratory conditions, are
 available (.taking cost into
: consideration)" (section 1412(b)(5)). In
 setting MCLs. EPA considers the cost of
. treatment technology to large public
 water systems (i.e..  > 1.000.000 people)
j with relatively clean source water
 supplies (132 Cong. Rec. S6287 (daily
1 ed.. May 21.1986)). Each NPDWR that
j establishes an MCL rnuat lift! the best
1 available technology, treatment
1 techniques, and other means that are
i feasible for meeting the MCL  (BAT)
j (»ectkm «412(b)(B)|.  NPDWRs include
, monitoring, analytical and quality
I assurance requirements, specifically.
i "criteria and procedures to assure a
 supply of drinking water which
! dependably complies with such
i maximum contaminant levels * * *."
!  (Section iwi(lMD))- Section 1445 also
j  authorize* EPA to promulgate
;  monitoring requirements.
\   Section 1414(c) requires each owner or
  operator of a public water system to
i give notice to persons served by H of (1)
' any failure to comply with a maximum
j contaminant tevel,  treatment technique,
  or testing procedure required by a
 , NPDWR; (2) any failure to comply with
  any monitoring required  pursuant to
  section 1445 of the  Act; (3) &e existence
  of a variance or exemption: and (4) any
  failure to comply with the requirements
  of any schedule presc; 'led pursuant 11 a
  variance or exemption.
     Under the 1986 Amendments to the
  SDWA. EPA was to complete the '
  promulgation of NPDWR* for 63
  contaminants, in three phas«s, by June

-------
          Faderal Ragstef /  VoL  56. No.  20 / Wednesday. January  30. 1981  /  Rules and Regulations    3531
 19. 1989. After 1989, an additional 25
 contaminants must be regulated every
 three years (section 1412(bJ).
 B. Regulatory History
   In the 1986 Amendments to the
 SOW A. Congress required that MCLGs
 and MCLs he proposed tod promulgated
 simultaneously (section 14±2(a)(3)). This.
 change streamlined development of
 drinking water standards by combining,
 two steps ia the regulation development
 process. Section 1412(a){2) renamed •
 recommended maximum contaminant
 levels (RMCLi). as m««-imimi
 contaminant level goals, (MCLGs).
   To insure compliance with th«
 provision that MCLGs and MCLs be
 proposed and promulgated
 simultaneously and to ensure adequate
 opportunity rbrpoblic comment on these
 proposed standards, EPA proposed as
 RMCLs. in November 1985, most of the
 MCLGs contained in today's rule.
  On May 22. 1888. ETA proposed
 MCLGs sssd; MCL* for 38. centamiuat*
 and a toeatnsatit tBeknufos)
for two eontmninnnfft. Moot of the
MCLGs and MCL* are proinnlgirted *t
the same level* as proposed la May
1989. However. the MCLGs aad/of
MCLs for five contaminants are, lower
than, previously proposed. Whore EPA is
promulgating MCLGsi MCLs. analytical
methods,. best available technology,
monitoring requirements,, aad State
implementation requirements that differ
from the proposal, the changes result
from public comments and/or additional
data mat the preamble indicated were
under development or snsfyste. The
technical and/or policy basis for these
changes are- explained m this, notice.
  On February 14. 1989. ia- response to a
citizen auii from the Buil ROB, fj^titinn,
EPA entered ixto s consent order  which
requires promulgation of regulations: for
40 contaminants by December 31, 1990.
EPA OB IVUM IS. 1888- partially fulfilled
this requirement by promulgating
regulations on colifonna and other
microbiologicaL
promulgation of regulation* on the 34.
contaminants ia today's rule partially
fulfills the terms of the consent decree.
Because of changed RfOs for aldfcarb,
aldicarb suifoxide, aldicarb sulfone, and
barium and the reclassification of

and placement in Category I EPA.
elsewhere in today's Federtl Register, is
reproposing the MCLGo and MCLi for
these fnntBminiivts .
 (the RfD adjusted for an adult drinking
 an *verag» of 2L water/ day over a
 lifetime] 5 adequate det» exist. To
 accoant for possible careinofemeity, an
 additional ancertaisrty factor wf up to tt>
 is applied. If adequate noBcarcmogerac
 data ata sot avaUabte (Lew «»be«to»>,
 the, seoond optioit consists of sitrttng the
 MCLG in the theoretical «xcaso cancer
 risk range of 10" • to WT». EPA te
 currently evaluating the appropriatenes*
 of the tw& option* for establishing
 MCLGe fsee 55 FR 3037ft p. 3O4O4).
 However, the MCLG* proawIgiHed
 today m«e the RfD option wrtb im
 application of an »J*tion*l ancerrairrty
 factor np to 10, except es noted for
 asbestoe.

 1. How MCLGs Are Developed
  MCLGs are set »t concentration- levels
at which no known or antfcipafveT
adverse health effects would occur,
allowing for as adequate margin of
safety. Establishment of a specific
MCLG depends OB the evidenco- of
carciaogeHicity fron» driakiag water
exposure or the Agency's relrreoee- dose
(RfDJ ,  wkics is. eafcoJated for each
  The cancer classiScatiun for a spedfic
chemfcai and the reference dos« are
adopted by two dlflereul fiyemy groups.
Decisions on cancer classifications are
made by the Cancer Risk Assessment
Verification Endeavor (CRAVEf group.
which is Luuiyostd of representatives of
various EPA pmgiaui offices. Decisions
on EPA reference, doses, (using non-
cancer endpoints ordy] an made.
through the Agency Reference Dose
work giuup. also composed of
represenlatires of various EPA program
offices. Decisions by CRAVE and the
RfD groups represent policy decisions
for the Agency and are used by the
          rcguiai lory pro^^fiuT»  &• LUB
basis for regulatory decisions. Decisions
of these two groups are published in the
Agency's Hrtegrsted Risk Information
System C1^1^)- This system can be
accessed by the public ky convicting
Uik* McLa^hha of DtALCOM; toe. at
                          i*o
raised and no new information was
obtained by the Agency that would
cause it to change the MCLGs from the
  The RfD is an estimate, with an
uncertainty spanning perhaps in order
of magnitude, of a daily exposure to the

-------
3532
          Federal Register  /.Vol. 56,  No. 20 /  Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules  and Regulations
human population (including sensitive
subgroups] that is likely to be without
an appreciable risk of deleterious health
effects during a lifetime. The RfD is
derived from a no- or lowest-observed-
adverse-effect level (called a NOAEL or
LOAEL. respectively) that has been
identified from a subchronic or chronic
scientific study of humans or animals.
The NOAEL or LOAEL is then divided
by the uncertainty factor to  derive the
RfD.
  The use of an uncertainty factor is
important in the derivation of the RfD.
EPA has established certain guidelines
(shown below) to determine which
uncertainty factor should be used:
  10—Valid experimental results for
appropriate duration. Human exposure.
  100—Human data not available.
Extrapolation from valid long-term
animal studies.
  1.000—Human data not available.
Extrapolation from am nal studies of
less than chronic exposure.
  1-10—Additional safety factor for use
of a LOAEL instead of a NOAEL.
  Other—Other uncertainty factors are
used according to scientific  judgment
when justified.
In general, an uncertainty factor is
calculated to consider Lntra- and
intenpecies variations, limited or
incomplete data, use of subchronic
studies, significance of the adverse
effect, and the pharmacokinetic factors.
  From the RfD. a drinking water
equivalent level (DWEL) is calculated
by multiplying the RfD by an assumed
adult body weight (generally 70 kg) and
then dividing by an average daily water
consumption of 2 L per day. The DWEL
assumes the total daily exposure to a
substance is from drinking water
exposure. The MCLG is determined by
multiplying the DWEL by the percentage
of the total daily exposure contributed '
by drinking water, called the relative
source contribution. Generally, EPA
assumes that the relative source
contribution from drinking water is 20
percent of the total exposure,  unless
other exposure data for the chemical are
available. The calculation below
expresses the derivation of the MCLG:
 RfT> =
 DWEL =
NOAEL or
  LOAEL

uncertainty
  factor
   RfD X body
     weight

   daily water
   consumption
    in L/day
mg/kg/
 body
weight/
  day
                                 ID
                                 (2)
MCLG = DWEL x drinking water
   contribution (3)
  For chemicals suspected as
carcinogens, the assessment for
nonthreshold toxicants consists of the
weight of evidence of carcinogenicity in
humans, using bioassays in animals and
human epidemiological studies as well
as information that provides indirect
evidence (i.e.. mutagenicity and other
short-term test results). The objectives
of the assessment are (1) to determine
the level or strength of evidence that the
substance is a human or animal
carcinogen and (2) to provide an
upperfaound estimate of the possible risk
of human exposure to the substance in
drinking water. A summary of EPA's
carcinogen classification scheme is:
  Group A—Human carcinogen based
on sufficient evidence from
epidemiological studies.
  Group Bl—Probable human
carcinogen based on at least li-nited
evidence of carcinogenicity to humans.
  Group B2—Probable human
carcinogen based on a combination o£-
sufficient evidence in animals and
inadequate data in humans.
  Group C—Possible human carcinogen
based on limited evidence of
carcinogenicity in animals in the
absence of human data.
   Group D—Not classifiable based on
lack of data or inadequate evidence of
carcinogenicity from animal data.
   Group E—No evidence of
carcinogenicity for humans (no evidence
for carcinogenicity in at least two
adequate animal tests in different
species or in both epidemiologies) and
animal studies).                   «.
  Establishing the MCLG for a chemical
is generally accomplished in one of
three ways depending upon its
categorization (Table 14). The starting
point in EPA'i analysis is the Agency'.
cancer classification (i.e.. A, B. C. D, or
E). Each chemical is analyzed for
evidence of carcinogenicity via
ingestion. In most cases, the Agency
places Group A. Bl. and B2
contaminants into Category I. Group C"
into Category II. and Group D and E into
Category HI. However, where there is
additional information on cancer risks
from drinking water ingestion (taking
into consideration weight of evidence,
pharmacokinetics and exposure)
additional scrutiny is conducted which
may result in placing the contaminant
into  a different category. Asbestos and
cadmium are examples  where the
categorization was adjusted based on
the evidence of carcinogenicity via
ingeation. In the case of chromium,
where there is uncertainty in the
ingestion data base, the Agency used
the RfD approach (described below) to
derive an MCLG even though the
chemical has not been categorized. This
issue is discussed below. Where there is
no additional information on cancer
risks from drinking water ingestion to
consider, the Agency's cancer
classification is used to categorize the
chemical. In the cases of styrene and
tetrachloroethylene. where the Agency's
cancer classification is  unresolved. EPA
used its categorization approach to
derive an MCLG.
  EPA's policy is to set MCLGs for
Category I chemicals at zero. The MCLG
for Category II contaminants is
calculated by using the RfD/DWEL with
an-added margin of safety to account for
cancer effects or is based on a cancer
risk range of 10"» to 10"4 when non-
cancer data are inadequate for deriving
an RfD. Category III contaminants are,
calculated using the RfD/DVvtiL
 approach.
                         TABUE 14.—EPA's THREE-CATEGORY APPROACH FOR ESTABLISHING MCLGs
Ca-eoo-t
1
II „ . „
II!
Evidence at caranogen
Strong evidence cormdenng weight of
expoem.
Limited evidence con»>denng 'we^ht of
Inadequate or no emmal evidence 	 	
crty via rvqection
evidence, pnarmacokneoci, and
evidence, pnarmaco kinetic*, and

Zero,
RfD approach wt
RfD approach.
MCLG Mtting approach
(ft added »a(ety margm or 10"' to 10'« cancer riak range

-------
         Federal Raster / VoL 56. No. 20 / Wednesday,  January 30, 1981 / Rules and  Regulations-.
                                                                     3533
  The .MCLG for Category I
contaminants i* set at zero because it is
assumed, in the absence of other data,
that there is no known threshold.
Category I contaminant* are those
contaminants which EPA has
determined that there is strong evidence
of ca.-cinogemci'y from dnnking water
ingestion. If there is no additional
information to consider on potential
cancer risks from drinking water
ingestion. chemicals classified as A or B
carcinogens are placed in Category I.
  Category n contaminants include
those contaminants which EPA has
determined that there is limited
evidence of carcinogenicity via drinking
water ingestion considering weight of
evidence, pharmacokinetics. and
exposure. If there is no additional
information to consider on potential
cancer risks from drinking water
ingestion, chemicals classified by the
Agency as Group C carcinogens are
placed in Category D. For Category D
contaminants two approaches are used
to set the MCLGs—either (') setting the
goal based upon noncarcinogenic
endpoints (the RfD) then applying an
additional uncertainty (safety) factor of
up to 10 or (2) setting the goal based
upon a nominal lifetime cancer risk
calculation in the range of 10"' to 10~*
using a conservative calculation model.
The  first approach i» generally used-.
however, the second is used when valid
noncarcinogenicity data are not
available and adequate experimental
data are available to quantify the cancer
risk. EPA is currently evaluating its
approach to establishing MCLG* for
Category C contaminants.
   Category III contaminants include
those contaminants for which there U
inadequate evidence of carcinogeniciry
via ingestion. If there is no additional
Information to consider, contaminants
classified as Group D or E carcinogens
are placed in Category QL For that*
contaminants, the MCLG is  established
using the RfD approach.
 2. Response to Comments on EPA's Zero
 MCLG Policy
   The purpose of MCLGe under th«
 SDVVA is to set goal* for both
 carcinogens and noncarcinogeas, at a
 level at which "-no known or anticipated
 adverse effects on the health of persons
 occur and which allow an adequate
 margin of safety." SDWA section
 1412(b)(4). In its ruiemaking on  volatile
 syniheUc organic chemicals (VOCs), the
 Agency articulated its policy of setting
 MCLG» at zero for known and probable
 human carcinogens. See 47 FR 9360
 (March 4. 1982), 4ft FR 24336, at 34343
 (June 12. 19844 and 50 FR 46880, it +6806
 (Nov. 13, 1985}. Mullinationai
Services, Inc. (MBS) asked the Agency
to reconsider this policy which MBS
considered a departure from the
consistent application of nsk
assessment principles by federal
agencies in regulating carcinogens.
Instead. MBS recommended that EPA
establish MCLGs for such contaminants
at calculated negligible rwk Levels. In
the May, 1989 proposal of today's rule.
the Agency indicated that it intended to
continue the zero MCLG policy. At the
same time, the Agency agreed to
address the MBS request and any other
comments on the policy.
  In the VOCa ruleraaking. the Agency
considered three major option* (and
several varie'iona) for setting. MCLGs
(then called "recommended maximum
contiHiinant levels") for the
carcinogenic VOGs. These were: zero
MCLGs. MCLGs set at the analytical
detection limit, and MCLGs set nl non-
zero levels baseo on calculated
negligible contribution to lifetime risks.
(50 FR 46880. at 46884.) The Agency
recognized that humans can tolerate and
detoxify a certain threshold level of
noncarcinogens, and therefore found it
appropriate to set MCLG* for ths
noncarcinogenic VOCs above zero.
However, in the .Agency's view a
threshold for the action of potential
carcinogen* could not be demonstrated
by current science: it was conservatively
assumed that no threshold exisU, absent
evidence to the contrary. Id Any
exposure to carcinogen* might represent
some finite level of risk, the magnitude
of which would depend on dosage aod
potency of the particular carcinogen.
Under these circumstances* in the
Agency'* judgment;'in MCLG above
zero did not meet the statutory
requirement that the. goal be set where
no known or anticipated adverse effect*
 occur or allow an adequate margin of
 safety.
   The Agency believed that MCLGs of
 zero for the carcinogens would also best
 reflect the Agency's general philosophy
 that, as a go«L carcinogen*1 should not
 be present in drinking water. Moreover.
 the legislative history of the SDWA
 specifically authorized this regulatory
 option. "The fMCLG} must be setto^
 prevent the occurrence of any known or
 anticipated adverse effect It mu*t
 include an adequate margin of safety,
 unless there is no safe threshold for a
  contaminant In such a case the (MCLG)
  should be set at tht zero level" [Hit
  Rep. No. IW6, 93d Cong,, Z± Set*. 20
  (1974), reprinted in "A Legislative
  History of tile Safe Drinking Water Act'
  1982 at 562.} EPA'i decision to-
  promulgate zero MCLGs far the
  carcinogenic VOC» was aptekr in the
 "VOCs decision." Natural Resources
 Defense Council v. Thomas. 824 F.2d
 1211 (B.C. Cir., 1987). (EPA's
 determination was "well within the
 bounds of its authority" under the
 SDWA. Id. at 1213).
   Comments on the zero MCLG issue in
 the May 1988 proposal were received
 from eighteen commenters in addition to
 MBS. Virtually all of the issues in these
 comments have been raised and
 addressed earlier See 49 FR 24330 (June
 12. M84) and 50 FR 46895 (Nov. 13.1985).
   MBS and other commenters disagree
 with the Agency's interpretation of the
 statutory standard to set MCLGs at a
 level to prevent the occurrence of any
 known or anticipated advenie health
 effect; with an adequate margin of
 safety. These commenters argue that
 Congress in*»"Hgd MCLGs to give
 "reasonable." not "absolute." assurance
 against adverse heaM effects. MBS and
 others maintain that health effects are
 not "anticipated" absent evidence
 indicating they should be expected. We
 note that Ae House Report cited earlier
 indicate* that "the Administrator must
 decide whether any adverse effects can
 be reasonably anticipated even though
 not proved to exist" H.R. Rep. No. 1185.
 id. Some commenters are critical of the
 Agency's "reliance" on the House
 Report language addressing the situation
 whew there is no known safe threshold.
 These commenters argue that EPA's
 interpretation is "inconsistent" with
 other legislative history. MBS, for
 example, cites the House Report
 discussion of a study to be conducted by
 the National Academy of Sciences
 (NAS) to support its position that
 Congress did not intend MCLGs to be
  set at zero. The Committee directed
  NAS to develop recommendations of
  maximum contaminant levila "solely oa
  considerations of pjblic health" and not
  to be "influenced by political budgetary,
  or other considerations," Id., at 551. In
  recommending an adequate margin of
  safety. NAS was to consider, among
  other factors, the margin* of safety used
  by other regulatory systems. Id      ,.
  Howsver, as the Committed made clear,
  determining an adequate margin of
  safety wa* but the final step in the
  process of setting an MCLG. The
   Administrfctor must first decids if any
   adverse health effect* can reasonably
   be anticipated, *ven though not proved
   to exist. It was necessary to determine
   an adequate margin of safety only if
   there is a **** threshold for the
   contaminant If mere is no safe
•   threshold, the MCLG "should be set a.
   the zero towL" U. at 552. We find   ,
   nothing in. the discussion of the NAS
   study  to contradict the Committee's

-------
 3534     Federal  Register / -Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday, January 30.  1991 /  Rules and Regulations
 explicit recognition of the fact that there
 may be circumstances where there is no
 safe threshold for a contaminant.
  Some commenters maintain that the
 Agency'i interpretation of the SDWA
 should be determined by interpretations
 of other statutes that direct agencies to
 set "safe" standards. In this regard.
 several commenters point to the "vinyl
 chloride decision" construing section
 112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA). Batumi
 Resources Defense Council. Inc. v. EPA,
 824 F.2d 1146 (D.C. Cir. 1987). Pursuant
 to section 112 of the CAA. the
 Administrator sets emission standards
 "at the level which in his judgment
 provides an ample margin of safety to
 protect the public health." The court
 found that use of the term "safety" is
 significant evidence that Congress "did
 not intend to require the Administrator
 to prohibit all emissions of non-
 threshold pollutants." 824 F.2d at 1153. ,
 The court cited the Supreme Court's
 "benzene decision" for the proposition
 that "safe" does not meaa "risk free"
 and that something is "unsafe" only
 when it threatens humans with "a
 significant risk of harm." Industrial
 Unior. Dept, AFL-CIO v. American
Petroleum Inst.. 448 U.S. 607. 640 (1980).
MBS argues that the "vinyl chloride
decision" is particularly compelling
since the term "margin of safety"
appears in both section 112 of the CAA
and section 1412 of the SDWA.
However, the court in the "VOCs
decision" noted that the Supreme
 Court's "benzene decision" was based
 on "a close reading of the statutory
 language of OSHA, which we note
 differs significantly from the statutory
 scheme that we confront in this case.
The OSHA language that the Supreme
 Court interpreted as incorporating a
 requirement of a finding of significant
 r.sk directed the Secretary to set
 standards 'reasonably necessary and
 appropriate to provide safe or healthful
 employment1. 824 F.2d at 1215-1216.
 Accordingly, there must be a threshold
 determination that the place of
 employment is "unsafe" in the **nse
 thai significant risks are present arid can
 be eliminated or lessened by changing
 practises. 824 F,2d at 1215. The court in
 the ' VOCs decision" found that this
 "significant risk" standard did not apply
 to the Administrator's decisions to
 regulate contaminants under the  SDWA-
 824 F2d 1211. 1216.
  We have followed  a similar restraint
 in unpoiung interpretations from other
 statutes on the basis that they are  •
 'analogous." I! remain* our view that
 reliance on such interpretations a*
 determinative of Congressional intent in
 enact:r.g the SDWA is unwarranted.
 Section m'oi the CAA and other
 statutes cited by commenters are not
 "the same as" section 1412 of the SDWA.
 They do not have a two-step regulatory
 process consisting of separate.
 aspirational goals, followed by
 achievable, enforceable limits.
 Feasibility, cost and other 'actors may
 be relevant to determining appropriate
 enforcement levels under the CAA and
 other statutes and may influence the
 concept of "safety." Such factors are not
 appropriate in setting MCLGs. Some
 commenters point out that EPA has
 determined that standard* refecting a
 10~* to 10"* risk level are safe and
 protective of public health even for
 known or probable carcinogens under
 other of its authorities. That is true, but  .
 such determinations are not inconsistent
 with our position that MCLGs serve
 fundamentally different purposes than
 enforceable standards.
   MBS and a few other comir.enters also
 suggest that the Agency's general
 assumption of no biological threshold of
 effect for carcinogens is not appropriate.
 MBS maintains there is "an increasing
 body of scientific data" indicating that
 substances that elicit carcinogenic
 response in laboratory animals "actually
 appear to have a threshold of effect for
 humans." EPA will continue to solicit
 the best scientific views and encourages
 the public to provide such evidence to
 the Agency for consideration. EPA
 intends to set MCLGs based upon the
 most current scientific data, and is open
 to revising current levels based upon
 new data.
   Some comments indicate concern that
 zero MCLGs are impractical since they
 are unde tec table and unachievable. It
 remains our view that MCLGs are, by
 statute, different from enforceable
 standards: as goals based solely on
 health factors they need not be
 measurable, affordable or achievable.
 Some commenters maintain that even as
 unenforceable goals. MCLGi  have
 serious practical implications. They
 argue that  ze^o MCLGs cause undue
' public alarm and will result in the
 misallocation of funds to reduce certain
 contaminants. We believe the
 distinction between aspirational goal*
 and standards enforceable under .the
 SDWA is significant and
 understandable. We also believe that
 those whc adopt MCLG* for purposes
 outside the SDWA or use MCLGs as
 operational standards rather than
 aspirational goals do so  knowingly,
 those decisions cannot influence the
 Agency'! setting of MCLGi. In this
 context some commenter* argue that
 zero MCLGs will have dire financial
 results for Agency clean-up actions. We
cannot agree with such a broad
prediction. EPA has determined that
MCLGs of zero are not relevant and
appropriate requirements for Superfund
cleanups. Contaminant levels of zero are
not consistent with cleanup objectives
of CERCLA. See 55 FR 8666. 8750 [March
8.1990).
  Some commenters maintain that zero
MCLCs will necessarily drive MCLs to
increasingly stringent enforceable
standards as technology improves  and
that such standards are not justified by
their health benefits. The SDWA
provides that MCL* shall be set as close
as feasible to the MCLGi, taking cost
into account. While it is true that an
MCL for a contaminant with a zero
MCLG has a greater potential to
ultimately be more stringent than an
MCL for a contaminant widi an MCLG
above zero, a number of factors are
considered in determining what
constitutes "best available technology"
on which to base the MCL*. Moreover.
while resources should be directed
toward highest risks, it seems premature
to conclude that the resources lhat may
be necessary to achieve  such standards
would be misdirected.
   In the opinion of EPA. Category  I
contaminants meet the "no safe
threshold" test established in the House
Report. EPA does not automatically
place contaminants classified as Group
A or B carcinogens in Category I.
Additional scrutiny occurs to determine
what evidence exists of the chemicals'
carcinogeniciry via ingesn'on
considering pharmacokinetics, exposure,
and weight of evidence. If the additional
evidence indicates that the overall
evidence of carcinogenicity via ingestion
is limited or inadequate, then the
chemical will be placed in the
appropriate category and an MCLG is
calculated accordingly. For
contaminants placed in Category IL the
MCLG is based on non-carcinogenic
effects using the RfD approa-ch. An extra
margin of safety of 1-  to 10-fold is  used
 to account for the possible carcinogenic
 effects of these Category II
 contaminants. If data are inadequate to
 establish an RfD, then EPA uses a 10"*
 to 10"' cancer risk range to establish the
 MCLG.  .
   EPA recognize* that other Federal.
 State and public health agencies  have
 used a risk-based approach fot
• regulating carcinogen*. A* discussed
 above, EPA does use  a risk-based
 approach as an alternative methodology
 for Category II contaminants when non-
 cancer health effect*  data are
 Inadequate to establuh an RfD (i.e..
 asbestos). Currently EPA i» considering
 adopting this risk-based alternative as

-------
          Federal Register'./  Vol. 56.  No. 20  /Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and  Regulations     3535
the primary approach for Category II
contaminants in future regulations (see
55 FR 30374. July 25.1990).
  In addition, when EPA establishes  .
MCLs, it considers the cancer.risk at the
MCL to  determine whether they would
be acceptable from a safety standpoint.
A target risk range of 1CT4 to NT* is
considered by EPA to be safe and
protective of public health.
  EPA agrees that MCLGs at zero do not
provide specific information on potency
and mechanism of action: however. EPA
does consider potency and mechanism
of action on a chemical-specific basis in
determining whether there it strong
(Category I) or limited (Category IT)
evidence of carclnogenicity. EPA
recognizes that achieving zero levels of
 carcinogens in our water supplies or in
 other media is not possible: MCLGs are
 health goals. Consequently. EPA
 believes that reducing the drinking-
 water exposure to carcinogens should
 lead to an overall reduction in the daily
 exposures to a compound.
    In conclusion, when current scientific
 data do not nhow a safe threshold, it
 remains Agency policy that a zero
 MCLG for known or probable human
 carcinogens best reflects the statutory
 directive to establish a level at which no
 known or anticipated adverse effects on
 health occurs. At the same" time, we are
 mindful that significant advances are
 being made in scientific knowledge and
 technology that allow us to know morf
 about the process  of carcinogenicity and

TABLE 15.—RELATIVE SOURCE CONTRIBUTION
to detect contaminants at increasingly
lower levels. We are continuing to
evaluate these advances to determine
whether it is possible to define levels
that have little or no meaning in terms of
cancer risk. If so. the Agency may
determine that the SDWA directive of
"no adverse effects" could be met by
other than zero MCLGs.

3. Relative Source Contribution

  Table 15 summarizes the approach
EPA uses to estimate the relative
contribution from other sources of
exposure, including air and food for the
purpose of calculating the MCLG for
non-carcinogens. EPA requested
comments on this approach.
                               Drinking w«t»r iwposum b«tw»en 20    Drinking w«tar txpotun b«tw««n 80   Drinking „,&, uposura teas th«n 20%
                                        •iid 80%                 	•no 100%	^	

Adequate data «r» avariabto	 EPA us«* actual data	 EPA USM an 80% (Sinking water coo- EPA usee t 20% drinkjng water contri-
                                                            tribubon.                        button.
Adequa* data tn not available                                    EPA "*•» • x* <**&* water contribution.
  Five commenters fully supported
EPA'» proposed approach for.developing
and using relative source contribution
(RSC) factors. One of these commenters
agreed that volatilization data are
currently inadequate for use in
establishing RSCs. Another commenter
believed sufficient data and modeling
techniques for volatilization have been
published and that human .exposure
from volatilization of drinking water
could range  from 3 to 10 times that from
ingestion. Another commenter believed
current information  indicates that the
vast majority of human exposure to
drinking water contaminants occurs
from ingestion; therefore, EPA should
not consider volatilization in developing
RSC factors. One commenter noted that
the majority of contaminants volatilized
from drinking water would not be
inhaled. One commenter stated that
EPA should refine its models on skin
contact and inhalation using t workshop
format, present the  models to the
Science Advisory Board, and publish the
 models for public comment. Many
 divergent comments were received on
 the use of a 20 percent floor and 80
 percent ceiling (see Comment/Response
 Document for details). Several
 commenters objected to using a 20
 percent floor and 80 percent ceiling for
 the RSC when actual  data are available.
 One commenter asked EPA to clarify
 Lhat the 20 percent  floor accounts for all
 routes of exposure  to drinking water
  contaminants (i.e., inhalation, dermal
  absorption, and ingestion).
    EPA Response: EPA has not
  completed the modeling effort for
  estimating drinking water exposure from
  volatilization and dermal absorption.
  The draft document "Guidelines for
  Incorporation of Inhalation and Dermal
  Exposures from Drinking Water in the
  Calculation of Health Advisory and
  DWEL Values" (U.S. EPA, 1989. draft) is
  undergoing internal Agency review.
  After completion of Agency review, the
  document will be available for Science
  Advisory Board and external review. In
  the meantime, EPA maintains the
  position that exposure to drinking water
  contaminants from volatilization and
  dermal absorption is generally limited
  and adequately accounted for in the
  selection of relative source contribution
  factors. EPA believes that the 20 percent
  floor is very protective and represents a
  level below which additional
  incremental protection is negligible. In
  addition, below 20 percent RSC from
  water is a clear indication that control
  of other more contaminated media will
  have a significantly greater reduction in
  exposure. EPA believes the 80 percent
  ceiling is required because, even if
  nearly all exposure is currently via
  drinking water, some portion, albeit
  small, of the adjusted daily intake (ADI)
  should be reserved to protect
  populations with unusual exposures and
  future changes in the distribution of the
  contaminant in the environment. EPA
does not rely on the limits when
adequate exposure data exist between
20 and 80 percent, but when data are not
adequate, the 20 percent floor and 80
percent ceiling are prudent and
protective of public health.

4. Inorganic MCLGs

  a. Asbestos. EPA proposed an MCLG
of 7 million fibers/liter (rounded off
from 7.1 million) for asbestos fibers
exceeding 10 micrometers in length
since sufficient health and occurrence
data exist to justify a national regulation
and the 1986 SDWA Amendments
require the Agency to regulate this
contaminant. EPA's proposal of 7 million
fibers/liter (for fibers greater than 10
micrometers in length) is based upon
evidence of benign polyps occurring in
male rats following the oral
administration of intermediate (>10
micrometer range) size chryso'ile fibers.
   Public Comments. A total of 19
 individuals or organizations provided
 comments in response  to the MCLG
 proposal regarding asbestos. A number
 of commenters (13) stated that, while
 recognizing the health hazards
 associated with inhalation exposure, it
 was not appropriate to develop an
 MCLG for asbestos due to the
 inadequacy of data establishing health
 risks via ingestion of asbestos. Four
 commenters stated that asbestos should
 not be considered as having "limited"
 evidence of carcinogenicity (Group C).
 but instead should be placed in "Group

-------
 3536
Federal Regular / VoL  56. No.  20 / Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules  and Reg£atJooa
 O" with the MCLG bated on the No-
 Observed Adverse-Effect Level
 (NOAEL) or Lowest-Observed-Adverse-
 Effect Level (LOAEL) for ingested
 asbestos. One commenter recommended
 developing a health advisory cased on
 available data instead of proposing an
 MCLG for asbestos. Another commenter
 objected to asbestos carcinogenic
 classification (limited evidence. Group
 C) in view of the EPA'i classification of
 inhaled asbestos as Group A (known
 human carcinogen) and recommended
 an MCLG of zero.
  EPA Response. EPA recognizes that
 the evidence for the health effect* of
 ingested asbestos hag limitations.
 However. EPA believe* that there is a
 sufficient basis to justify regulating
 asbestos for the reasons outlined in the
 November 13.1985. notice. Furthermore.
 the 1988 SDWA amendments direct EPA
 to regulate asbestos. The reasons
 outlined hi the aforementioned
 November 13. r98S, notice are
 summarixed below:
  • Asbestos has been shown to be a
 human carcinogen through inhalation
 exposure and is classified by EPA gs
 Group A (human carcinogen).
  • The results of the National
Toxicology Program (NTP) bioassay
 showed an association between the
 ingestion of asbestos fibers 65 percent of
 which were greater then 1 micrometers
 in length and benign gastrointestinal
 tumors (adenomatous polyps) in male
 rats. A parallel NTP study of fibers. 98
 percent of which were <10, did not
 produce • response In male or female
 rets.
  • Although these result* were not
 statistically significant compared with
 the  concurrent controls, the incidence of
 the  neoplajm* was highly significant
 when compared witii  the incidence of
 epithelial neoplasm* (benign and
malignant combined)  of the large
 Intestine  of the pooled control groups of
 all the NTP oral asbe*to« lifetime:
 studies.
  •  The EPA Science Advisory  Board
 (SAB) stated that "given the positive
 signal seen in some epidemiologic
 studies, plu* well-documented evidence
 for the association between asbestos
 fiber inhalation and lung cancer, it ie
 hard for the Committee to feel
 comfortable in dismissing the possibility
 of an increased risk of gastrointestinal
 cancer in human* exposed to asbestos
 fibers from drinking water."
  • EPA beheves the above inform* toon
 substantiate* the health significance of
 asbeitoc fiber* associated with both  -
 inhalation and ingestion. as routes of
 exposure. Therefore, (hi* evaluation of
 th*  h^s'th tlpniBcancc of whs&loa fibers
                             in drinking water is not inconsistent
                             with the proposed MCLG for asbestos.
                               In addition. The National Research
                             Council (NRG 1964. Nonoccupational
                             Health Risk of Asbe»tiform Fibers)
                             concluded "the association of asbestos
                             with an increased risk of malignancies
                             other than lung cancer and
                             mesothelioma has not been confirmed in
                             animal studies and has not been
                             observed consistently in human
                             studies,"
                               hi setting an MCLG for asbestos in
                             drinking water, EPA believes) the
                             limitations of the available dose-
                             response data from dietary ingestion of
                             asbestos justifies treating asbestos as a
                             Category Q contaminant EPA is
                             promulgating an MCLG of 7 million
                             fibers/liter (>10 micrometer in length)
                             for asbestos following review of public
                             comments.
                               b. Cadmium. In the 1989 proposal (54
                             FR 22082). EPA reproposed an MCLG oil
                             8.005 mg/1 for cadmium. T'lis value was
                             based upon a DWEL of 0.018 mg/L using
                             human renal dysfunction as an endpoint
                               Public Comment  Comments on the
                             proposal were received arguing that (a)
                             the current interim 0.01 mg/1 standard
                             should be retained or possibly'
                             increased, (b] cadmium in drinking
                             water  should be regulated as a
                             carcinogen and thus the MCLG should
                             be set  at zero, or (c) cadmium produces
                             learning disabilities, birth defects, and
                             heart disease and thus the MCLG should
                             be set  at zero.
                              Those who supported retaining the
                             current interim 0.01 mg/1 standard or a
                             higher varae b«*ed their argument on a .
                             variety of points, trtcrading the
                             following: (s) The interim 0.01 mg/1
                             standard is safe, and/or (b) the current
                             0.01 mg/1 standard w supported by the
                             conclusion of the World Health
                             Organization (WHO) that the
                             provisional tolerable weekly intake for
                             cadmium should be established at a
                             level no< to exceed 0.4-0.5 mg/perton.
                               Those who argued that cadmium in
                             drinkk^ water should be regulated as *
                             Group I carcinogen (i-e.. set the MCLG at
                             zero).  coUectrvely, provided an
                             extensive analysis of the oncogenic
                             potential of cadmium via nco-iogestfoa
                             routes of exposure in agreement with
                             EPA's OWE analysis.
                               An additional comments argued that
                             the standard should be zero, a*
                             cadmium produces learning disabilities,
                             birth defect*, and heart dfaJMse, bet th«
                             commenter  prcrnoWd no data adequate
                             to conclude that the proposed standard
                             would not protect agcdnst soon adverse •
                             effect* ihould they occur.
                               EPA Response. While a level of OJJ1
                             mg/1 k> probably without affect in .most
                             faidJviduak, EPA is no* convinced th*>t a
level of 0.01 mg/1 or higher contains at*.
adequate margin of safety to protect
sensitive subpopulations as required by
the SDWA. As noted in the 1989
proposal, WHO recommends 0.005 mg
cadmium/1 of drinking water, a value
identical to the proposed MCLG: the 0.4-
0.5 mg/person value cited in the
comments principally concerns the  diet
which, in EPA's opinion, is not relevant
to a drinking water standard.
  As stated in the 1989 proposal. EPA
classified cadmium in Group Bl,
probable human carcinogen, based  upon
animal end human evidence of long
cancer from inhalation exposure.
Chronic oral animal studies with
cadmium have shown kidney damage •
but no carcinogenic activity and
ingestion-BpeciSc human data are not
available. Therefore, in setting an MCLG
for cadmium in drinking water, EPA
believes the lack of cancer dose-
response evidence from ingestion of
cadmium justifies considering cadmium
as a Category HI contaminant Those
comments that conclude that cadmium
is a carcinogen provide no new evidence
that cadmium is carcinogenic via
drinking water but rather, argue that it is
prudent  to assume that cadmium is
carcinogenic via ingestion. As drinking
water studies in rats of two cadmium
salts have not shown a dose-response
basis for risk {e.g.. ATSDR. 18SS), EPA
believes that for drinking water
purposes cadbsiiuai should be a Category
HI coQtasifeant (dsronJc toxidty but
lackiag evkkssoe of carcinogenicity).
  The coi9si«titer arguing that cadmium
produces learning disabilities, birth
defects,  asd heart die&aee provides  no
conviscJag evidsrscs that the proposed
standard would not protect egainst  such
effects should &ey occur at higher levels
of exposare. EPA dfefflgr©ss that the
MCLG ehotuld b* set at sero on this
basis.
  After reviewing tba public comments,
EPA hsa caocludeil that cadmium
should be placed In Category ID and
that an MCLG of 0,005 mg/l foe
cadmium, as proposed, bated on the
meat sensitive eadpoint is appropriate.
  c. Chromiuta. In tiss 1233 proposal (54
FR 22062), EPA repropoaed an MCLG of
0.1 mg/1 for total chromium (chromium
m and VI).
  Public Comment. Comments were
received that recommended that (a) the
0.1 mg/1 vmlue txs adopted, (b) separate
aiandards be adopted for O VI ajsd Cr
m as there is no evidence that Cr m u
oxidised to Cr VI in drinking water, and
(.c) chromium be considered potentially
carcinogEffik: to humans via the oral
route; Jius, EPA shoiild promulgate en
MCLG of fcevo Jo? ehrornmra.

-------
          Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday,  January 30, 1991  /  Rules and Regulations     3537
  EPA Response: The 1M9 proposal
 stated that "EP.-Vs Office of Resear;h
 and Development has shown Cr III to
 oxidize to Cr VI in the presence of an
 ox-.dant such as chlori.ne at
 cor.centri'.:ons similar to those used to
 J. r.nfect cnnk;ng water." EPA
 rr ..r.'.air.s tr.is view despite seme public
 c :r.rr.er.ters who state '.hat there is no
 i.: ,.J.ence that Cr lii :s o«.:d:zed to Cr VI.
  Those 'jciv.rr.cr.t-ers who argued- ;hit
 chromium is carcinogenic, in part.
 svppcrt EPA's conclusion that Cr VI is
 carcinogenic follcv/ing exposure by
 inhalation. From a hazard identification
•perspective. EPA has classified Cr VI in
 Group A, i.e.. a huir.an carcinogen via
 inhalation, and considers Cr VI to have
 various genotoxic characteristics
 including being a rautagrn and
 clastoaen. Ln comparison, the evidence
 for  Cr III is largely non-positive or
 ..q-ivccal and is v.ewecl as inadequate
 'o develop more clear conclusions.
 Notably Cr III in trace amounts is an
 essential nutrient Tor the metabolism of
 carbohydrates.
  Specific dose-response evidence for
 Cr VI carcirogenicity by oral exposure
 is not available at this juncture.
 Commer.ters did not present any new
 information on this point. In comparison.
 ^e-body of dcse-response evidence for
 inhalation exposure is relatively large
 ar.d consists mainly of human data. The
 data base comes from epidemiologic
 studies of chromate and ferrochromium
 production workers, chrome pigment
 workers, and chrome platers where the
 predominant chromium species is Cr VI.
 While lunj cancer is the  focus of these
 studies, there is also some evidence of
 dr\ increased hazard of gastrointestinal
 tra^t cancer suggesting that respiratory
 clearance'and swallowing or some other
 physiologic distribution of a reactive
 chromiiim species is taking place.
 Unfortunately, most studies did not
 investigate or did not detect the
 presence of any clear dose-response
 relationships, nor is it obvious that other
 ?pcc;f;c confounding factor* for the
 possible gastrointestinal hazards were
 accounted for.
  While oxidation of Cr in to Cr VI may
 occur in the water treatment system,
 reduction of Cr VI to Cr III occurs in
 marmnaHar.y The saliva and gastric
 juice in the upper alimentary tract cf
 r^amrcals. including humans, have a
 varied capability to reduce Cr VI with
 the gastric juice having a notably high
 caoacity. To  the extent that Cr VI
 survives these reduction environments
 c'.hc: organs/tissues such at the liver,
. red blood cells and some lung cells are
 sisc reducing environment*. Thus,  the
 body s normal physiology provides
detoxification for Cr VI. which provides
protection from the oral toxicity of Cr
VI.
  EPA recognizes that by focusing on
total chromium the issues of chromium
species-specific toxicity. e.g.,
carcinogenicity. become mixed.-We rote
that Cr III and Cr VI chemistry is
already intertwined in the water
treatment process since the two valence
states of chromium are in a dynamic
equilibrium with the d?gree of oxidation
depending on such factors aspH,
dissolved oxygen, or the presence of
reducing agents. Other equilibriums
exist in the ma^mali.in system  and thus
a clear separation of Cr III end Cr VI is
net feasible at this time.
  The lack of available Cr VI dose-
response information for oral exposure
precludes an estimation of the possible
magrJ'.ude of cancer risk, if any, from
drinking water exposure. The available
information shows that the capacity for
reduction  of Cr VI to Cr III can be quite
high relative to expected drinking water
levels of total chromium. There is.
however, insufficient information to
describe the rates of reduction and the
temporal fate of free or biologically
available Cr VI. Since Cr VI is
preferentially absorbed compared to Cr
III, the  amount of biologically available
Cr VI is uncertain.
  EPA  concludes that the presence of Cr
VI in drinking water should be
minimized in recognition of its biological
reactivity including its potential for a
carcinogenic hazard. Such minimization
will limit the likelihood of saturating the
normal reduction/detoxification
mechanisms in humans and likewise
limit the systemic absorption of any
residual Cr VI. Without the necessary
information to further evaluate  the
possibility of carcinogenic risk. EPA
believes that .'rinking water exposure
limitations for total chromium based
upon other, i.e., non-carcinogenic, health
endpoints is the only feasible approach
to follow at this time.
  The MCLC for total  chromium is
devsloped fr"i- health effects data for
Cr VI,-the mo:<» toxic chromium species,
and is  based on EPA's RfD methodology
(see 1989 proposal). Since the MCLG
includes both Cr IH and Cr VI. no
category has been assigned for total
chromium due to some of the issues
discussed earlier. Should new
information become available which
adequately demonstrates the cancer risk
from ingestion of Cr VI. the MCLG for
total chromium would be reexamined,
especially since Cr VI levels can
predominate from spills, uncontrolled
waste sites, or geologic formations of Cr
VI makeup. Therefore, EPA is
promulgating an MCLG of 0.1 mg/l (100
Hg/1). as proposed in 1989. and further
recommends that the ji uncertainty
regarding Cr VI carcinogenic risk
warrants additional investigation.
  The MGLG level also falls into the
estimated safe and n adequate daily
dietary intake range cf 50 to 200 tig/day
for Cr III established by the National
Research Council in the National
Academy of Sciences (NAS. 1939). The
lower limit is based on the absence of
deficiency symptoms in individuals
consuming an average of 50 jig/day  '
chromium. The upper limit was
identified from several studies where no
adverse effec1 ~ were noted in
individuals consuming 200 fig/day
chromium. Consequently, for the
reasons stated above. EPA promulgates
an MCLG cf O.I mg/l. as proposed.
  d. Mercury. EPA proposed an MCLG
of 0.002 mg/l for mercurv in the May 22,
1989 proposal. The MCLC v. as derived
from a DWEL of 0.01 mg/l applying a 20
percent contribution from drinking
water. The EPA held a workshop on
issues regarding the DWEL for mercury
(EPA. Peer Review Workshop on
Mercury Issues. Summary Report.
October 28-27,1987). The workshop
considered three major studies (Druet et
al.. 1973: Andres P.. 1984: Bemaudin et
al.. 1981) using the same
endpoints(kidney damage) for mercury
toxicity. The workshop concluded that
0.01 mg/l was an appropriate level for
the DWEL.
  Public Comments: EPA addressed the
public comments received in response to
the previous proposal "of November 13,
1985 in the Federal Register Notice of
May 22,1989. In response to the Federal
Register Notice of 1989, one commenter
questioned the use of the studies by EPA
for the calculation of DWEL and
recommended the use of the Fitzhugh ct
al. (1950) study inatead. The Fitzhugh
study noted damage to the kidneys as
did the studies selected by" EPA. The
NOAEL from the Fitzhugh study was
0.315 mg/kg as compared :o the LOAEL
of 0.32 mg/kg from which EPA dsrived
the DWEL.
  EPA P.esponse: EPA examined the
Fitzhugh study and found it
inappropriate for DWEL determination
because of the lack of reporting on
which adverse health effects were
observed in each dosing group.
Consequently. EPA will continue to base
its MCLG on the three studies
previously cited. Thus. EPA has placed
mercury in Category HI and promulgates
an MCLG of 0.002 mg/l in drinking
water.
  e. Nitrate/Nitrite. In the 1389 proposal
(54 FR 22062), EPA proposed MCLGs of

-------
3538     Federal Register /  Vol.  56.  No. 20  /  Wednesday. 'January 30. 1991  /  Rule3 and Regulations
 10 mg/1 (as N) for nitrate and 1 mg/1 (as
 NJ for nitrite, and. in addition, proposed
 that the sum of nitrate and nitrite shall
 not exceed 10 mg/1 (as N). EPA based
 the MCLGs on the tox;city of nitrate-in
 humans due to  the reduction of nitrate to
 nitrite in the human body. By reacting
 with hemoglobin, nitrite forms
 methemoglobm (met Hb). which will not
 transport oxygen to the tissues and thus
 can lead to asphyxia (i.e.. blue babies)
 wh:ch. if sufficiently sevcie. can  lead to
 death. The current standard for r.itrate.
 which was promulgated in 1975. was
 based on  the previous Public Health
 Standard  which, in turn, was based on a
 hterature  survey [Walton. G. 1951.
 "Survey of Literature Relating to Infant
 Methemoglobinemia Due to Nitrate
 Contaminated Water." Am, /, Pub.
 Health 41:986-996).
  The proposed standard is somewhat
 more stringent than the current MCL of
 10 mg/1 because it includes an MCL for
 nitrite (the more toxic form) and a joint
 standard of 10 mg/1 for nitrate and
 mtn'.J. Since both nitrate and nitrite
 result in met Hb, toxicity of nitrate and
 nitrite may be additive. EPA proposed
 the joint nitrate/nitrite standard in order
 to account for the possible additive
toxicity of these two chemicals and also
to protect  against the deterioration of
drinking water quality, since the
presence of nitrite in water is indicative
of water contaminated with sewage.
  In the proposal, EPA specifically
requested comments on the following
issues: (1) The potential cancer risk
 through drinking water exposure. (2)
potential developmental effects and
whether the  proposed MCLG provides
adequate protection against such effects,
and (3) whether a lower MCLG would
be more appropriate.
(1) Nitrate and Cancer
  One coramenter stated  that there is no
definitive  evidence from animal
b:oassay studies that nitrate itself
causes excess tumors and.,further, t"he
 various eptdemiological studies that link
 nstrate and/or nitrite to cancer are'not
 conclusive Another commenter argued
 tnat (a) the Gilli et al. (1934)
 eoidemiology study [Gilli et al..
 Concentrations of Nitrates in Drinking
 Water and Incidence of Gastric
 Carcinomas: First Descriptive Study of
 !ne Piemonte Region. Italy. Science of
 the Total Env.. V. 34, pp. 35-ta. 1984]
 provides evidence that nitrate in
 drtnk.ng water  is oncogeruc (i.e..
 increased incidence of gastric
 carcinomas) and (b) Forman et al. (1985)
 and Al-Dabbagh et al. (1986) are
 .ra-equate to conc.ude whether nitrate
 &id nitrite are carcinogenic. [Both
 Fonr.an et a!, (1985) and AJ-Dabbagh et
 al. (1986) were discussed in the 1989
 proposal (54 FR 22062).] Another
 commenter noted that the 1989»proposal
 referenced a number of epidemiologic
 studies (e.g., Burch et al., 1987) that
 show an association between cancer
 and nitrate. Finally, another commenter
 stated that several epidemiologic studies
 show an association between preformed
 N-mtroso compounds and cancer.
   EPA Response. EPA has reviewed the
 data submitted by the public as well as
 significant other data (see Drinking
 Water Criteria Document for Nitrate and
 Nitrite. 1990). At this time, EPA is not
 convinced that mtrate and/or nitrite in
 drinking water presents a potential risk
 of cancer. EPA docjs not believe that
 data concern.ng  the possible
 oncogenicity of nitrate and/or nitrite
 can be entirely dismissed, however.
   In attempting to resolve this issue, it is
. desirable to directly seek the assistance
 of other Federal agencies concerned
 with other sources of nitrat;. Thus. EPA
 intends to form an inter-agency work
 group to determine what, if any,
 or.cogenic risks exist.
 (2) Other Effects

   Prior to the May 1989 proposal, the
 Agency reviewed the possible health
 effects associated with nitrate and
 nitrite. EPA concluded that (a) infants
 are the most sensitive subpopulation. (b)
 methemoglobinemia is the most
 sensitive toxic endpoint in infants, and,
 (c) a level of 10 mg of nitrate and.
 separately, a level of 1 mg of nitrite
 (both as N) will protect infants
   (Note: the calculated RfD is based on this
 conclusion).

   Since the 1989  proposal, the Agency
 has reexamined the RfD for nitrate
 considering new  data. This review
 reaffirmed the original conclusion that
 10 mg nitrate per liter would protect
 infants.
   Li reaching this conclusion the
 Agency examined a large number of
 papers concerning the toxicity of nitrate
 and nitrite. These papers separately
 dealt with chronic toxicity.
 developmental and reproductive
 toxicity, and methemoglobinemia
 (among other endpoints). Data
 concerning both  humans and
 experimental animals were  reviewed.
   EPA has reviewed the data on
 developmental and reproductive
 toxicity. Based on that review, EPA
 believes  the data are inadequate to
 conclude that nitrate and nitrite present
 a nsk of developmental or reproductive
 effects at the MCLGs.
   In addition, the Agency reviewed all
 public comments as well. The issues
raised by the public are substantially
similar to those examined by EPA.
   Based on a review of the data, EPA
has concluded that an MCLG of 10 and 1
mg/1. respectively, are adequate to
protect infants, and all other groups.
against the nononcogenic effects
presented by nitrate and nitrite in
drinking water.
(3) C;her Issues
   Other commenters recommended that
EPA (a) adopt the MCLGs proposed in
1989 for nitrate and nitrite bat not adopt
the proposed MCLG for the sum of
nurate and nitrite, as it is unnecessary:
(b] adopt the MCLGs proposed in 1989
for nitrate and the sum of nitrate and
nitrite but not adopt the MCLG proposed
for nitrite, as it Is unnecessary; (c) only
adopt the MCLG proposed for nitrate, as
the other two MCLGs are i.nnecessary:
and (d) adopt the proposed MCLGs for
nitrate and nitrite but increase the
proposed MCLG for the sum of nitrate
and nitrite  from 10 mg/1 to 11 .T.g/l (both
as N).
   EPA disagrees with recommendations
(a) through (d). above, for the following
reasons:
   • It is clear that nitrite may occur in
drinking water and also that nitrite is
toxic, thus a nitrite standard is needed.
   • As nitrate is toxic because it is
metabolized in the human body to
nitrite, it is  reasonable to conclude that
the toxicity of nitrate and nitnte is
additive. Thus, in agreement with the
recommendations of the SAB.  a
combined standard for nitrite and
nitrate is warranted.
   • Adoption of an 11 mg/1 (as N)
combined standard for the sum of
nitrate and nitrite, in effect, would mean
that a combined standard was
unnecessary. For the reasons previously
stated. EPA disagrees.
   Based on the previous discussion.
EPA has placed nitrate and nitrite in
Category III and promulgates the
MCLGs for nitrate, nitrite, and the sum
of nitrate and nitrite at 10 mg/1.1 mg/1,
and 10 mg/1 (as N). respectively.
  /. Selenium. In the 1989 reproposa'. (54
FR 22062), EPA proposed an MCLG of
0.05 mg/1 for selenium and specifically
requested comment as to whether an
MCLG of 0.02 or 0.1 mg/1 might not be
more appropriate.. The basis of the
'current proposal is discussed  below.
   Public Comment.  EPA previously
addressed  the public comments received
in response to the previous proposal of
November  13,1985 in the Federal
Register Notice of May 22.1989.
   (A) The majority of commenters •
supported an MCLG of 0.1 mg/L With
one exception, no significant additional

-------
          Federal Register  /  Vol.  56, No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991  / Rules  and Regulations     3539
data were provided. However, one
commenter recommended that, bated on
a 1989 study by Yang et at. [Yang et al..
Studies of Safe Maximal Daily Dietary
Se-In'.ake in a Seleniferous Area in
China. J. Trace Elem. Electrolytes Health
Dis.. part 111. Vol. 3. pp. 123-130,1989).
EPA should consider a lower MCLG
value. In addition, the same commenter
observed that e number of individuals
take selenium supplements (i.e..
selenium is an essential trace element)
and thus exposure may be significantly
greater than EPA anticipates.
  EPA Response. The 0.05 mg/1 value
proposed in 1888 is based on a human
effect level observed by the same author
{Yang et al.. 1983). EPA normally prefers
to base MCLGs on no-effect levels,
which are more conservative than
human effect levels. However, at the
time of the 1939 proposal, an
appropriate no-effect level was not
available. However, Yang et al. (1986)
provides a no-effect level obtained from
a human study in China and suggests
that 0.400 mg of selenium/person/day is
a maximal daily safe intake of selenium.
  Assuming the consumption of 2 liters
of water/adult/day, consumption of
water containing selenium at the
proposed 0.05 mg/1 MCLG would result
in the ingestion of 0.1 tag selenium/
person/day. As previously stated (54 FR
22062), the average daily dietary intake
in this country is 0.125 mg selenium  /
person/day. Thus, the combined
ingestion of water containing 0.05 mg/1
and a typical U.S. diet would result  in a
total daily exposure of 0.225 mg
selenium/person, a value well below the
0.400 mg selenium that Yang et al.
suggests is safe. Consequently, EPA hr 3
concluded that Yang et at (1989)   •
supports the proposed MCLG of 0.05
mg/1.
  EPA believes that the difference (i.e.,
0.175 mg selenium/person/day) between
dietary intake (0.225 mg selenium/
person/day) and the maximal daily safe
intake of selenium (0.4 mg selenium/
person/day) recommended by Yang et
-al.  (1989) is adequate to protect those
who may  take selenium supplements.
Thus, EPA believw that mt 0.05 mg/1
value is adequate to protect both the
general public and those who may take
selenium supplements.
  (B) Although providing no new data,
other commenters recommended an
MCLG of 0.1 mg/1 or higher.
  EPA Response. EPA disagrees with
these comments for the following
reasons: (1) It is likely that there are
.iidividuals who. whether due to diet or
 .uppleraect* consume significantly
more selenium than the 0.125 mg
selenium/person/day that EPA has
estimated that the average citizen
consumes, and (2) EPA .believes that an
MCLG higher than 0.05 mg/1 may not
adequately protect those who
chronically consume such elevated
amounts of selenium. Thus. EPA has
rejected those comments that argue for
en MCLG of 0.1 mg/lor more.  .
  After reviewing the public comments,
EPA has concluded that selenium should
be placed in Category IH and an MCLG
of 0.05 mg/1 is promulgated.

5. Volatile Organic Contaminants
(VOCs) MCLGs
  a. cis-1.2-Dichloroethylene and trans-
1.2-Dichloroethvleno. EPA proposed an
MCLG of 0.07 mg/1 based on a 3-month
study in rats using tis-1.2-
dichloroethylene. From that utidy, a
DWEL of 0.4 mg/1 (rounded from J 45
mg/1) was calculated and • 20 pen.ent
drinking water contribution wan
assumed. For trans-l,2-dichloroethylene.
EPA proposed an MCLG of OJ  mg/1
based on compound-specific data. A
DWEL of 0.6 mg/1 w^s derived and a
drinking water contribution of iO
percent was assumed to determine the
MCLG.
  Public Comments and EPA Response.
EPA previously addressed the  public
comments received in response to the
earlier proposal of November 13,1985 in
the Federal Register Notice of May 22,
1989. With respect to the cii isomer, one
commenter stated that data on 1,1-
dichloroethylene should not be used for
the cis compound, because there is no
evidence that the effects of the two
compounds are similar. Another
commenter stated that the MCLG for
cis-1.2-dichloroethylene should be based
on Freundt and Machol* (Toxicology
10:131-139,1978). Another commenter
stated that the NTP two-year bioassay
for 1,1-dichloroethylene was a better
study for deriving a NOAEL/LOAEL for
determinirg MCLGs/MCLs.
  For the trans isomer, one commenter
stated that their MCL was lower than
EPA's MCL. However, they need to
review the Barnes et aL (Drug  Chem.
Toxicol. 8.373-392,1985) manuscript
prior to revising their MCL.
  Another commenter disagreed with
the selection of NOAEL/LOAEL from
the Barnes et aL study and stated that.
based on the increase in glucose levels
and decrease in aniline hydroxylase
activity, 17 mg/kg/day should be a
LOAEL and not a NOAEL..
   The final MCLG for tis-1,2-
dichloroemylene  is based on a 3-month
compound-specific study by McCauley
et al. The Agency's RfD Workgroup has
reviewed the data and verified a RfD of
0.01 mg/kg/day.
   Then; are several reasons that the
Agency is not u§ing the Freundt and
Macholz (1978) study to set an MCLG.
First, it is a single eight-hour exposure.
EPA does not generally use single
exposure studies to set lifetime
numbers. Second, it is an inhalation
exposure and the Agency prefers to use
route-specific (oral) data if possible.
Third, the selection of an adverse effect
in the Freundt and Macholz (1978) study
is questionable. A decrease in
micrbsomal metabolism (i.e., aniline
hydroxylase), while an obvious effect, ia
not necessarily an adverse effect. In
fact if a chemical is  activated to a  toxic
metabolite, inhibition of that chemical's
metabolism.might be beneficial. Fourth,
and most important the Agency
presently has an oral three-month study  <
on cis-1.2-dichloroethylene.
  The Agency did not select the NTP
two-year bioassay because they gave
the 1,1-dichloroethylene in com oil and
oil vehicles have been reported to
potentiate the adverse effects of 1,1-
dichloroethylene (Chieco et al., Toxicol.
Appl. Pharmacol. 57:146-155.1981).
   Since the new trans-1.2-
dichloroethylene data are going to  be
reviewed by the commenter, no Agency
reply is  necessary at this time. With
respect  to selection of a NO1 AEL/LOAEL
in the Barnes et al. (1985) study, the RfD
workgroup did review the data very
carefully. Tables 11 and 12 of the Barnes
et al. (1985) paper do report that there
ars significant increases in serum
glucose  levels in both male and female
CD-I mice. However, even though  the
difference between the low- and high-
dose levels administered to the mice is
20 fold,  there are no differences in serum
glucose  levels at these two doses. This
calls into question the lexicological
significance of the increased glucose
levels. In addition, the Agency does not
know the normil range for variation in
serum glucose for this strain. The
Agency's RfD workgroup did not believe
that either the increased serum glucose
levels or the decreased aniline
hydroxylase levels (also sc« discussion
for cis-1.2-dichloroethylene) were
adverse effects. Accordingly, the 17 mg/
kg/day  treatment level wao used as a
NOAEL. EPA has placed cis-1,2-
dichloroetbylene and trans-1,2-
dichloroethylene in Category in and the
respective  MCLGs of 0.07 and 0.1 mg/1
will be  retained.
   b. 1.2-Dichlorcpropcne. EPA proposed
an MCLG of zero for 1.2-
dichloropropane based on the
statistically significant increased
incidence of hepatocellular neoplasms
 and primary adenomas in male and
 female  B6C3F t mice. The frequency  of
 liver carcinomas alone wan not
 significant for males or females, but

-------
3540
          Federal Register  /  Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday. January  30. 1991  / Rules and Regulations
(here was an increase in tumors in both
sexes. Also, there was a dose-related
trend in mammary adenocarcinomas in
female F344 rats. The increased
adenocarcmoma incidence in the female
rats was considered to be significant
s:nce the F344 rat has a relatively low
background occurrer.ee ra'e for these_
tumors. Therefore. EPA c!ass;::ed 12-"
dichloropropane in Group B2.
  Pub.'.c Corr.mer.Zs. Three :r.div:d_ai3
or organizations provided comments m
response to the  MCLG proposal
regarding 1.2-dichloropropane. One •
commenter was in agreement with
FPA's proposed classification of 1.2-
dichloropropane into Group B2. and
with EPA's proposed establishment of
an MCLG at zero. Two commenters
stated that  a problem might exist with
;he NTP study of B6C3F \ mice in terms
of showing a high incidence of tumors in
the control  mice compared to the mice
which received  the high dose of this
chemical. They  suggest a revaluation of
tnis study before establishing an MCLG.
  EPA Response. The EPA's
classification of 1.2-dichloropropane in
Group B2 was based on the results of
the final NTP report. This report was
peer reviewed and audited by the Peer
Review Panel and Audit Workgroup.
respectively, and was found acceptable
in terms of  results reported in the final
NTP report. EPA concludes that a
reevaluation of  this study would not
change the  findings of this report.
Consequently. EPA has placed 1,2-
dichlcropropane in Category I and an
MCLG of zero is promulgated.
  c, Ethylbenzene. EPA proposed  an
MCLG of 0.7 mg/1 ."or ethylbenzene. The
MCLG was denved from a DWEL of 3.4
rr.g/1. by applying a 20 percent drinking
water contribution and rounding off to
one significant number.
  Public Comments. EPA previously
addressed the public comments received
in response lo the earlier proposal of
November 13.1985  in the Federal
Register Notice  of May 22. 1989. In
response to the  1989 Federal Register
No'.ice. one commenter agreed with the
choice Df study. NOAEL and LOAEL
but questioned  the  use of a 10-fold
uncertainty factor to convert from
subchronic to chronic exposure. The
commenter explained this position in the
following manner: Since the adverse
pffec's =f djses 3- or 5-foiJ h:gher than
the NOAEL were minor and a 2-year
NTP study on mixed xylenes. which
contained 17 percent ethyibenzene
 t'O'jivalent to 83 mg of ethylbenzene/
f i say I. sno'ved no adverse effects, the
ev.ra 10-foid uncertainty factor could be
omitted,
   ETA Response EPA believes that thl-
:>:i>.d uncertainty factor for converting
a subchronic to a chronic study is still
necessary for several reasons. In the
Wolf et al. study (Arch. Ind. Hlth 14:387-
398. 1956), the NOAEL of 136 mg/kg was
adjusted by 5/7 since the animals were
treated for only 5 days/week. Some
recovery from the effects of
ethylbenzene could have occurred
during the two days of non-treatment.
The administration of 85 mg of ethi-1-
benzene/kg/day as part of an  assay of
mixed xylenes does not necessarily
mean that a 85 mg ethylbenzene/kg/day
dose is without effect since EPA does
not know about potential interactions
among the compounds. In addition, the
finding of minor adverse effects at doses
3- and 5-fold higher than the NOAEL
does not exclude the possibility that
extended exposure at lower doses
would lead to adverse effects. Since
there are many unanswered questions
on the toxicity of ethylbenzene. EPA
feels that the 1.000-fold uncertainty
factor, including a 10-fold for subchronic
to chronic exposure, is appropriate for
this chemical. Consequently. EPA places
ethylbenzene in Category III and the
MCLG of 0.7 mg/1 is promulgated as
proposed.
  d. Monochlorobenzene. EPA proposed
an MCLG of 0.1 mg/1 for
monochlorobenzene in the May 22.1989
proposal. The MCLG was derived from a
DWEL of 0.7 mg/1. applying a 20 percent
contribution from drinking water and.
because of reclassification of
monochlorobenzene in Group D
(ii.adequate evidence for
carcinogeniciry,1 according to the EPA
guidelines, no additional uncertainty
factor for possible carcinogenicity. This
MCLG is a revision of the MCLG of 0.06"
mg/1 (derived from a DWEL of 3.0 mg/1,
applying a 20 percent contribution factor
from drinking water and an uncertainty
factor of 10 used with agents classified
in Group C (possible human carcinogen:
for monochlorobenzene, limited
evidence in animals based on  increased
neoplastic nodules in liver  of male rats
in one bioassay)) previously proposed in
November 13,1985. Revision of the
MCLG to change tha basis  for the DWEL
and downgrade the  carcinogenicity
classification from Group C to Group D
(Category II to III) is the result of further
review of data and review of the MCLG
for monochlorobenzene by the EPA's
Science Advisory Board in 1988.
  Public Comments. EPA addressed the
public comments received  in response to
the previous proposal of November 13,
1985 in the Federal Register Notice of
May 22. 1989. Two ccmmenters
responded to that Federal Register
notice. The first commenter supported
reclassification of monochlorobenzene
from Group C to Group D. The second
commenter felt that the appropriate
classification is Group C and that an
additional uncertainty factor should be""-
applied to the study used to derive tha
DWEL to account for limitations in
study design.
  EPA Response. EPA agrees with the
commenter who supports
reclassification of monochlorobeczene
from Group C to Group D. EPA
reclassified monochlorober.zer-.e after
concluding that the combination of
neoplastic nodules  and hepatccellular
carcinomas in male rats in the
carcinogenicity bioassay was not
adequate evidence  of a treatment-
related effect to, in turn, support limited
evidence for carcinogenicity of
monochlorobenzene in animals. EPA
disagrees with the second commenter
that an extra uncertainty factor is
needed with the study used as the basis
for the DWEL because EPA considers
the 1.000-fold uncertainty factor already
used with the study as adequate
compensation for uncertainty
surrounding  limitations in the study
design. Consequently, as discussed
above, EPA places  monochlorobenzene
in Category III and  an MCLG of 0.1 mg/1
is promulgated.
  e. ortho-Dichlorobenzene. EPA
proposed an MCLG of 0.8 mg/1 for
ortho-dichlorobenzene in the May 22,
1989 proposal. The MCLG was derived
from a DWEL of 3.0 mg/1, applying a  20
percent contribution from .drinking
water.
  Public Comment. One commenter felt
that because a NOAEL from a chronic
(two-year) study  in rats was used for
calculation of the DWEL. the
uncertainty factor should be 100 instead
of 1,000 as used by  EPA.-
  EPA Response. EPA disagrees with
the comment that the uncertainty factor
for the DWEL calculation should be 100.
instead of 1.000. Although EPA
cominonlyapplies a 100-fold uncertainty
factor with a chronic  (lifetime) study  in
rats. EPA chose to  use a  1,000-fold
uncertainty  factor for the DWEL
calculation for ortho-dichlorobenzne
because toxicity endpoints were
assessed in  a nreliminary subchroiac
(13-week) study in rats that were not
evaluated in the  chronic study and
because of data gaps (an inadequate
reproductive toxicity study in a non-
rodent species reproduction study).
Consequently, EPA places ortho-
dichlorobenzene in Category III and an
MCLG of 0.6 mg/1  is  promulgated as
proposed.
  /. Styrene. EPA proposed two MCLGs
in the May 22.1989 proposal because
EPA had not yet finalized its
carcinogeniciry classification for

-------
         Federal Register / Vol. 56. No. 20  /  Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules  and Regulations     3541
ityrene. One MCLG of 0.1 mg/1 was
derived from a DWEL of 7 mg/1.
applying a 20 percent contribution from
drinking water and an additional 10-fold
uncertainty factor by considering the
classification of styrene to be Group C.
The other MCLG was zero, considering
the classification of styrene to be Group
B2. At meetings on styrene with EPA's
Science Advisory Board in 1988 and
1990. EPA favored a classification .of
Group B2. whereas the SAB opinion
favored a classification of Group C.
Additionally, at the 1990 meeting with
the SAB. the SAB preferred a
multigeneration reproduction/chronic
toxicity study in rats over the
Bubchronic toxicity study in dogs the
EPA had used for calculation of the
DWEL,
  Public Comments. EPA addressed the
public comments received in response to
the previous proposal of November 13,
1985 in the Federal Register Notice of
May 22,1989. In response to that Federal
Register Notice, six commenten
advocated no classification for styrene
or, if it it to be classified, classification
into Group D. One of these commenten
also preferred use of the rat study over
the dog study, as described above, for
calculation of the MCLG. This
commenter felt the MCLG should
therefore be 1.6 mg/1 (which EPA would
round to 2 mg/1). calculated as a Group
D classification, thereby omitting the
extra  uncertainty factor of 10 required
for styrene in Group C. Two commenten
supported classification of styrene in
Group B2 and promulgation of an MCLG
of zero, in the opinion that the data are
sufficient to meet the criteria for Group
B2. Two commenters felt the proper
classification for sryrene is Group C and
an appropriate MCLG is 0.1 mg/1.
  EPA Response. The EPA has not
classified styrene e? to its
carcinogenicity potential at-this time.
The EPA has presented to the Science
Advisory Board argument* to classify
styrene in Group B2; probable human
carcinogen. The Science Advisory Board
responsed that the weight of evidence
 supported  a group C classification. Thus,
 the cancer classification Issue is still
 under review by the Agency.
   Via corn oil gavage, there is some
 evidence that styrene may induce
 tumors in rodents, and a cancer risk of 9
 x 10"'  per fi.g/1 is estimated from the
 NCI mouse study (NCI. 1979). Available
 oral  studies tn rats  have not shown
 carcinogenic activity. In setting an
 MCLG for styrerie in drinking water,
 EPA has carefully considered the overall
.weight of evidence of cancer, especially:
 (1) The comparatively low estimated
 cancer potency (based on the corn oil
gavage study): (2) the lack of a
carcinogenic response in an adequately
conducted drinking water study. In
addition, styrene is not likely to be
widespread in drinking water based on
occurrence information currently
available in the Agency. Consequently.
EPA is placing styrene in Category II
and is promulgating an MCLG of 0.1 ing/
1 based on the Quast et al. (1978) study
in dogs.
  g. Tetrachloroethylene. In the May.
1989 notice. EPA proposed an MCLG for
tetrachloroethylene (perchloroethylene
or PCE) of zero. The Agency has found
strong evidence of carcinogenicity from
ingestion based on consideration of the
weight of evidence, phannacokinetici
find exposure.
  The Agency uses a three category
approach to set MCLGs under the Safe
Drinking Water Act (see 50 FR 48944-
46949 (November 13.1985) and 54 FR
22068 (May 22.1989)). A. chemical for
which there is strong evidence of
carcinogenicity is placed in Category L
As a  matter of policy, EPA sets MCLGs
for chemicals in Category I at zero (see
earlier discussion of this policy).
Recognizing the continuing scientific
controveny over the appropriate weight
of evidence for the chemical the Agency
also solicited public comment on an
MCLG of 0.01 mg/1 which would reflect
a possible human carcinogen (Category
13). EPA received a number of comments
on the proposal and these comments are
addressed below.
   In separate actions, the Agency is
currently deliberating concerning an
Agency-wide classification of PCE,
 according to its normal procedure. On
December [28], 1990, EPA issued e
notice for publication in the Federal
Register that described the process the
 Agency is  following to bring these
 deliberations to a conclusion. (A Federal
 Register citation for that notice  was not
 available on the date of signature  of
 today's notice; however, the title of the
• notice is "Amendment to Preambles
 Published at 54 FR 33418 (August 14.
 1989) and  54 FR 50968 (December 11.
 1989))".
    While these deliberations continue,
 EPA must take final action on an MCLG
 and NPDWR for tetrachloroethylene.
 This chemical is included on the list of
 83 chemicals  that Congress specifically
 directed EPA to regulate. The Agency is
 under court order to promulgate
 regulations for this contaminant by
 December 31.1990. Accordingly. EPA
 today is promulgating an MCLG for PCE
 in accordance with the three-category
 approach developed to implement the
 SDWA. This  action does not reflect a
 final Agency decision on PCE's
classification: it represents a separate
and distinct regulatory evaluation and
risk management decision concerning
PCE. When the Agency completes its
deliberations regarding classification.
we may reconsider the MCLG for
tetrachloroethylene. as appropriate.
  Based on EPA's careful review of the
comments received in response to the
May, 1989 notice and the Agency's
evaluation of scientific evidence
available since the proposal, it remains
EPA's view that there is strong evidence
of carcinogenicity through ingestion and
that PCE is a Category I chemical for
purposes of establishing an MCLG  under
the SWDA.
   Pv-'-iY- Comments. The pivotal
comm!?-- ts dealt with EPA's
categorization of tetrachloroethylene as
a probable or possible human
carcinogen for purposes of setting an
MCLG under the SDWA. One
commenter argued that: (1)
Tetrachloroethylene metabolites/
trichloroacetic acid, which are
carcinogenic, were tested in a sensitive
strain of mice having a high background
liver tumor incidence. (2) mononuclear
cell leukemia observed in animals may
not be relevant to man, and (3) renal
tumors observed in male F-344 rats are
species-specific. One commenter argued
that this contaminant is a probable
human carcinogen; another supported
classification of PCE as a posaible
human carcinogen.
   EPA Response. Based on the available
carcinogenicity evidence from
experimental animal studies and the
high frequency of occurrence in drinking
water. EPA continues to view PCE  as a
Category I contaminant for drinking
water regulation- Tk* evidence for
carcinogenic hazard has two parts, i.e..
epidemiologic data and animal data as
supplemented by metabolism
information and results from short-term
studies. In 1985 EPA viewed the
epidemiologic data as inadequate to
refute or demonstrate a human health
hazard potential EPA is aware of  two
 more recent studies which discuss
 increased cancer mortality among dry
 cleaner worken. These studies have not
 yet been comprehensively integrated
 into the epidemiologic assessment for
 PCE. It is not apparent, however, that
 the influence of PCE alone can be
 delineated since multiple solvents are
 involved in one study and in the other
 study in which PCE is the primary
 solvent while the findings are
 nonpoeitive. the exp-sed group  was too
 small to be useful in risk assessment. In
 experimental animals, three types of
 rumor* in rodents contribute to  the
 inference for a cancer causing potential

-------
 3542     Fedaral RagJatar /- Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and  Regulations
 in humans. Indications of cancer activity
 were seen In mice and rats, in both
 sexes, by inhalation and oral exposure.
 Short-term studies and other
 information about PCE metabolism and
 toxicity of the metabolites both
 contnbute to the hazard concern as well
 as provide some basis for hypothesizing
 about tumor formation and relevancy for
 human hazard assessment.
   While there is lome uncertainty about
 the relevance to humans of the animal
 tumor endpoints. the totality of the
 animal evidence is judged by EPA to be
 sufficient to view PCE as • Category I
 contaminant The lack of key
 information does not support the uae of
 the uncertainties to discount the
 sufficient level of animal evidence.
 EPA's response to a number of issues
 raised m the public comments are
 summarized below.
   (1) Mouse Liver Tumor. The
 controversy surrounding the liver tumor
 response in the B6C3F1 male mouse is
 well recognized, and EPA is aware of
 the divergent scientific views regarding
 the use of this animal endpoint in
 carcinogen risk assessment. The Agency
 undertook extensive review of this issue
 while it was developing the carcinogen
 risk assessment guidelines and in 1987
 solicited PCE-related advice from the
 SAB. The Agency's position is that  .
 mouse liver tumors are considered
 evidence for potential human
 carcinogenicity. The guidelines take the
 position that the mouse liver tumor
 response, when other conditions for
 classification of "sufficient" evidence in
 the animals are met (e.g. replicate
 studies of matignancy, tumors at
 multiple sites, etc.) should be considered
 as "sufficient" endencs of
 carcinogerrictry on a case by case basis.
 In the March. 1888 letter reviewing
tetracfaloroHthyiena- issues, me EPA
Science Advisory Board concurred wrtk
the Agency's criteria for evaluating
mouse liver tumor responses.
  (2) Peroxfiome Proliferation. In the
 case of PCE. peroxisome proliferation
 has been proposed as a plausible
 mechanism for mouse liver tumor
 development Although PCE and
 metabotitB trichloroacetic add (TCA)
 indues peroxisome proWexrtton and
 tumors in the mouse liver, a cause and
 effect relationship is not thereby.
defined. While peroxisome proliferation
may hare a role in mouse liver tumor
 formation, the rola Is undefined. Other
 plausible mechanistic hypotheses exist'
 including those associated with
ger.otoxiary. There may be multiple
mechanisms involved in mouse liver
 tumor formation. At the present time.
OA maintains the view that mouse liver
 tumors are relevant for inferring a
 potential for human health hazard
 unless there is more definitive evidence
 to the contrary.
   (3) Manoauclear Cell Leukemia.
 Mononudear cell leukemia, a neoplasm
 that has been characterized biologically
 and pathologically, was seen in both
 male and female rats exposed to PCE.
 Overall leukemia rates were statistically
 significant in the males and marginally
 so in females. When stage 3 leukemias
 were counted, positive trends and
 significafit increases in male and female
 rat* were seen.
  PCE caused a dose-related increase in
 severity of monooucleax leukemia aad
 shortened the time-to-tumor in female
 rats. One commenter questioned the
 relevance of this tumor to humans. EPA
 does not consider k appropriate to rule
 out a rodent neoplasm simply because it
 has oo exact human counterpart Site
•concordance is not a requirement for
 relevancy in the inference of Hazard
 potential
  Although a statistically rignifirant
 increase in tumor incidence for a tumor
 having a higk concurrent background
 tumor incidence is consistent with
theory of promotion, this ebservaiiaa
does not identify the actual mechanism,
and thus several other ptausjhtti
mechanistic theorist of PCE-iodmced
leukemia development can not be ruled
out
  A statistically significant increase ta
tumor incidence cannot be arbitrarily
dismissed wiiaout firm evidence
showing that mononuclear cell leukemia
in rats is a type of tumor response
isr'ated to this species and not relevant
to other potential tumor endpoints in
other specie*. Rather, EPA °««v""^ that
the experimental animal evidence
identifies the potential for a
carcinogenic response in humans uoleaii
there is evidence to the contrary.
  (4) Uol* Rat Kidaiy Tuoor. PCE
increases the occurrence of aa
uncommon'renal tubular cell tumor ia
male rets. Recent research and
conventional lexicological Aint-Tng bans
suggested at least three plausible
explanations for tee tumor occurrence,
La, tka presence of a •nuyiy mole cat
renal protein. alpha-2u-giobuliK
presence of a secondary metabolic
pathway which produces a geaotoxic
compound in the kidney; anrl I-L« inj*.
nephrotoxitity and cellular regeneration
independent of the alpha-fti-globulin.
The EPA is presently developing criteria
wfeicb will dfifira a weight-of-tvidence
approach for evaluating, on a can by
case basis, the role of alpha-Zu-globulia
in rat kidney tumor formation. For
instance, if &e PCE data are
 subsequently judged to be the only
 definitive explanation for the occurrence
 of male rat kidney tumors, this tumor
 cndpoint aay have minimal relevance
 for human health hazard assessment
 This can be farther evaluated by EPA aa
 criteria and PCE-apecific data become
 available.
   Given the presence of other plausible
 mechanistic explanations, and the
 currently incomplete picture about the
 role of me PCE-rat kidney protein. EPA
 views the rat kidney tumor endpoint to
 be indicative of PCE exposure aad
 relevant for consideration in the overall
 weight of evidence for potential PCE
 human healtfc hazards.
   Cooaeqtiently, b^sed on the
 information available to the Agency and
 the public comments received on the
 May, 1986 proposal EPA for the reasons
 cited  above coatiD«»«  to place
 tetrachloroetaylene in Category 1 and
 promulgates aa MCLG of zero.
  h. Tolm*at.
   EPA proposed an MCLG of 2.0 mg/1
 for toluene ia the November 1985
 proposal and again in tka May 1989
 proposal baaed on a NOAEL of 1.130
 mgym" {root an aoanal study.
  Public Comments. Two cosnmeaters
 submitted information in response to
 EPA's proposal for regulation of toluene.
The major health effect issues raiaed are
(1] use of rat ventilatory volume and
body weight IB calculating die rat total
absorbed doee bu*e»4 of aajnen
veatilatory voluae aad body weight
and (2) uee of a recently available 13-
week National Toxicology Program
(NTP) oral aduubtratioa st*dy rather
than the inhalation *tady need by EPA.
  EPA Ratfoefe. EPA agrees with the
coBuneoter that tke rat ve&tibtory
volume aad body weight, inateed of that
of humane, be used for the calculaticm of
total absorbed dose. EPA also, agree*
with the suggestion by the commeoter
that UM NTP 1060 oral •dmieietretfOB
study is acceptable far the derhratioa of
the MCLG, because it it preferable to
uae valid oral studies, if available, for
the calculation of tke MCLG.
  la me NTP study, groupe of rats were
administered toluene ia com oil et
dosage levels of 0, 312. 825,1.250, 2,500,
or 5.000 mg/kg tot five day*/week {or 13
weeks. Llver-to-braim ratio wa*
increased (e < 0.05{ in males receiving
the 82S-
-------
             Federal Register / Vol 56. No. 20 /, Wednesday,  January 30, 1991  /  Rules and Regulations     3543
   value) to 1 mg/l. Therefore, for the
   reasons stated above, EPA places
   toluene in Category in and promulgate*
   an MCLG of 1 mg/L
     ;'. Xylenes. EPA proposed an MCLG of
   10 mg/l (rounded from 12.mg/l) for
   xy'.enes. EPA's proposal of 10 mg/l was
   based on the NTP study involving the
   administration of 0, 250, or 500 mg/kg
   xylenes in corn oil by gavage to groups
   of rats of'each sex for 103 weeks:
     Public Comments. A total of six
   individuals or organizations proTided
   comments in response to the MCLG
   proposal regarding xylenes. Three
   commenters felt that EPA should not
   round the proposed MCLG for xylenes
   down from 12 mg/l to  10 mg/L On*
   commenter felt that given the
   uncertainty of the data presented In the
   NTP study and the lack of clear
   difference between the administered.
   dosages. EPA should have considered
   the low dosage (250 mg/kg) in the NTP
   study as the LOAEL rather than the
   NOAEL, Another commenter stated that
   the NTP study of rats given xylenes In
   corn oil by gavage for 103 weeks was
   not an appropriate study for th« MCLG
   for xylenes and suggested a teratogenic
*  study in animals instead.
    EPA Response. EPA  believes the
   rounded figure wag appropriate because
   using more than one significant figure
   would have implied a degree of
   precision that was not  warranted given
   the large  uncertainty factor (100) that
   was used in deriving the MCLG. EPA
   considered the low dosage of 250 mg/kg
   from the NTP study in rats as the
   NOAEL sines the mean body weights of
  low-dose ar.:4. vehide control male raU
   and those of dosed and vehicle control
   female rsts were comparable. EPA also
   considered that the NTP oral study in
   animals was more representative of
   xyle-ne's toxicity in drinking- water than
  was the inhalation teratogenic study
   (Mirkova et al., 1S33) guga&ated by the
   coianietiier. The NTH oral study hi
   animals entailed 103 ws-eks of exposure
   to xylenes as comp-ared to only 21 days
   of exposure to xylene-s via inhalatiou.
   Available cancer inforsaation on xylene*
   has been reviewed_by EPA and was
   found to be inadequate for determining
   potential carcinogenicity in humans.
    For these reasons, EPA  placet xylene*
 .  Ln Gate-gory EH and promulgates an
   MCLG of 10 mg/l.

   6. Pesticides/PCBs MCLGs
    a AJachlor. EPA proposed an MCLG
   <••' •>:?.•-.- fo- ss!«r.hl0r in the  M^y 22,1989
   proposal. Tfce MCLG v/se  based on
   8i:ffic",int evidence of carctnog-enicity in  '
   a:..-:.j.;'.js  icLsssuicsiion of Group B2 by
   FJ -\ 
-------
3544
Federal  Register / Vol  56. No.  20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  /  Ruleg and Regulation^
0,35 mg/kg/day in the two-year dog
study to calculate the MCLG for
alrazme. The fourth commenter
indicated that airazine should be-
class.fied .n Group B2 instead of C
because, ir. his opinion, the rat study
p:ov.ded "sufficient evidence" of
carcir.ogar.ic:ty: therefore, the MCLG
should be zero. In addition, he argued
(hat the Agency's rationale for
rlasssfvmg atrazine in Group C (see 54
FR 22062 at 22082) is misleading and
should have read: "Limited evidence of
carcinoger.icity. which means that the
data suggest a carcinogenic effect but
are limited because (a)  the studies
invoke a single species, strain, or
experiment and do not meet criteria for
sufficient evidence (see Section
IVBlc):"  * ') (52 FR33S99.  emphasis
added)."
  EPA Response. New information
became available to the Agency on the
1987 one-year dog study (Ciba-Geigy.
MRID 40313-01) that was used in the
calculation of the RfD and DWEL. This
new information (Ciba-Geigy. 1989.
MRID 412938-01) caused the NOAEL in
this sludy to change from 0.5 mg/kg/day
to 5.0 mg/kg/day. Since the Agency
usually uses the highest NOAEL in the
most sensitive species to calculate the
RfD. the two-generation rat study
discussed above with a NOAEL of 0.5
mg'kg/day (Ciba-Geigy. 1987. MJRID
404313-03) was selected as the most
appropriate study to determine the RfD.
Since the new RfD is the same in value
as the previous RfD. which was
calculated from the one-year dog study
in the May 22.1989 proposal,  the DWEL
and MCLG will remain a.t proposed at
0,2 and 0.003 mg/1. respectively.
   In response to the comment that
atraz:ne should be classified in Group -
82, the  Agency disagrees based on the
fact that the increased incidence of the
mammary tumors (a tumor with a
generally high spontaneous background
 in the rat) was noted onlyin one species
 and one strain of rat.
   .'..cordingly. EPA  places atrazine in
 Category II and promulgate*  an MCLG
 of 0.003 mg/1 for atrazine, as proposed in
 the May 1989 proposal based on the
 Changed basis for the RfD, as discussed
 above.
   c Carbofuran. EPA proposed an
 MCLG of 6.04 mg/1 for carbofuran in the
 May 22.1989 proposal. The MCLG was
 derived from a DWEL of 0.2 mg/1.
 applying a  20 percent contribution from
 mr.K:ng water. Carbofuran is classified
 .r. Group E (no evidence of
 ca.-cmogerucity) by EPA. The MCLG of
 0 0:6 .T-S  ! irt thr November 13,1985
 r:?pr>sal was rounded in the May 1989 •
 prupcsa! to 0.04 mg/1. No new data that
 would  change the conclusions presented
                              in that notice have become available
                              since its publication.
                                Public Comment. EPA previously
                              addressed the public comments received
                              in response to the previous proposal of
                              November 13.1985 in the Federal
                              Register notice of May 22,1989. In
                              response to this notice of 1989. three
                              individuals or organizations commented
                              on the MCLG proposal for carbofuran.
                              One ccmmenter indicated that the
                              proposed standard does not protect from
                              immune system depression in humans.
                              Another commenter indicated that
                              additional negative immunological
                              studies were not discussed in the
                              carbofuran criteria document, in
                              addition, this commenter provided
                              corrections and editings to the
                              chemistry, occurrence and fate sections
                              of the criteria document. A third
                              commenter requested a change in the
                              NOAEL used in the calculation of the
                              RfD from 0.5 to 0.25 based pn
                              cholinesterase activity, thus indicating
                              that the MCLGs should be two-fold
                              lower.
                                EPA Response. EPA addressed the
                              issue of cholinesterase inhibition as the
                              endpoint of toxiciry in a special forum.
                              The 15 to 20 percent inhibition in blood
                              cholinesterase activity may be
                              considered a LOAEL. This level of
                              inhibition may be considered adverse or
                              non-adverse on a case-by-case basis
                              depending on the lexicological profile of
                              the chemical. In the case of carbofuran.
                              the NOAEL is based on the effects noted
                              on both the reproductive and nervous
                              systems. The chosen  NOAEL of 0.5 mg/
                              kg/day was the appropriate NOAEL for
                              both systems; the uncertainty factor
                              applied to this NOAEL is 100-fold,
                              resulting in an MCLG of 0.04 rag/1. If the
                              lower dosage of 0.25 mg/kg/day was
                              selected as the basis of these
                              calculations, the applied uncertainty
                              factor (UF) would have been 10-fold
                              only because a larger UF would not be
                              justified based on the available toxicity
                              profile of carbofuran. Therefore, the
                              MCLG would have been higher than 0.04
                              mg/1. not two-fold lower. The choice of
                              the NOAEL of 0.5 mg/kg/day in the dog
                              study and the application of a 100-fold
                              UF were more protective to public
                              health because the NOAEL was based
                              on both endpoints of toxicity. testicular
                              effects and blood cholinesterase
                               inhibition, with an appropriate selection
                               of the UF as necessitated by the severity
                               of these endpoints.
                                 In response to the commenters on
                               Lmmunotoxicity, EPA .believes further
                               research in this area is needed before .
                               any conclusion can be made on the
                               effect of carbofuran  on this endpoint.
                               Consequently, EPA places carbofuran in
Category III and an MCLG of 0.04 mg/1
is promulgated.                       K.
   d. Chlordane. EPA proposed an MCLG
of zero for chlordane based on sufficient
evidence of carcinogenicity in animals
(Group B2). While the proposed MCLG
of zero is based on the carcinogenici'.y
of chlordane. EPA provided a revised
DWEL of 0.002 mg/1 based on the results
of a newer chronic rat dietary study
(Yonemura et al.. 1983; 30-month chronic
toxicity and tumorigenicity test in.rats
by chlordar.e). This DWEL was
calculated assuming an uncertainty
factor of 1.000 (100 for the inter- anri
intraspecies differences ar.d 10 for the
lack of a second chronic toxici'y/
reproductive study) and consumption of
2 liters of water per day by a 70-kg
adult.
   Public Com.-nent. One comrner.ter
stated that (1) chlordane  was not
properly considered a "B2" carcinogen
 since  the EPA Carcinogen Assessment
Group (CAG) report (1986) could not
justify such a classification; therefore
 the basis for a proposed MCLG of zero
was incorrect, and (2) EPA incorrectly
used an additional safety factor of 10  .
because of a lack of a second chronic
study in the derivation of the DWEL for
 chlordane.
   EPA Response. According to EPA's
guidelines, a Group B2 classification
 (probable human carcinogen) is used
 when there is sufficient evidence of
 carcinogenicity.in animals and
 inadequate data  in humans. EPA
 considers that chlordane i» correctly
 proposed as a Group B2 carcinogen
 because a number of rodent studies
 (with fcT strains of mice of both
 genders and F344 male rats) had clearly
 demonstrated the induction of liver
 tumors in animals following
 administration of chlordane. In addition,
 three compounds structurally related to
 chlordane,  ajdrin, dieldrin. and
 chlorendic acid have produced liver
 tumors in mice. Chlorendic acid has also
 produced liver tumors in rats.
    EPA has correctly applied an
 additional  safety factor of 10 in the
 derivation of the DWEL due to the lack
 of a second chronic study in animals.
 EPA believes that the lack of adequate
  chronic toxicity  data and the lack of
  data on reproductive effects require an
  additional factor of 10. Therefore, EPA
  places chlordane in Category I and an
  MCLG of zero is promulgated based on
  sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in
  animals and inadequate data in humans.
    e. i.2-Dibromo-3-chloropropune
•  (DBCP). EPA proposed an MCLG of zero
  for.l.2-dibromo-3-chloropropane in the
  May 22.  1989 proposal. The MCLG was
  based on sufficient evidence of

-------
           Federal RegUter /  Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday. January  30, 1991  /  Rules and Regulations     3345
 carcinogenicity in animals
 (classification in Croup B2 by EPA
 guidelines: Probable human carcinogen)
 in the November 13,1985 Federal
 Register notice. No new data which
 change the conclusions presented in that
 notice have become available since its
 publication.
   Public Comments. EPA addressed the
 public comments received in response to
 the previous proposal of November 13,
 1965 in the Federal Register Notice of
 May 22,1389. One commenter stated
 that there is valid epidemiological
 evidence to show that 1.2-dibromo-3-
 chloropropane is not a human
 carcinogen and that animal studies
 unreliably predict carcinogenicity.
 Consequently, this commenter
 concludes overall evidence adequately
 supports downgrading l,2-dibromo-3-
 chJoropropane from Group B2 to Group
 C by the EPA guidelines. If this is done.
 the commenter recommends setting the
 MCLG on the basis of non-carcinogenic
 toxic effects with an adequate margin of
 safety. The commenter states that 5
 EPA continues the Group B2
 classification for l,2-dibromo-3-
 chloropropane, then the MCLG should
 be set at a level corresponding to a
 lifetime cancer risk of 10~4 to 10~§ or on
 the basis of noncarcinogenic toxic
 effects with an added margin of safety.
 Using EPA's risk assessment the
 commenter concludes that an increased
 cancer risk in the range of 10~* to 10~§
 would be at least 0.001 mg/1
 {corresponding to a risk of 4 x 10"*):
 therefore, the commenter feels the
 MCLG should be set at 0.001 mg/1 or
 greater. The commenter believes EPA's
 proposed MCL of 0.0002 mg/1 it
 unreasonably low considering the
 carcinogenic potential and the
 commenter's position that the half-life of
 1.2-dibromo-3-chloropropane in water
 guarantees th<-'  ~..ost water systems will
 reach the proposed MCL through natural
 prccesse* within 15 year*. Another
.commenter agreed with the comment
 that 0.0002 mg/1 is unreasonably low for
 an MCL and felt that en MCL for 1.2-
 dibromo-3-chloropropane should be 0.05
 mg/l or higher.
  EPA Response. Regarding the
 epidemiological data for l,2-dibromo-3-
 chloropropane. EPA believes the
 epidemiology data base is inadequate to
 either refute or demonstrate that 1.2-
 dJbromo-3-chloropropane causes rumors
 in humans. EPA believes there is
 sufficient data to conclude that 1,2-
 dibromo-3-chloropropane is
 carcinogenic in  animals since the
 compound has been shown to be
 carcinogenic  in  both rats and mice.  EPA
 U.-erefore has classified l,2-dibrozno-3-
 chloropropane in Group B2: Probable
 human carcinogen. Consequently, EPA
 places 1.2-dibromo-3-chloropropane in
 Category I and an MCLG of zero is
 promulgated.
  / 2.4-D. EPA proposed an MCLG  of
 0.07 mg/1 for 2.4-D in the November 1985
 proposal and again in May 1989 based
 on adverse efferts on the liver and
 kidney in test animals. EPA based this
 MCLG on a NOAEL of 1 mg/kg/day, an
 uncertainty factor of 100, and the
 assumption that a 70-kg  adult consumes
 2 liters of water per day. EPA also
 assumed that 20 percent of total
 exposure of 2,4-D would be from
 drinking water. No new relevant data
 that change EPA's conclusions have
 become available since publication of
 the proposals. .
  EPA also stated that it would consider
 adopting an MCLG of 0.02 mg/1 for 2.4-
 D. based upon the same  study as was
 used to calculate the  proposed MCLG,
 with the application of an additipnal
 uncertainty factor of  3 to the
 calculations. This uncertainty factor
 would be applied to account for the fact
 that supporting long-term data in dogs
were not available for 2.4-D.
  Public Comments. One ccmmenter
stated that EPA ignored the two
National  Cancer Institute (NCI) studies
linking exposure to 2,4-D with an
increase of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma,
and that since IARC classified
chlorophenoxy herbicides in Group  B2
(limited evidence of carcinogenicity in
humans), EPA should do likewise.
  EPA Response. EPA did not ignore the
two epidemiological studies published
by NCI that reported  the possible
association of phenoxy herbicides (2.4-D
is a member of the class) with cancer.
Since the studies dealt with t class of
compounds, it is unpractical to
specifically link 2.4-D as a probable
carcinogen. In addition, the
contaminants in phenoxy herbicides
further cloud the results of these studies.
  EPA'ii proposal for  the regulation  of
2,4-D was based  on inadequate data for
the .cancer classification and its effects
of 2,4-D on the liver and kidney.
Controversy regarding the cancer
classification of 2.4-D has arisen
because of the recently published
 epidemiological studies on phenoxy
 herbicides, a class of compounds of
 which 2,4-D is a member. EPA's Office
 of Pesticide Programs (OPP) published a
 notice in the Federal Register (October
 13.1989)  stating .that an external-panel
 of experts would be convened to advise
 the Agency on the carcinogenic
 potential of 2.4-D. However, until the
 panel of experts convenes and the
Agency accepts its results. EPA
 continues to categorize 2,*-D as *
 category III contaminant. Consequently.
 EPA is promulgating the MCLG of 0.07
 mg/1 for 2,4-D as proposed.
  g. Heptachlor/Heptachlor Epoxide.  ,
 EPA proposed an MCLG of zero for both
 heptachlor and heptachlor epoxide
 baaed on sufficient evidence of
 carcinogenicity (Group B2] in animals.
 Since the May proposal. EPA has
 revised the DWELs for heptachlor and
 heptachlor epoxide. A revised DVVEL of
 0.02 mg/1 (rounded from 0.0175 mg/1)
 was calculated for heptachlor. For
 heptachlor epoxide, a revised DWEL of ,
 0.0004 mg/1 was derived. These
 revisions of DWELs for heptachlor and
 heptachlor epoxide do not affect EPA's
 . ji. ilusions about carcinogenicity of
 ih~.i chemicals; however, they are
 presented to provide more information
 on health effects.
.  Public Comments. One organization
 provided comments in response to the
 MCLG proposal regarding heptachlor
 and heptachlor epoxide. The commenter
stated that heptachlor and heptachlor
epoxide have been incorrectly classified
as Group B2 carcinogens and that EPA's
Carcinogen Assessment Group report
(1966) could not be used to justify such a
classification.
  EPA Response. According to EPA's
guidelines. Group B2 (probable human
carcinogen) is used when there is
sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in
animals and inadequate data in humans.
These guidelines also state that mouse
liver rumor data may be used to support
sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity.
The evaluation of the carcinogenic
potential of heptachlor and heptachlor
epoxide was based on a sufficient
number of rodent studies in which liver
carcinomas were induced in two strains
of mice of both genders and in CFN
female rats.
  Consequently, as discussed above,
EPA places both heptachlor and
heptachlor epoxide in Category I and
promulgates an MCLG of zero as
proposed.
  h. Undone. EPA reproposcd an MCLG
of 0.0002 mg/1 for lindane based upon a
DWEL of 0.01 mg/1, an additional
uncertainty factor of 10 since lindane
was categorized as a category II
contaminant (limited evidence of
carcinogenicity via drinking water
ingestion), and * 20 percent contribution
from drinking water. No new data were
received that change ths conclusions
presented in the November 1985
proposal.
  Public Comment. One commenter
stated that the MCLG should be zero for
lindane since  lindane was classified as
Group C (possible human carcinogen).

-------
3546     Federal Register /  Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday. January  30. 1991  / Rules and Regulations
  EPA Response. The only evidence of
carcinogenicity for lindane was in mice
and available data do not permit
definitive decisions on Us oncogenic  -
potential in rats. Since this effect has
been reported in only one species.
hndane was placed ;n Category II. and
the MCLG values  for Category II
substances are set based on the RfU. An
MCLG of 0,0002 mg, 1 for li.-.dar.e :s
promulgated as proposed.
  /. .Methoxychlor. EFA proposed an
MCLG of 0.4 mg/1 for methoxychlor
based on a rat study which identified a
XOAEL of 5 mg/kg/day and applied  an
uncertainty factor of 100. However, it
was also stated in the EPA proposal of
May 22.1989, that a recent teratology
study in rabbits for methoxychlor was
under review by OPP. No comments
were  received during the comment
period.
  Following the review by the OPP and
EPA's RfD Workgroup, an RfD of 0.005
mg/kg/day for methoxychle r was
recommended based on this teratology
study in rabbiti (5-7-90). In this
teratology study, a NOAEL of 5 mg/kg/
day was identified and an uncertainty
factor of 1.000 was applied consisting of
100 for the inter- and intraspecies
differences and an additional factor of
10 for the steep dose-response curve  and
the incompleteness of the data base on
chronic toxicity. EPA has placed
methoxychlor in Category in but for
reasons discussed above the MCLG was
changed from the 0.4 mg/1 level, as
proposed, to 0.04 mg/1 in today's rule.
  /, Poiychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs).
EPA proposed an MCLG of zero for
PCBs in the November 1985 proposal
and again in May 1989 based on its
classification as a Group B2 carcinogen
(sufficient animal evidence, inadequate
human evidence).
  Public Comments. Several
commenters submitted information in
response to EPA's May 1989  proposaj for
regulation of PCBs. Major health effects
issues were (1) inadequate evidence of
 carcinogenicity in humans. (2) extent of
 chlorir.alion and  carcmogerucity, i.e.,
 only PCBs with 60 percent plus
 chlorinated mixtures have been reported
 to be carcinogenic in animals, and (3)
 non-tnutagenicity of PCBs. One
 commer.'er supported EPA's MCLG  of
 0.5 jig/1 PCBs in drinking water. One
 commenler recommended exploring the
 feasibility of regulating PCBs baaed on
 relative toxicity of PCB congeners, citjrtg
 '.".e article,' Environmental Occurrence,
 Abundance and Toxicity of
 Poiychlorinated Biphenyl Congeners:
 Considerations for a Congener Specific
 Analysis" (McFarland and Clarke,
 Environ. Health Perspect.. Vol. 81. May
  EPA Response. EPA agrees with the
commenters that there is inadequate
evidence of carcinogenicity of PCBs in
humans. However, there is sufficient
evidence of carcinogenicity of PCBs in
animals, which places PCBs in Group B2
according to the Agency's cancer
guidelines. Therefore, according, to EPA
policy, the MCLG  for PCBs i. zero. The
proposed MCL is 0.0005 mg/1, the
practical quantification limit.
  •PCBs that are 60 percent chlorinated
have been reported to be carcinogenic in
animals, while PCBs with a lower
chlorine concentration (chlorine 54
percent) have produced cancer in
animals that was not statistically
significant. PCBs are complex mixtures
of chlorinated biphenyls. which can
contain up to 209 possible isomers: the
toxicity of these has not been fully
characterized. Therefore, it appears
reasonable to regulate PCBs as a class
of compounds with a cancer
classification of Group B2. FD/\ also
regulates PCBs as a class of compounds
rather than individual congeners.
  EPA agrees that PCBs are not
mutagenic in a bacterial test system;
however, this method does not respond
to chlorinated hydrocarbons, including
PCBs. In addition, a negative mutagenic
test does not detract from the
carcinogenic potential of PCBs.
Therefore, for the  above reasons, EPA
places PCBs in Category I and
promulgates an MCLG of zero.
7. Other Synthetic Organic Contaminant
MCLGs
   a. Acrylamide. EPA proposed an
MCLG of zero for acrylamide in the May
22,1989 proposal based on a B2
classification for the chemical.
   Public Comments. EPA reponded to
the public comments received in
response to the previous proposal of
November 13,1985 in the Federal
Register Notice of May 22.1389. One
commenter questioned the B2
classification citing the results of a new
acrylamide bioassay by American
Cyanamid which  indicated that mouse
 screening studies were not repeatable.
 that human epidemiology studies were
 negative, that acrylamide does not
 produce point mutations, and the
 acrylamide reacts preferentially with
 protein.
   EPA Response. The current B2
 classification for acrylamide is based
 primarily on the Johnson et al. study
 (Toxicol. Appl. Fharmacol. 85:154-169,
 1988). In this study, the authors reported
 increased  incidences of scrotal
 meaotheliomas, mammary gland tumors,
 thyroid adenomas, uterine
 adenocarcinomas, clitoral gland
 adenomas, and oral papillomas. In
 agreement with the Johnson et si. study.
 the more recent American Cyanamid
 study reported statistically significant
 increases in the incidences of mammary
 gland tumors (fibroadenomas or
 fibroadenomas and carcinomas
 combined), scrotal mesotheliomas. and
 thyroid neoplasms (adenomas or
 adenomas and carcinomas combined) in
 both sexes. The uterine
 adenocarcinomas, clitora! gland
 adenomas, and oral papillomas
 observed in the Johnson et al. study
 were not found to be increased in the
 American Cyanamid study. However,
 there was a positive dose-related trend
' in the incidence of malignant reticulosis
 in the brains of females and an
 increased incidence of astrocytomas
 (CNS glial tumors) in both sexes at the
 highest dose level in the American
 Cyanamid study. After reviewing this
 study, the Agency has concluded that
 both studies demonstrate that
 acrylamide administration resulted in
 carcinogenicity at more than one site in
 rats.
    Since there are two positive cancer
 bioassays, the fact that there is some
 disagreement among the Bull et al.
 studies (Cancer Res. 44:107-111.1984a.
 and Cancer Lett. 24:209-212.1984b) and
 the Robinson et al. study (Environ. Hlth.
 Perspect. 68:141-145,1986) would not
 affect the classification of acrylamide.
    EPA has reviewed two human
 epidemiology studies (Collins, American
 Cyanamid Co.. 1984. and Sobel et al.. Br.
 J. Ind. Med. 43:785-788,1986) and found
 them to be inadequate for determining
 the potential carcinogenicity of
 acrylamide in humans.
    Athough acrylamide does not induce
 point mutations, it is a clastogenic agent.
 inducing chromosomal aberrations.
 dominant lethality, sister-chroman'd
 exchanges, and unscheduled DNA
 synthesis (Dearfield et al., Mut. Res.
 195:45-77,1988). Furthermore, the results
  of a mouse heritable translocation study
  (Shelby et al.. Environ. Mutagen. 9:3283-
  368, 1987) has sho\vn that acrylamide  is
  an effective iiducer of translocalions  in
  postmeiotic germ cells, suggestina that
  acryiamide may pose a heritable risk
  concern in mammals.
    While it is certainly correct to state
  that acrylamide preferentially reacts
  with protein  (Sega et al., Mut.. Res.
  216:221-220,1989), it also reacts wilh
  nucleic acids in vivo (Carlson and
  Weaver. Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.
  79:307-313,1979) and In v;iro (Solomon
  et al.. Cancer Res. 45:3465-3470,1985).
  Accordingly,  it Is not po.sible to rule  ou.
  the possibility of acrylamide-DNA
  interaction. Due to the two positive
  acrylamide bioassays and other data,

-------
           Federal Regisfer  /  Vol. 56,  No. 20  /  Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations     3547
 FPA retains a B2 classification for
 dcrylamide and places it in Category I
 •vith an MCLG of zero.
 B. Establishment of MCLS

 1. Methodology for Determination of
 MCLs
   The SDWA directs EPA to set the
 MCL "as close to" the MCLG "as is
 feasible." The term "feasible" means
 "feasible with the use of the best
 technology, treatment techniques, and
 other means, which the Administrator
 finds, after examination for efficacy
 under field conditions and not solely
 under laboratory conditions, are
 available (taking costs into
 consideration)." (SDWA section
 1412(b)(5)). Each Nation-' Primary
 Drinking Water Regulation that
 establishes an MCL lists the technology.
 treatment techniques, and other means
 which the Administrator finds to be
 feasible for meeting the MCL (SDWA
 section 1412(b)(8J).
   The present statutory standard for
 "best available technology" (BAT) under
 1412(b)(5) represents a change from the
 provision prior to 1988. which required
. EPA to judge feasibility on the basis of
 "best technologies generally available"
 (BTGA). The 1988 Amendments  to the
 SDWA  changed BTGA to BAT and
 added the requirement that BAT must
 be tested for efficacy under field
 conditions, not just under laboratory
 conditions. The legislative history
 explains that Congress removed the
 term "generally" to assure that MCLs
 "reflect the full extent of current
 technology capability" [S. Rep. No. 58,
 99th Cong.. 1st Sess. at 9  (1985)]. Read
 together with the legislative history,
 EPA has concluded that the statutory
 term "best available technology" it a
 broader standard than "best technology
 generally available," and that this
 standard allows EPA to select a
  technology that is not necessarily in
  widespread use, as long as it has been
  field tested beyond the laboratory. In
  addition. EPA believes thi« change in
  the statutory requirement means that the
  technology selected need not   .
  necessarily have been field tested for
  each specific contaminant Rather. EPA
  may project operating condition* for a
   specific contaminant using a field tested
   technology from laboratory or pilot
   systems data.
     Based on the statutory directive for
   setting the MCL*. EPA derive* the MCL*
   based on an evaluation of (1) the
   availability and performance of . arious
   technologic* for removing the
   contaminant, and (2) the costs of
   applying those technologies. Other
   technology factors that are coniidered
in determining the MCL include the
ability of laboratories to measure
accurately and consistently the level of
the contaminant with available
analytical methods. For Category I
contaminants, the Agency also
evaluates the health risks that are
associated with various levels of the
contaminants, with the goal of ensuring
that the maximum risk at the MCL falls
within the 1"' to 10"* risk range that the
Agency considers protective of public
health, therefore achieving the overall
purpose of the SDWA.
  EPA's initial step in deriving the MCL
is to make an engineering assessment of
technologies that are capable of
removing a contaminant from drinking
water. This assessment determines
which of those technologies are "best."
EPA reviews the available data to
determine technologies that have the
highest removal efficiencies,  are
compatible with other water  treatment
processes, and are not limited to a
particular geographic region.
  Based on the removal capabilities of
the various technologies. EPA calculates
the level of each contaminant that is
achievable by their application to large
systems with relatively clean raw'water
sources. [See H.R. Rep. 1185. 93rd Cong..
2nd Sess. at 13. (1974): 132 Cong. Rec.
S6287. May 21.1988, statement of Sen.
Durenberger-l
  When considering costs to control the
contaminants in this rule, EPA analyzed
whether the technology is reasonably
affordable by regional and large
metropolitan public water systems (see
H.R. Rep. No. 93-1186 at 18 (1974) and
132 Cong. Rec. S6287 (May 21.1986)
(statement of Sen. Durengerger)]. EPA
also evaluated the total national
compliance costs for each contaminant
considering the number of systems that
will have to install treatment in order to
comply with the MCL. The resulting
national costs vary depending upon the
concentration level chosen as the MCL.
The more stringent the MCL, the greater
 the number of systems that may have to
 install BAT in order to achieve
 compliance. In today's rule.  EPA has
 determined that costs for large systems
 and total national compliance costs at
 the MCL are reasonably affordable and.
 therefore, feasible. Therefore,
 alternative MCLs were not considered
   The feasibility of setting the MCL at a
 precise level is also influenced by
 laboratory ability to measure the
 contaminant reliably. EPA derives
 practical quantitation levels (PQL»)
  which reflect the level that can be
  measured by good laboratories under
  normal operating conditions within
  specified limits of precision and
accuracy. Because compliance with the
MCL is determined by analysis with   .
approved analytical techniques, the
ability to analyze consistently and
accurately for a contaminant at the MCL
is important to enforce a regulatory
standard. Thus, the feasibility of
meeting a particular level is affected by
the ability of analytical methods to
determine with sufficient precision and
accuracy whether such a level is
actually being achieved. This factor is
critically important in determining the
MCL for contaminants for which EPA
sets the MCLG at zero, a number which
by definition can be neither measured
nor attained. Limits of analytical
detection require that the MCL be set at
some level greater than the MCLG for
these contaminants. In these cases. EPA
examined the reduction  capability of
BAT and the accuracy of analytical
techniques PS reflected in the PQL to
establish the appropriate MCL level.  .
  EPA also evaluates the health risks
that are associated with various
contaminant levels in order to ensure
that the MCL adequately protects the
public health. For drinking water
contaminants, EPA sets  a maximum
reference risk range 10'4 to 10~*excess
individual risk from for carcinogens at
lifetime exposure. This policy is
consistent with other EPA regulatory
program* that generally target this range
using conservative models that are not
likely to underestimate the risk. Since
the underlying goal of the Safe Drinking
Water Act is to protect the public from
adverse effects due to drinking water
contaminants. EPA seeks to ensure  that
the health risks associated with MCLs
for carcinogenic contaminants are not
significant
   Below is a detailed discussion of the
Agency's response to the comments on
the proposed rule and how today's
MCLs were detemJned. EPA is
 reproposing for public comment the
 MCLGs and MCLs for aldicarb. aldicarb
 sulfoxide, aldicarb sulfone, barium, and
 pentachlorophenol due  to a change in
 the health basis for the  standard.
 However, regardless of the final
 standards which are established. EPA
 believes the BAT and analytical
 method* promulgated today will not be
 affected by the new standards.
  Consequently, those requirements are
  promulgated today.
  2. Inorganic Analytical Methods
    In the May 1989 notice, the Agency
  proposed a list of analytical methods to
  be used for measuring eight inorganic
  chemicals (IOCs) that it considered
  economically and technologically
  feasible for monitoring compliance.

-------
3546
Fsxkral
                           / Vol.  56. No.  20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and  Regulations
These method* are promulgated today
as proposed with the exception of the
revision* that will be discussed below
(see Table 9). These methods were
selected based on the following factors:
(1) reliability (i.e.. precision/accuracy)
of the analytical results: (2) specificity in
the presence of inte-rerences: [1]
availability of enough equipment and
trained personnel to implement a
nrttional monitoring program (i.e..
laboratory availability): (4) rapidity of
analysis to permit routine use: and (5)
cost of analysts lo water supply
systems.                      .   "
  Table 9 lists the analytical methods
that EPA is approving for use to comply
with the monitoring requirements. EPA
has updated the references to the most
recent editions of the manuals, including
the atomic absorption and emission
method* for metals: the transmission
electron microscope method for
  sbestos; and the colorimetric.
spectrophotometric, pctentioraetric. and
ica chromatography methods for nitrate
and mtnte.
  The reliability of analytical methods
used for compliance monitoring is
critical at the MCL Therefore, the
analytical methods have to be evaluated.
with respect to the accuracy or recovery
(lack of bias) and precision (good
reproducibility) at the range of MCL.
   When NPDWRs are revised ox new
regulations are proposed, the Agency
examines all  appropriate methodologies,
including any minor modifications of the
method that may have been approved
for limited use. and only those methods
which meet all the necessary criteria are
proposed- Public comments on the
applicability  of these methodi are taken
into consideration when the rule is
finalized.
   In view of this, only the analytical
procedures specified in this final rule
cd-i be used for compliance monitoring
aster this rule is promulgated. The
Agency is aware that minor
modification* to specific mathod» have-
been previously approved for limited
 use by various laboratori**. Th**r
 approval* will ceaae upon tfa» effective
 date of this rule.  New methods, new
 applications of current methods, and
 any modification to method approved in
 the future will be published in th»
 Federal Register, thus making tfasM
 changes available to all laboratories.
   a. Asbestos. Several ccmmantBrs
 •ubmitted comments expressing
 concerns with the following: (1) Thre
 c vpensc of T ran amis turn Electron
 Microscopy  (TEMJ analysis for asbestos:
 ..:' 'he number otlaboraroneir available
 v, ".h TEM capabilities: (3) the
 quantitative analytical precision and
 accuracy of  the TEM. method: and (4) the
                             absence of other asbestos methods on
                             the list of methods. EPA recognizes that
                             TEM analysi* is somewhat more
                             expensive than other conventional
                             analyses for most analytes that.ara
                             regulated under the SDWA. However.
                             the overall national cost should be
                             lessened because of the • "duced number
                             of systems affected by the monitoring
                             requirement* after the vulnerability
                             assessment, resulting in a limited
                             number of samples for ai alyse*.
                               EPA believes that sufficient analytical
                             capacity will exist for those water
                             systems that are deemed vulnerable
                             because public water system* will have
                             approximately five year* from
                             publication of the final rule to complete
                             the monitoring (i.e., December 31.1995).
                             thus allowing the analytical capability
                             to develop. In addition. EPA i* currently
                             participating in a cooperative program
                             with the National Institute of Standard*
                             and Technology (MIST) to certify a pool
                             of laboratories that can perform
                             asbesto* analysis using the TEM
                             method.
                               A performance evaluation (PE) »ample
                             is currently being developed by the
                             Agency to assess laboratory
                             performance using the TEM method.
                             Furthermore, the EPA facility in Athen*
                             has produced interiaboratory and
                             intralaboratory (single laboratory)
                             studies to verify the method'*
                             performance and capabilities.
                               Otiier asbesto* analytical method*
                             were considered and evaluated but they
                             were found  to be inadequate and
                             inferior to the TEM method. The Agency
                             has determined that TEM i» tht best
                             available technique because of its
                             specificity of asbesto* fiber* (chrysotile
                             versus amphibole), it* effectiv«ne*» in
                              distinguishing between asbesto*. and'
                              nona«be*to* fibers, and i«« ibility to
                              determine'the number of fibers per
                              volumt and fiber size (length and
                              width). Furthermore, the MCLG for
                              asbe*to* was anassed using dat*
                              resulting from TEM analyse*. The
                              analysis of waterborne asbe*to*vby
                              different techniques can yield radically
                              different results, unlike the methodology
                              of other analyts*. EPA bsdlevas it i*
                              imperative  to ensure comparability that
                              the analytical technique required for
                              monitoring water quality sample* b« the
                              same a* that used to a**e*» the MCLG.
                              EPA, howervet. continues to desire-
                              additional screening methodology and
                              encourage* the public to inform the
                              Agency when a potential technique may
                              exist. If addibonaLmetnods become
                              available that meat the MCL
                              requirement. EPA will promptly update
                              the ruls to permit alternative* to me
                              TEM method.
  b. Nitrate/Nitrite. Several
commenters addressed concerns about
the ability of laboratories to analyze
nitrite because of.it* unstable character
and associated analytical problems.
EPA evaluated the most recent available
data resulting from Water Supply (WS)   .
PE studies *022-025, in which va:  -us
approved methodi were used, to
determine laboratory performance for
nitrite. The acceptance limit* calculated
from this data for the EPA. State, and
non-EPA laboratories that participated
in the studies demonstrate successful
nitrite analyse* a* compared to the
acceptance limit* of the other regulated
contaminant* as summarized in table *2,
   One commenter stated that there are
conflicting opinion* whether to use   •
single (Waters method B-1011) or dual
(EPA Method 300.0) column
chromatography for nitrate analysis.  .
EPA evaluated data.- from a
comparability study for both of the
method* and concluded that they both
were successful in analyzing nitrate, i.e..
precision, accuracy, and acceptance
limit* criteria wan met
   Some commenters also objected to the
deletion of mercoiarimfitricbrucine
method far nitrate from the list of
methods; EPA evaluated the most recent
available data from the laboratories that
used the bracin* method foe WS PE
studies #020-025. The review of the data
demonstrated the inability  of the
method to produce results that met the
acceptance limit* criteria, thus it*
elimination from the liat of approved'
methods.
   c. Otbsr Inorgairic Analyses. Savaral
commenters stated thai EPA Method
200.7 (Inductively Coupled Plasms-
Atomic Emission Spectromethc Method
(ICP-AES)) without the appendix (BPA
Method 28&7A-) is applicable for the
analysis of barium and ckmminm and
objected .to its: omission- fren. the list of
methods. BPA concur* with, this
 issetameot of the method and will
permit its us* as an additional optional
 method for the analysts-of barium and
 chromium, Howevaa that appendix
 (200.7 A) mu*t b* foUoMiad in processing
 drinking watar samples prior toJCP-
 AES analysis for csjilmiimx because
 Method 200.7 is not tansttut*. enons^r for
 cadmium samples at m* MCL level in
 this rule.
   One  commenter recommended the-
 deletion of ma gaseous: hydride EPA
 Method 270.3 for selenium from the list
 of methods because of its referral to a
 method mat is no longer cited. EPA
 recognize* this inconsistency and has
.deleted this mathod from ths list o£
 approved methods baoauso it is an
 incomplete method that references

-------
          Fod«r»i Regfeter / Vol.  56, N.

                           TABLE 16.—INORGANJC CONTAMBNANT AC-
                             CEPTANCE   LIMITS   AND   PRACTICAL
                             QUANTtTATlON LEVELS
Inorganic
cot'ium*
rant
Btriufr. '....
C*dmuni..
Chromi-
um ._ 	 „
Mercury 	
NrtriM 	
Nitme 	
Selenium..
MO.
(mo/0
2
0.005

0.1
0.002
10
1
0.05
Acceptance
Mmrta 9 leixzwory. a>» sampt* muet t»
     ba
   1 c - p«(,cc. ha«! or
                                            ,
                                         HND. to pM
ay CM
 M »m» at
                              by ionfl «
                        f** tampte container ihot*> be
                                                                                                      1:1
                      G-gteee, herd or »oft.
    ' in ail c&aea, tampt«a it\a*t be enilyred er won trier coBecton m poeetote.
 3  SOC Analytical Methods

   ~  VOC Sdethods, Most
 supported tira analytical methods as
 - —^SP? However, severel chengw.
 r.r, ;• c'.f'Tficdtions of the propoaai tre
 rr.&rig m  liu* notice. Four comnienters
 f-v- V*tJKxd-? SDI.Z and 524.2 iho*ld not
 "-. „->.-.;.;.• R-iontfid. at this time. Tfe«
 ;• -.-.rr.is.ert>er« 1«>A ft wouid be difficult to.
implement thi use of capillary column
and that input should have beea
obtained from the laboratory community
that the methods ware not technically
availabfe-forroutine use. Three of the
comment era felt there was a problem in
meeting Lfcis quality control (QC)
requirements in the  methods.
particularly for Method 524,2. One of tht
                           commenters reported difficulty with
                           water desorbing from tha trap (which is
                           used in the purge and trap devices to
                           retain VOCs for analysis}. Qu»
                           commenter feJt regulating cia- and trana-
                           1,2-dichloroethylenje separately forces
                           the use of Method S24.2 to «chasve
                           resolution, but pecmits  oa-«latian of
                           oth*a VOC*. The caaaumter felt tkU

-------
 3550    Federal  Register / Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991 / Rules  and  Regulations
 situation would necessitate the use of a
 capillary column.
   Method* 502.2 and 524.2 were
 developed as a result of public
 comment. EPA proposed MCLi for eight
 VOCs on November 13.1985 (50 FR
 48902). Commenters recommended the
 use of capillary column techniques, and
 EPA agreed and developed methods-
 502.2 and 524.2. These were proposed in
 the April 17.1987 notice (52 FR 12879)
 and finalized in the July 8.1987 notice
 (52 FR 25702).
   Water desorption from the trap is a
 problem common to all purge and trap
 methods in EPA't 500. 600. and 8000
 series. The problem is particularly acute
 in Jie gas chromatograph/mass
 spectrometry (GC/MS) method*, but can
 be minimized by following the trap
 bake-out procedures in 5 H-* in both
 Methods 502.2 and  524.2.
   When monitoring a large number of
 unknown compounds with the
 possibility of co-eluting substances, use
 of confirmatory columns is necessary
 even for GC/MS techniques. Method
 524.2 allows the use of three different
 chromatographic columns under four
 different lets of operating conditions,
 allowing a greater differentiation and
 resolution of VOCs than any other 500
 series VOC method.
  EPA notes the QC requirements in
Method 524.2 are identical to those in
Method 524.1. These requirements were
 demonstrated by three different analysts
 using  three different columns.
  Summarized data for WS studies 20-
 24 for the regulated and unregulated
 VOCs indicate non-EPA. non-State
 laboratories can successfully utilize
 Methods 502.2 and 524,2. Approximately
 500 labs now analyze VOCs. The use of
 Methods 502.2 and 524.2 has also
 increased as a res'— t of WS studies 2C-
 24. Seventy-five percent of the labs
 reporting a method  use either Method
 502.2 or 524.2. For these reasons. EPA
 will continue to approve. Methods  502.2
 and 524,2.        -
  b. Method A variability. Ten
 commenters felt there were too many
 methods for the individual pesticides
 and that the available methods required
 second column confirmation, resulting in
 excessive costs. The commenters felt
 EPA should wait until suitable GC/MS
 methods are available before regulating
 these  pesticides.  EPA assessed the
 impact of regulation, if monitoring was
 implemented for  these pesticides, and
 found the costs were not excessive.
 estimated  at S180 or less per sample. •
 Furthermore, the  vulnerability concept
 m this regulation should limit the
 number of water  supplies that will
 rnoru'.or any or all of these pesticides.
The commenler*  further stated that if all
 the pesticides were present at the same
 time, particularly the multi-peak
 residues, chlordane. toxaphene. and
 PCBs. only GC/MS could distinguish
 them.
   EPA has in fact found through
 numerous national surveys for
.pesticides and PCBs, including the
 current National Pesticide Survey (NPS)
 and other programs like Superfund. that
 the pesticides in this rule do not all
 occur at the same sites. However, EPA
 agrees with the commenters that GC/
 MS is the most economical procedure
 and indicated in the May 22,1989
 proposal that it was investigating GC/
 MS methods. Data supplied by
 commenters and EPA's Environmental   '
 Monitoring and Systems Laboratory
 (EMSL) demonstrate EPA Method 525.
 discussed below, which was proposed
 for monitoring; unregulated
 contaminants-, can be utilized as a
 primary analytical technique for the
 majority of the pesticides. Consequently,
 for the reasons cited above. EPA is
 promulgating Method 525.
  c. Cleanup Procedures. Four
 commenters took issue with the lack of
 cleanup procedures for the pesticide
 methods. Laboratory methods
 addressing contaminants under the
 SDWA are for finished drinking water.
 Most of the pesticide methods listed
 below were derived from the methods
 used in the National Pesticide Survey;
 cleanup techniques were not included in
 most of the methods since experience
 has shown even a clean ground water
 sample does not usually need sample
 cleanup, which would only add
 unnecessary cost.
  d. Pesticide Methods. Several
 commenters pointed out that Method 504
 is the same as Method 505. EPA agrees
 that the methods are similar except for
 temperature programnrng of the gas
 chromatograph and that theoretically
 the compounds run in Methods 504 and
 505 could be run in the same analysis. In
 the absence of persuasive data,
 however, EPA believes it is better to
 isolate the two volatility ranges in
 separate analyses.
  In an interlaboratory study of Method
 505 (U.S. EPA Method Study 40). no
 significant differences could bwj seen in
 the recoveries of the analytes in reagent
 water and ground water, which ranged
 from 90 to 120 percent Precision as
 represented by the relative standard
 deviation (%RSD) ranged from  11 to 30
 percent for the analytes in reagant water
 and from 11 to 40 percent in ground
 water. Both the interlaboratory studies
 and Water Supply Studies indicated
 Method 505 it not recommended to
 analyze atrazine.
   Several commenters complained
 about the use of diazomethane as the
 esterifying agent in Method 515.1. While
 EPA laboratories have used this reagant
 safely for many years. EPA agrees this is
 a matter of concern and is attempting to •
 resolve this situation. In the interim,
 those laboratories that do not wish to
 use diazomethane can use the
 derivatization procedure in the packed
 column methods currently cited in 40
 CFR 141.24 (f) for 2,4=D and 2.4.5=TP.
 Pentachlorophenol can be analyzed by
 Method 525.
   e. Method 525. Eleven commenters
 commented about the lack of a GC/MS
 method to cut down on the number of
 methods, reduce the cost of compliance
 monitoring, and provide a positive
 identification.
   EPA stated in the proposed rule that it
 was investigating GC/MS methods for
.those analytes that use gas
 chromatography. EPA Method 525,
 "Determination of Organic Compounds
 in Drinking Water by Liquid-Solid
 Extraction (LSE) and Capillary Column
 Gas Chromatography/Mass
 Spectrometry," was proposed as an
 analytical technique for monitoring
 unregulated contaminants under
 5 141.40, Special Monitoring for
 Inorganic and Organic Chemicals. At the
 time the rule was proposed, sufficient
data were not available for the
regulated analytes. During public
hearings and in the comment period.
data supporting expanded use of this
method were submitted by three
commenters, including EPA's
Environmental Monitoring and Systems
Laboratory (EMSL)i and from WS rtudy
23. An improvement evaluated by EMS1
was the use of C-18 LSE discs as well as
the C-18 LSE cartridges. In using
Method 525, analytes, internal
standard!, and surrogates are extracted
from water by passing a liter sample of
water through cartridges or discs coated
with chemically bonded C—18 organic
phase (liquid-solid extraction, LSE). The
sample components are eluted from the
LSE with a small quantity of methylene
chloride, which then is evaporated •
volume of to 0.5-1.0 ml The sample
 components are identified and
 quantified by using « high resolution
 capillary column/GC/MS system. The
 pesticides in this rule, were run with the
 two extraction systems on three types of
 mass spectrometer systems—ion trap.
magnetic sector, and quadrupole.
 AJachlor, atrazine, chlordane,
heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, lindane.
 methoxychlor, and penUchlorophenol
can be extracted by the use of Method
525. The method specifies an accuracy
range for analytes and surrogates of 70

-------
         Fwiwrai Re*i*tM / Vol. 56, No. 20  /  Wednesday, tannery 30.  199V / F.ulea and Regulations     3SG1
 o 130 percent and » precis ion Itss than
or equal to 30 percent, which th« luted
snalytes can meet Uie of Method 525
allows monitoring ef rpgulflt«rl and
unregulated compound* simultaneously
and can eliminate five other analytical
methods. Consequently, EPA. is •
promulgating EPA Method 52S for the
analysis of alachlor. atrazine. chlordane.
hepticHoT. heptachlor epoxide. lindane.
methoxychlor. and pentachlorophend.
  /. PCS Analytical Methods. In the •
proposed rule. EPA stated it had
evaluated existing method* which, for
the meal part are adaptations of
chlorinated pesticide procedure*. EPA.
explained me difficulty in applying
these procedures to finkhed drinking
water due to the removal of specific
congeners by the treatment process. In
the proposed rule EPA. outlined an
approach which would give a
quantitative answer for total PCBs while
minimizing false pcsi ives.
  Thirty-two commenters expressed
views on PCBs. Sixteen did not like the
current EPA procedure of Methods 505
and 506 to screen, and Method 508A for
Quantisation. Seven commenters wanted
EPA to develop a CC/MS procedure
before regulating PCBs. Plv»
commenters were concerned about false
pa&Uives gaierated by piichlorinatioa
orbipbenyl and related coapounds.
Seven commeeter* felt th* method
detection limits fMDLs); and PQLa were
too low or incorrect: they felt the
regulated community could not meet
then. The rest of Ae corainenters cited
problems with availability and cost of
methods, the unsuftability of Method
505, and the lack of performance
evaluation data.
  EPA has evaluated various  available
methods, as rtatzd shove. None of these
analytical scheme* give* * reliable
quantitative «nsw*r to etrvironmeatally
degraded PCS ssmpfes. nor were any
provided by the eorarowrten.
Accordingly, tire t*oyo«ed procedure far
PCB analysis is supported by
performance and i» made fimak
  Because of poor particJ^afion by the
public sector laboratories, data utilized
from W*ter Suppiy (WS) studies 23-25
 were from non-EPA, aou-SUte
' laboratories, Thee* data stowed that
 these laboratories, could screen and
 quaalitate down to 04 .jig/1 total PCB,
 for commonly occurring aroclors such as
 1242 and 1254 using  the protocol itatsd
 in the  proposed rule. EPA ha*
 delenninjed that these performance daUi
 support the PQL of 0.0005 mg/1 for total
 PCBt, The apparent discrepancy in the
 MDLs obtained with icreening by
 Method 505 or 508 and quantitation by
 Method 508A indira'c that the MDLs far
 Method SOSA represent toe amount of
the particular arodor needed to reach
the detection, limit of
decachlocobiphenyl. which is 7\ percent
chlorine. Typical axodor designations
1221 or 1260 represent 21 percent and 60
percent average chlorine content. •
respectively. Aroclor 1221 is composed
mostly of biphenjd. monochloro, and
d-ichterobiphenyl congeners with poor
sensitivity to electron-capture detectors.
giving it an MDL of 0.02 mg/1.
Conversion to the  detection level of
decachlorobiphenyl takes only «
fraction of this amount. Conversely 1280,
an expected, shows little increase in
sensitivity •* decachlorobiphenyL
  EPA evaluated the problem of false
positives with Method 506A. la th*
proposed rule. EPA required screening
using Methods 505 or 508 to ensure PCBs
were actually present.  EPA explained
that  these methods are not used for
actual quantitation because high
resolution capillary chromatographic
columns used in Methods  505, 508, and
508A can co-elute  compounds such as
chlordane. thus adding to  the ppperent
concentration of PCBs. Method 508A. by
converting, all the PCBs to decachloro-
biphenyL separates, this, total PCB from
potential co-eiutants due to its longer
retention time in the gas chromatograph.
This improved specificity adequately
compensate.* for potential
perchlor kiation of  biphenyl or related
co inpcunds.
  Intertaboratory studies-now available
for Method 505 and WS data indicate
Method 505. i* suitable as * screening
method for PCBs. WS studies indicate
about hatf the non=EPA. non-State
laboratories use Method 505 as a
screening method. EPA has looked at
the MDL for GC/MS methods, including
Method 525; and, et this tore, no GC/MS
technique will meet its requirement*.
EPA feels tke cost of the analyst* te
racjonable since the PCB screen- is don*
as part of the chlorinated p«ficid«
analysis.
  g.  YUC Performance Stuttie*. A
number of coramenters stated that they
were unable to meet the ±20 percent/40
percent, performance requirement* for
VOCs first established July a. 1987.
Updated WS studies 2O-24 indicate thai
EPA1* decision to  ertetdisfe accaptsnca
limiU for VOCs «t ±4O percent of th*
true value foe concentrations less than
10 ;-s/l aocl ±20  percent al
roncentra'toB* 10 ng/1 or above was
Correct The result* of the** studies are
m the docket for this rule.
   EPA originally expected the
percentage of private commercial
laboratories able  to meet the specified
performance limit* to  be much tower.
Summarized data for regulated aad
unregulated VOC* from WS20-24-
indicate improvement to the point that
there is no significant difference in
performance between the public and
private laboratories far most VOCs.
Private commercial laboratories show
continuing approvement o mey. gain
experience using the analytical
methodology.
  Four commenters questioned the PQLs
established for VOCs in Phase 0. They
felt the original PQLs of 0.005 Hif/1 (5
Hg/1) based upon MDLs of 6.2-0.5 pg/1
reported by seven EPA and EPA
contract laboratories were erroneous.
The commenters feh theae stringent
PQLs resulted in MCL* for three
carcinogens—1.2-dichloro propane.
styrene. and tetrachloroethylene—that
many laboratories would not be able to
accurately measure.
  EPA revised its VOC methods in
December 1988 with new MDLs. WS
data (WS20-24) indicate 60 to 75 percent
of reporting laboratories now 'use the
capillary column Methods 502.2 and
524.2. These methods- ha-ve MDL»
ranging from 0.01 to 0.05 fig/1 for the
VOCs in this regulation. The WS data
for WS studies show the laboratories
have bees challenged with at tamt one
sample at or below the 0.005 mg/1 PQL.
The performance data indicate that the
use of the O005 mg/1 PQL establishes a
level for adequate performance for non-
EPA. non-State laboratories.
  iu Peslicide/PCB PQL aad
Performance Acceptance Limits. In the
May proposal EPA estimated pesticide/
PCB PQL* based on 10 times the
^iniTniim detection limit* (fiv« tirae* for
EDB and toxaphenej. EPA stated that
ongoing performance evaluation studies
would determiae-whether the estimated
PQLs are achievable. Performance data
now available from WS studies 22-24
(23-25 for PCBs) for the noa-EPA, non-
State laboratories show this approach
was jurti£ed. WS atndiaa 22-25 tad
value* bracketing the PQL/MCL for
most pesticide*, in some cases., the WS
data indicated the PQL could be
lowered from the levels pr^o^d in
M*yl98a
  Fifteen cojnmeater* responded to
EPA's procedure* foe setting MDLs and
PQLs. Moot of them commenter* took
issue with EPA estimating the PQL* at
five times the IntBdaboratory Method
Detection Limit (D*£DL) far EDB end
toxaphane. Six commenters complained
about using the singta laboratory MDL
to set the PQL for PCBs. Two of the
commenters had the same complaint
about atrazine. Several eommcntfirs
stated that precision; and accuracy »re
sacrifietd to attain • lower level of
detection.

-------
          Federal Register /  Vol. 56.  No. 20 /  Wednesday. January  30. 1991  / Rules and Regulations
  Performance data now available from
WS studies 22-25 indicate non-EPA.
r.on-Siate laboratories can screen
pesticides for PCBs at 0.1 jig/1. The
mterlaboratory performance data
support the PCB PQL of O.S fig-"- Sata
for atrazine from VVS studies 22-24 and
from EPA Method Study =40 using
Method 507 support a PQL of 0 001 mg/1.
as proposed.
  Several commenters cited the large
gap between some of the proposed PQLs
and the MCLs. EPA agrees, and in the
case of Silvex. 2.4-D. and.inethoxychlor,
has raisad the PQL. Raising the PQL  '
should result in increased precision and
accuracy for most laboratories. Because
ir.e MCLa for SiJvex. 2.4-D. and
r.ethoxychlor are set at a level equal to
the MCLG. raising the PQL has no effect
on the MCL or the health basis of the
standard. In the case of toxaphene.
performance data indicated the PQL
should be lowered from 0.005 mg/1 to
0.003 mg/1.
  Data showed  that the PQLs for
aldicarb and aldicarb sulfoxide could be
lowered from 0.005 and 0.008.
respectively, to 0.003 mg/1. Likewise,
water supply data showed that the PQL
for pentachlorophenol should be raised
from 0.0001 mg/1. as proposed, to 0.001
mg/l. The PQLs for aldicarb. aldicarb
sulfoxide. aldicarb sulfone, and
pentachlorophenol are reproposed
elsewhere in today's Federal Register
for additional comment.
  Acceptance limits have been
calculated from WS studies 22-25 usiag
regression equations derived from the
data. The acceptance limits were
calculated at a 95 percent confidence  .
interval at the MCLG or at the MuL if
the MCLG was zero. The raw water
supply data were plotted both at the
acceptance limits and as a percentage
around the true value to find a point at
which 75 percent of the laboratories
passed. Most of the limits were
calculated from non-EPA. non-State
data due to poor participation of the
public sector laboratories. Table 18 lists
the acceptance limits for the 18
pesticides/PCBs in this rule.
                   TABLE 18.—PESTICIDE/PCS PRACTICAL QUANTITATION LEVELS AND ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
	 —
Ccrvtamir.ar.t
CSC?
ECB , , 	
Aiacftiof t 	 	 — r 1

Atrazm* , , 	 	 ., ....
Ciiroc'ufan .„ 	 	 	
Heoucnior 	 . - -
.

PCSs >as D«cacnkxoaipfienyl) , . '
?tac**fl^tt •-.
AkJilarD ' . . ... ,
A»cat3 sultoxic* ' ,..•.- . .

2 4.0 , . . 	 •-
24 5-TP ,...,. .,. 	 -.
Final MCL
00002
OOO005
0002

0003
0.04
0.002
0.0004
0.0002
00002
004
* 0.0005
0003
0001
0001
0002
0,0001 '
0.07
0.05
Accoctanc*
limits
(percent)
±40
-40
-45

->-45
-45
-15
-45
±45
=45
±45
0-2OO
±45
-55
±55
±55
-50
±50
±50
Fnal POL
(mg/1)
OCXJ02
0.00005
	 0.002


0.007
0.002
0.0004
0.0002
O.OC02
0.01
O.OO3
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.001


Proposed
POL
OOO02
000006
3002
0 001

0.007
0.002
0.0004
00002
00002
C001
0005
0005
0008
0.003
0.0001


   1 MCL a ma proposed tevw,


4 Selection of Best Available
" echnology

  s Inorganics. To fulfill the
requirements of Section 1412(b)(6),
regarding the selection of treatment
techr.iques that the Administrator finds
in be feasible for meeting each MCL,
CCA proposed best available
•.e.hr.oicg'es (BATs) "or each of tne
T.orgar'.c contam.ns.Ts. as summarized
.r. Table 16 of the Federal Regif ter
No ice of May 22. 1369. BATs were
selected on  the basss of documented
••••::c;ency in removal of eaJi
 • jntammant. commercial availability of
  he technologies, compatibility with
o'her water treatment processes, and
•'•>as%D!iity, Among the BATs proposed
v^9rs conventional processes, sucii as
.ime softening and coagulation/
f'i.ra'.ion. and less commonly applied
'•jcrmologiee such as activated alurr..:;a
•t-.d reverse osmosis. All BATs for each
,->orsanic contaminant were discussed
in the May 22,1989 proposal, and
extensive review of performance
information and lab. pi'ot, and full-scale
data are contained in EPA Technologies
and Costs (T & C] document* for each
inorganic .covered by the proposal.
These documents were referenced in the
proposal and are part of the official EPA
docket for this regulation. Ta'jie 6
summarizes the BAT for the inorganics
for today's rule. As discussed below, the
BATs (except electrodialysis) ar-
identical to those proposed in May 1989.
  One commenter supplied information
regarding electrodialysis reversal (EDR),
a membrane technology, and asserted
that the information supplied to EPA
confirms the use of EDR as BAT for all
but asbestos  of the inorganic
contaminants addressed in the proposal
of May 22. 1989. The information, much
of which had previously been submitted
to EPA and reviewed by EPA staff.
consisted of consulting engineering
studies, product literature from the
 company that markets '.he technology.
 correspondence records, Historical
 information regarding applications of
 electrodialysis for drinking water and
 industrial wastewater treatment
 technology and cost information, and
 general discussions regarding the
 capabilities of EDR and other
 technologies in the treatment of brackish
 waters.
   The commenter sought a detailed
 response from EPA regarding EDR,
 formally requesting that EPA address
 several (a total of six) points whicn
 question EPA's rationale for excluding
 EDR as a BAT for the seven subject
 inorganics in the proposal. The
 commenter requested EPA
 documentation regarding its response  •
 previous electrodialysis related
 correspondence, and also requested
 EPA's explanation regarding any
- -exclusions of EDR as BAT in the final
 regulation. The EPA Comment/
 Response document contains the

-------
        Federal Renter / VoL 56. No.  20 / Wednesday, ^nuary
detailed response of EPA to each of the
commenter's concerns.
  EPA reviewed the commenrj
regarding electrodialysis (EDR),
including materials sent by the
commenter in January 1990 in response
to a request by EPA to provide clear •
data to support some of th* commenter's
uaims. Field tests and full-scale
operating data from dectrodialysis
plants treating public water supplies
confirm that EDR is capable of
efficiently removing banum (Q& percent
on average), nitrate (51 percent to 92
percent), and selenium (71 percent
removal). The EDR data, mo.t of wfcich
                                                                               '  ***** a^ Regulations-     3553
                                      were collected during a study by
                                      Mexico State University, demons:rate
                                      that EDR technology is appropriate and
                                      feasible, and that it is capable of
                                      efficiently reducing source water
                                      banum, nitrate,  and selenium, as veil as
                                      other frequently occurring salts foetid m
                                      moderately brackish waters, Baseo. upon
                                      the data submitted to the Agency by the
                                      commented. EPA has concluded that
                                      EDR is a BAT for removal of barium.
                                      nitrate, and selenium.
                                         In regard to the four other inorganic
                                      contaminants that are subject to- this
                                      regulation (i.e..  cadmium, chromium.
                                      mercury, and nitrite]. EPA found that the
                       TABLE 19—EtECTRODiAtYS.s PERFORMANCE COMPARED TO
 available data could not support a
 conclusion regarding EDR as a BAT,
 Many of the claims nwde by the
 commenter were not referenced or
 supported by actual data. EDR removal
 efficiencies cited within the comments.
 were generally lower than efficiencies of
 proposed BATs. Therefore, EDR was
 found not to be equivalent to the
 proposed BATs in removal of the four
 other inorganics. Table 19 illustrate* the
 difference between the efficiencies of
 removal obtained by applying th*
 proposed BATs and thosa achieved by
 EDR.


PROPOSED BATs
 —n         ••
 Eiectrodiaty» '
Banum . —
C«d(TKum..
Chromium.
Mer,:ury _..
Nitrate :. ...
Nrtnte 	
Soiemum ..





	 - 	 — 	

	

-

.......

I
I 9Q-98 percent 	
80-88 percent 	
82-99 percent 	
4CMCO percent 	
67-98 percent 	
1 67-69 percent 	
. 75-89 percent 	 ...



•-

..—


— •
•
... 70-75 percent «...
...j 86-91 percent «...
I D»t» ncoocius.'ve
..! 51 -82 percent '...
... 70 percent' 	
..., 71 percent1 	

.....

	

	




Yet.
J No.
...'. Ho.
...i N«X
...i Ye».
...NO.
...JY~
  In addition to the low EDR efficiencies
evident in the commenter-supplied
repor'.°. many of the data are
in-ppropriate because they were
collected at sites employing EDR to
separate  and/or recover industrial
waa'ewater contaminants. Operating
conditions at plants treating drinking
v\ a'.er would clearly be different than at
plants treating industrial wastes. To
determine efficacy of treatment, EPA
rei.es on quality data obtained under
verifiable conditions which would be
replicated under typical drinking water
treatment conditions.
   EPA would welcome reports, date,
ar.a any additional test re*ult« on the
EDR process applied to drinking water
 so that in the future the Agency may be
 ai:e to determine the statui of th»
 technology as a potential BAT for
 removal of any cofllanunant to be
 regulated under tire SDWA.
    Because EDR is a newly  recognized
  2AT for barium, nitrate, and selenium.
  EPA feels mat it is appropriate to
  describe some aspects of the EDR
  process and addrtts treatment coats
  associated with EDR application to
  drinking water. ElectrodiiaJysis is a
  membrane process that leparate*
  ier.ned or charged (anionic and
  Cbiisr.ic) substances in feed water by
  ai'o'.vmg iorj to pass through transfer
  membranes. The membrane* are
  coat" ^ured in "slacks," parallel to one
  anc'.her. aad eada rucceserve membrane
                                         carries a direct electric current which is
                                         either positive (cathode) or negative
                                         (anode), in alternate fashion. Cation*
                                         migrate through the cathode membrane
                                         and anions migrate through the anode
                                         membrane, yielding partially deionized
                                         water and concentrated waatewater in
                                         alternating stacks which flow out of the
                                         unit, or are recycled or recirculated
                                         through additional treatment stages to
                                         reach the desired product
                                           A modification and improvement to
                                         the electrodialysis process is the
                                         automatic reversal of polarity, from
                                         positive to negative, of direct current
                                         across each me.r.brane at regular 15 to
                                         30 minute intervals. Automatic polarity
                                         reversal causes ion movement to
                                         reverse, switching product and
                                         concentrate streams.. By this process.
                                          foulants and scale tend to slough oB of
                                          membranes and are purged along with
                                          the waste stream. This self-cleaning
                                          mechaniar* appears to extend
                                          membrane life to 5 to 10 years. Another
                                          advantage of EDR over other membrane
                                          processes i« EDR's apparent ability to
                                          achierre greater product  recovery (up to
                                          95 percent), thus producing a smal.er
                                          water stream to dispose (Zelver, 19C9;
                                          Zeiver 1990). Others have reported on
                                          pilot-seals performance and cost of EDR
                                          compared to rtvers* osmosis (RO) and
                                          demonstrated the near equivalence of
                                          these two process** in terms of
                                          feasibility and projsctcd cost (Robinson
                                          et al.. 1988: Boyli Engineering, 1999)-
    AH available information was
   reviewed in regard to conformity of EDR
   with other 5D '.VA BAT requirements.
   Compatibility of EDR with other
   technologies, feasibility, ability to
   achieve compliance at a reasonable cos.
   and commercial  availability of EDR are
   equivalent to RO, another BAT for many
   inorganics. In addition, electrodialysis
   has a history of performance in the
   water supply and industrial waste
   treatment field* (about 25 years). As
   with RO. Fi;R is more economically
   applied where raw water i* moderately
   brackish. i.e.. 500 to 2.000 pom dissolved
   solids, which is  fairly common m the
   southern, cecils',  and western United
   States.
     Cost analyse? provided by tue
   commenter and those published by
   others (OTA, 1968 JAW'.VA, 1S8* Bnros.
   1989; Dykes and Conion. 1983: Conlon
   and McCIelLin. 1963) indicate tie cost
   feasibility of applying EDR and RO for
   general desahing and for removal of
    specific contaminants from water
    supplies. Production costs are in th«
    range of $1.00 to $2.50 per 1 ,CCO gallons.
    including amortized cBpilal and
    operations and maintenance for 1 to 10
    MGD plants. Waste disposal vva deep
    well iniectioa would be in the range of
    $0 20 to S0.3U per 1.000 gallon*.
      EPA estreated elsctrodSalysis waste
    treatment/disposal costs m th«
    September 1986 waste T*C *>«™n<'
    (EPA. 1966). Waste disposal options ana

-------
 1554     Federal Register' / 'Vol.  56. No. 20 /.Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  ,  Rules and Regulations
 Jssign and cost criteria for EDR were
 •;ssumed to be equivalent to those for
 RO. leading to identical cost curves.
 EDR ar.d RO water treatment costs
 c.'uld also be assumed to be equivalent:
 EDR capital costs tend to be lower than
 PO. but the consumption of electrical
 power :o run an EDR plant offsets the
 total production costs to the point of
 nearly equalizing the overall cost of
 applying the  two technologies.
  There should be no substantial
 changes to the final regulatory impact
 analysis (RIA) as a result of a new BAT
 U e.. EDR) in the final rule because (1)
 water production and waste treatment
 costs for RO  and EDR are ne irly
 equivalent and (2) a relatively small
 patrnent data available at the time of
 dccument preparation, and which to a
 great extent form the  basis of  EPA's
 BAT determinations in regard to
 treatment efficiency.
  One commenter questioned  the
practicality of RO and IE technologies
s-e to the wastes  generated and the
 amending difficulties related to waste
d.soosal. As referenced in the above
EPA response regarding EDR as a BAT.
Er>A ar.d others have  studied and
•'-cunvirr.teJ the costs related to the
f2,1989.
 Table 7 lists the BATs for the SOCs. As
 discussed below, the BAT for each SOC
 in today's rule is unchanged from the
 May 1989 proposal.

 (1) Why PTA Is BAT for Air Stripping

  Several types of aeration technology
 are useful for stripping volatilea from
 water.  Packed  columns or towers have
 been more widely studied and used to
 reduce the compounds at the levels that
 occur in drinking water. Diffused
 aeration  has been shown to effect
 removal of certain SOCs and may have
 some advantages under hydraulic or
 space constraints. Other aeration
 methods  such as slat tray, spray, and
 airlift pumping have shown good
 removals in certain applications  for
 volatile organics. In all cases, results
 vary depending on physical, chemical.
 and design factors..Packed column
 aeration appears to be the most efficient
 method in terms of gas transfer, and
 may also lend itself better to emissions
 controls than would other aeration
 methods. EPA considers PTA the best of
 the aeration treatments, thus its
 designation as  BAT. A utility is free to
 choose any method, however. BAT or
 other, to reduce a contaminant to the
MCL as long as it performs adequately.

(2) PTA and Air Emissions

  EPA  received five comments
expressing concern that emissions from
PTA facilities were simply transferring
 the chemical and the risk from the water
 to the air. In the preamble to the
proposed rule. EPA addressed this
concern for two carcinogenic
compounds—EDB  and DBCP. By
modeling the risks to populations
 downwind from a packed tower
aeration facility, "it was apparent in the
 cases examined that the risk resulting
 from exposure  to EDB or DBCP by
 inhalation is several orders of
 magnitude lower than that resulting
 from drinking the contaminated water.
 and that the amount of EDB or DBCP
 adde'd to  the air did not significantly
increase risks from airborne
contaminants." The maximum
indi\ _jal lifetime risks ranged from
10" • to  10"' for inhalation and 10"' to
10"* for drinking the same level. There
was at  least three orders of magnitude
difference for any scenario examined
comparing ingestion to inhalation, as

-------
                  Regis*** / VoL 58. No.  20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991 7 Rules and Regulations     3555
depicted in table 26 of the May 22.1389
proposal
  However, since several States
regulate emissions fromPTA facilities'.
EPA is providing a table of costs for
emission controls on FTA units by the
use of vapor phase carbon. Table 20
presents the costs for different
compound* based upon a matrix of
combination* for ease of stripping and
the adsorbabllity of the compound.  .
These costs are in addition to  the cost of
the packed tower stripping itself.

TABLE  20.—ADDITIONAL  COSTS  FOR
   VAPOR PHASE CARBON EMISSION COH-
   TBOLS FOR PACKED TOWER AERATION
   FACIUTV


Good SWppsMrty
(40:0):«
ca-1.3-
OtcNoro«thy1«o
  • 0>chloro«thy1«rw> «... EthylMnMn* • McxiucNorotxn- lene* ,120:1,, Lm^lrff VLVm' Styr*'* ' Grtltauf! Stnppatukty (200: 1X» EDff ' — D6CP " AcMtkxial costowFTA trs>un«nt owiti/ 1.000 Smdl syskMn 270 270 270 270 270- 270 27O 350 340 34O 390 368 um ty«« 15 15 11 tl tl 11 tl 22 t« 1* 29 26 Unj. sysMm 13 13 9 9 9 9 9 18 t1 *' 23 19 i1 Poor «por (*mti ortxjn ta*xuuum+^ « Mod«r*tt v«oor pft«*» carbon «d«ort)«o«»ir. 1 Strong v*por pr»>« csrtion ectextj«ti*ty. ow Wm*«. Inc. Momowndun » Ow« hufc«r. U S. EPA. F«oruwy W, 1»«0. (3) BAT Field Evaluations EPA received 14 coeasients that th* SDWA requires fieW testing, not.jus* laboratory testing, of tha applicability of a technology to specific compound* before the technology can b& designated "best available" to achieve th» MCI. Tho SDWA directs. EPA to sat the MCL as close to tha MCLG as "feasible." The SDWA defines "feasible" as "feasible with the u&e of the best technology * * * whi> the Administrator finds, after examination for efficacy under field- conditions and not solely under laboratory conditions, [is] available (taking costs into consideration)." Section H12(b)(3)(D). EPA interprets '.h:* provision to require field trials for a technology, not far the application of that technology to each individual contaminant. Consequently, EPA has not required full-scale field validation of a technology's feasibility for treating a specific contaminant if its effectiveness has been demonstrated at bench or pilot scale for that compound. The technology, however, must reasonably be expected to perform in a similar manner under field conditions regardless of aberrations due to scale-up factors. (4) Carbon Disposal Costa Four commentera were concerned that the cost of disposal of spent carbon was not taken into account in the coating assumptions for the design and O4M for a facility.. The cost of carbon "disposal" is essentially the cost of regenerating the spent carbon (and replacing the 12 to 15 percent loat in the process). For plants whose daily carbon nse is IMS than 1,000 pounds per day, EPA assumes that the carbon would b* regenerated off-site by the carbon supplier and that co»t is included to the cost of replacement carbon. For plant* whose carbon demand i» more than l.OOttpeunds per day, it is gcfinf ally economical to regenerate on-site. The cost of the incinerator used to regenerate the carbon and its operation and maintenance coet* are part of the facility capital end O*M coats already factored inlc total cost*. Tha revised model that EPA now use* in developing costs (Adams and Clark. AWWA. Jan. 198B) factors into, total costs the expense of carbon regeneration and replacement When powdered activated carbon (PAC) is used, it if usually disposed of with the alum sludge in e sanitary landfill CannnenteTS expressed some concern over the disposal costs should the carbon prove to be a hazardous wants. Because this- rule does not consider PAC to be EAT. EPA is not addressing die issue of PAC coats. including the costs of disposal (5) Powdered Activated Carbon a* BAT Five coaanentera suggested that PAC be considered BAT since it can be used for removal of pesticide contamin*Uon. in surface waters and is the same- substance as GAG, EPA's position is that the use of PAC may be an appropriate choice of technology in certain instances. PAC treatment of surface water that is only intermittently contaminated ^v pesticides or other SOCs could be ooth economical, in combination with an existing filtration plant, and effective. While PAC has proven effective in taste and odor control, its efficacy for trace SOC removal in drinking water is variable due to factors soich as rarbon particle size, background organics, and plant efficiency, tt application of PAC will reduce the contaminant below the MCL, it may be used in lieu of another less cost effective technology, even if the latter is BAT. (6) Empty Bed Contact Time EPA received one comment suggesting the 7.5-mimite design empty bed contact time (EBCT) for GAC plants was shorter . than the timee recommended by several experts, including- EPA'* Adams end Clark fJAWWA. Jen- W»)- EPA kes used the 7.5-minute tontaet time because multiplying it by the ratio of design to average flows results irt at least a 15-minute contact time fer ail but the largest three systems, where 11.9 minuteo was the lowest average. A 15- minute average contact time strikes- a balance between the lower carbon usage rates obtainable with longer contact times and the higher capital costs necessary to obtain, the longer contact times by increasing contractor size. Long contact tiraes also increase the preloading of natural organlca which may actually increase carbon usage rates somewhat The model, which was used to. develop costainthe proposal. considered coat for EBCTs of 7.5 and 12.5 minutes. A 7.5-minute design fcBcri was selected for the proposal as a reasonable time, based upon peer review. However, based on this comment and the study by Adams and Clark (JAWWA. 1988J. EPA decided, to revise the contact time. The EBCT was revised . to 10 minutes at design flow using the Adams, and Clark model, whish provide a mor« complete and accurate estimate of costs. The 10-minnte contact time at design flow resulted in average flows above IS minutes for all 12 system size.,, and three minutes shorter at the 90 percentile leveLBesigning * Ii2-minute contact time fei a 90 percentile flow rate for each system size resulted in very short design contact time for the smaller systems. GAC cost* as presented in Table 21 of today's rule increased from those presented Irt Tebla 27 of the proposal as a result of (1) difference* in the cost equations between the CWC model used in the proposal and the Adams sad Clark moaei used in this rule-. (2) the costs for carbon storage labor and water requirements for on-site carbon transport were included in the revised costs; and (3) the design EBCT in the revised costs was 10 minutes, which required a larger facility, resulting in larger capital costs, than did the 7.5- minute EBCT in the proposal. The

  • -------
      3556     Federal Register /  Vol.  56. ,NL^2oy Wednesday  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
      increases ranged from $2 to S6/
      household/year (a 25 to 75 percent
      increase) for large systems to $300 to
      S310/household/year (a 46 to 55 percent
      increase) for smaller systems. It is
      significant that differences between
      models, rather than the increase in
      EBCT, caused most of the cost increase.-
      In calculations for 0.1 and 0.45 lb/l.OOO
      gal carbon usage rates, the differences
      between models resulted in total
      production cost increases of 21 to 44
      percent for large systems and 38 to 53
      percent for small systems. However.
      changing the contact time alone from 7.5
      to 10 minutes resulted in only a change
      of 12 percent for large systems and 5
      percent for small systems.
      (7) Carbon Usage Rates
       Two commentera pointed out that due
      to the presence of background organics
      the carbon usage rate (CUR) obtained
      from distilled water isotherm data is
     smaller than that obtained from full-
     acale testing with natural water. The
     concern was that costs of carbon
     replacement and regeneration would be
     much higher in actual practice than
     those calculated in theory using the
     lower CUR. The mass transfer model
     EPA used to develop CURs was the
     constant pattern homogeneous surface
     difftisic^ model, which uses distilled
     water isotherm parameters and kinetic
     coefficients determined using literature
     correlations.
      Section 4 of the T * C document lists
     CURs adjusted for background organics
     in natural waters by using an
     adjustment coefficient derived from a
     linear regression of data points. This
     adjustment reflects a ratio of field to
     model CUR as s function of model CUTL
     This coefficient Was developed after the v
     May 22,1989 proposal and improves the
     utility of the model. This improved
     model is used as the basis for the costs
     in today's rule.
      EPA is aware that the correlation
     between costs and CURs if not as good
     for the well-adsorbed compounds such
     as the pesticides, typically with low
     CURs, Additional field data art needed
     tn this area. However, costs ar« very
     insensitive to changes in the CURs of
    0,5-0.1 lb/l.OOO gallons. Mo«t of the
    pesticides in question have low CURs.
    A darns and Clark (1983) observed that
     'there is only a small gradual increase
    in cost between a two-year and a six-
    ff.cr.th reactivation frequency."
    Therefore, even though more data would
      , -st'.'ul, EPA bcLi-ves thai o\ei>;..
      costs for removal of the well-adsorbed
      compounds would not be greatly
      affected, if at all. Because the prediction
      is only as good as the uniformity of the
      water, the effect of the organic matrix
      on the carbon will change as the matrix
      changes in the influent water, despite
      accurate scale-ups at specific points in
      time. GAC adsorption behavior, and
      therefore the CUR. typically varies
      among different water matrices with the
      same contaminant and operating
      conditions. For the well-absorbed
      compounds, longer contact times and
      higher costs typically result from the
      impact on CURs due to the adsorption
      sites deeper in the bed being occupied
      by natural organics that interfere with
      SOC adsorption.
    
      5. Determination of MCLs (Feasibility
      and Cost)
       EPA proposed MCLs for 36 chemicals
      based upon an analysis  of several
     factors, including:  .
       (1) The effectiveness of BAT in
     reducing contaminant levels from
     influent concentrations to the MCLG.
       (2) The feasibility (including costs) of •
     applying BAT. EPA considered the
     availability of the technology and the
     costs of installation and  operation for
     large systems (serving more than 100,000
     people).
      (3) The performance of available
     analytical methods as reflected in the
     PQL for each contaminant In order to
     ensure the precision and accuracy of
     analytical measurement of contaminant*
     at the MCL. the MCL is set at a level  no
     lower than  the PQL
      After talcing into account the above
     factors, EPA then considered the risks at
     the MCL level for the EPA Group A and
     B carcinogens to determine whether
     they would be adequately protective  of
     public health. EPA considers a target
     risk range of 10~* to 10~* to b« safe and
     protective of public health when
     calculated by the conservative linear
     multistage model. The factors EPA used
     in it* analysis  are summarized in tables
     22 and 23 for the Category I and
     Category D  and ni contaminants,'
     respectively.
      a, Inorganic Contaminant MCLs. The
     MCLi for tho inorganic contaminants
     promulgated today are at the same level
     as those proposed in May 198S (see
     table 1). EPA is reproposing the MCL  for
     barium due to changes in the MCLG  '
    The MCL for each inorganic
    contaminant is also at the same level  as
    the promujgated MCLG for each
      contaminant. EPA has determined that
      each inorganic MCL has one or more
      BATs to reduce contaminant levels to
      the MCLG, and that the BAT(s) is
      feasible (as defined by the Act).
      analytical methodologies are available
      to ensure accurate and precise
      measurement for each MCL. and each
      MCL adequately protects public health.
      Consequently, the MCLs (except for
      barium) are promulgated as proposed.
    
      b. Synthetic Organic Contaminant
      MCLs
    
      (1) Category I Contaminants
    
       EPA considered the same factors in
      determining the proposed MCLs for
      Category I contaminants as for Category
      II and ffl contaminants. However, the
      proposed MCLGs for Category I .
      contaminants are zero, a level that by
      definition is not "feasible" because no
      analytical method is capable of
      determining whether a contaminant
      level is zero. The lowest level that can
     be reliably measured is the PQL. As
     described above, EPA calculated PQL*
     for the SOCs based on WS studies 20-
     25.
       In most cases, the PQL is identical to
     that proposed in May 1989. In the case
     of toxaphene, EPA lowered the PQL
     based upon the WS studies. The MCL
     for toxaphene is changed from 0.005 to
     0.003 mg/1. Result* of WS studie* 20-25
     indicate  that the PQL for
     pentachlordphenol should be set at 0.001
     mg/1 rather than the proposed 0.0001
     mg/1 level. Consequently, EPA is
     reproposing the MCL  for
     pentachlorophenol at the revised PQL,
     This issue it discussed more fully
     elsewhere in today's Federal Register
     '^proposing the pentachlorophenol
     MCL. Because the PQL for toxaphene
     represent* the lowest level feasible. EPA
     is promulgating-thi* MCL at a level
     equal to the PQL.
       In the May proposal EPA estimated
     the PQL for EDB a* five times the MDL.
     Results of WS studies 22-25 confirm that
     EDB can  reliably be detected at 0.00005
     mg/L Consequently, the MCL ia
     promulgated as proposed.
      EPA also calculated the per capita
     costs for  large systems to remove the
     SOC contaminants to or below the MCL
    using GAC or PTA. These costs range
     from $10.00 to $44.00 per household per
    year. EPA believes these costs are
    reasonable and promulgates the MCLs
    at the levels listed in Table 22.
    

    -------
             Federal  Register / Vol. 56, No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules and Regulations     3557
                                 TABLE 21.—GAC AND PACKED COLUMN COSTS TO REMOVE SOCs
                                                                . y«*rl '
    
    Compound
    Volatile SCCs:
    
    
    
    CfiyJbgntoni
    
    
    
    
    TokMO* 	 - 	
    (rana-1 2-Dictitocoothytan* . - 	 - 	
    f*rttJ „._—.— .——.—.——«—
    2.4,5-TP (S**ts) ...._ 	 	
    
    usage rate '
    0.3966
    .0446
    .1234
    .2867
    .1637
    .1453
    .1930
    .0605
    .11*4
    .3050
    .3793
    21 «8
    .3619
    .3718
    .0371
    .1032
    .0543
    ,0570
    .U379
    .1224
    .0556
    .0271
    .0203
    .2137
    rave
    .0683
    .0432
    .0813
    
    Small •
    $950
    •910
    930
    930
    ' 930
    930
    930
    910
    930
    9 SO
    950
    930
    950
    950
    910
    930
    910
    910
    910
    930
    910
    910
    910
    810
    910
    910
    910
    no
    GAC
    Medium*
    $76
    96
    51
    51
    51
    51
    51
    36
    51
    78
    78
    31
    76
    76
    38
    51
    29
    36
    38
    51
    36
    36
    36
    51
    »
    36
    36
    36
    
    Large4
    $19
    10
    15
    14
    14
    14
    14
    10
    14
    19
    19
    14
    T9
    re
    TO
    14
    10
    10
    10
    14
    10
    10
    10
    M
    to
    10
    10
    10
    
    Small-*
    $140
    325
    325
    190
    140
    2 TO
    T50
    160
    130
    T50
    130
    140
    140
    140
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    N/A
    MM
    PTA
    Medium-*
    ' i
    $11 '
    60 |
    60 ;
    
    
    23
    12
    T3
    9
    12
    9
    10
    10
    10
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    largr*
    - - $7 \
    *+ <
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    7
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Percent
    cflmcval a
    90
    90
    
    93
    93
    90
    90
    • 90
    90
    96 7
    90
    
    90
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
       t Coets Inakjde •mortaad ceeriaJ and -annuef operaOon and maiotenaaa*.
       1 Percent remo»m!» from maxxnum jnflueot levels to at or betow lf>e-MCt_
    Production IT Tcenti/1,000
    • «*j*i to doHart per household per ye*/ (la.. 8 ct/1.000 saltont-
    
               TASILE 22.—MCL ANALYSIS FOR CTTEOORY I SCCs
    
    
    Aiart>(or
    OfttCTiaM -, 	 — 	
    OfcrwnocfiiofacfciFierte (OflCP) . n. — — —
    
    HerMacfitof
    HeptacNor epooode «. 	 ,
    Pefrttchtoropneoof • 	 	 — 	
    Pot)'gNutiBiai%fl 1 1-1* • ij*i 	 	 	 	 , ,,
    
    Toxai>r»M ,,.. » , 	 .. — 	
    MO.G'
    (mg/l)
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    MCL (mo/I)
    
    CBD2
    .002
    JX302
    X05
    .00005
    xtxx
    .0002
    .001
    JDOQ5
    .066
    .003
    
    
    0.002
    .OOC
    nrya
    .005
    .eooos
    .0004
    .0002
    .001
    fTff:
    .086
    .003
    Amu^tioue
    u*Jng
    QAC
    •10.00
    10.00-
    10.00
    14.00
    14.00
    10.00
    10.00
    10.00
    10.00
    14.00
    10.00
    •hold eocts
    »T«
    PTA
    
    $41.00
    17.00
    16.00
    ^^^^^ 	 „..
    	 - 	 -
    9.00
    
    10-4rl«k
    
    0.04
    .003
    .05
    
    0.0006
    0,03
    0.0005
    
    
    NotM
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        1 EPA pohcy is mat tor afi OBts^ciry I ijmilumiaiitiririe MCLG R> Tero.
        « For laf?e mrteoe ***nt «rv»nB> 1.0OOJOO peopta.
        • Progo^d  MCLG aod MCL level EPA Mend* to promulgate a flnaJ MCL toy Ju»y 1991.
     (2) Category n and HI ContaminanU
    
       Far the Category JI and HI
     contaminants listed in table 23, each of
     the MCLt wai propotad equal to ill
     propoaed MCLG. Becaiue MCLG* for
     melhcxychlor, ttjTenfi, and toluene.
     changed from the le-vela proposed in
     May 1989. an d»cue«ed-above, the MCL*
     also changed. Tke MCL for
     melhoxychlor changed from 0>4 to AS*
                     mg/1; styren* changed from (M305/0.1 to
                     0.1; and toluene changed from 2 to 1 tng/
                     1. Each changed MCL U based on a
                     reasseflsment of the health data ai
                     disc us tred above.
                       Although PQLa for 2.4J5,
                     methoxychlor, and 2,* 5-TP change -from
                     the level* listed in the May 1988
                     proposal, «n»rh if (ffikiW-theMCLt
                     promulgated today and consequently,
                     doe* ntrt impact tfaete MOLs.
      Section 1412 of the SDV«« requires
    EPA to «et MCLs ai-clo»e to the 'MCLGs
    as is feasible (taking costs into
    consideration). EPA believe* that it is
    feasible to set  the MCLe «t the MCLG*
    becau** (1) the PQL for each
    conttminarrt i« crt Co.- betew 1he level
    estsbliehad by the MCLG; (2) BAT can
    remove each-contaminant to* ten\
    equal, to or4»eloT* tbe MCUS; «nd (3) the
    annual hoysetoid rofft to iru*eirBAT in
    

    -------
     3558     Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No. 20  /  Wednesday, January 30.  1991 / Rules  and Regulations
     large systems is a maximum of 519.00
     per household per year and generally
     around or below $10.00 per household     are affordable for large systems.
     per year. EPA believes that these costs
                                     TABLE 23.—MCL ANALYSIS FOR CATEGORY II AND III SOCs
    SOC conuminant
    
    AMcirtJ • - ,. 	
    AkxartJ tuHaaat • , 	 	 	 	 	 	 •
    AldiouD (ullon* • 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Atraana,.........,, 	 ,. .
    Cwtioturin 	 	 	 	 	
    yjt*mi serving > 1 000.000 p*op<«.
        1 Propoawl MCLG «na MCL l^e-'s EPA in(«od» to prtxnu)g«t« final level* by ju»y 1991.
     C. Treatment Technique Requirements
      The principle sources of acrylamide,
     epichlorohydrin. and styrene in drinking
     water are impurities in water treatment
     chemicals and surfaces in contact with
     drnking water.
      Because no standardized analytical
     methods are available for acrylamide
     and epichlorohydrin at low levels in
     drinking water. EPA proposed a
     treatment technique for acrylamide and
     epichlorohydrin p->d provided guidance
     for styrene.
      EPA proposed to limit the allowable
     monomer levels in products used during
     water treatment, storage, and
     distribution. These levels are:
      Acrylamide:0.05 precent acrylamide
     in polyacrylamide dosed at 1 ppm.
      Epichhrohydrin: 0.01 percent residual
     epichlorohydrin concentration dosed at
     20 ppm.
      Styrene: 1 ppm styrene in styrerie
     copolymers used as direct additives and
     as resin. Also, MCLs were proposed at
     0.005  mg/l (as Category I) and 0.1 mg/l
     (as Category II).
      Under the proposed rule, a water
     system using a product containing
     acrylamide and epichlorohydrin must
     certify to the State that the amount  of
     residual monomer in the polymer and
     the dosage rate would not cause the
     concentration in finished water to
     exceed the specified level.
      Summary of Comments: EPA received
    25 comments on the proposal relating to
    these  chemicals. AJ] but fix commenter*
    were generally supportive of the
    "reposal Three commentera supported
    —• tj: proaci adopted by EPA. Among
    the comments received, 22 were on
    acrylamide, 21 on epichlorohydrin and 5
    on styrene.
      Most commenters expressed concern
    that the language in the proposal does
    not clarify who does the testing for
    monomer—the water system or the
    manufacturer. It was suggested that the
    language state that in annual
    certification to the States, water systems
    can rely on manufacturer's certification.
    The commenters overwhelmingly
    opposed the idea of water systems
    performing the test for residual
    monomer.
      Today's rule is modified to make it
    clear that a water system does not need
    to test for monomers. A water system
    can either test or rely on manufacturer1!!
    certification or on third-parry
    certification, whichever mechanism the
    State is willing to accept.
      Nine commenters suggested that the
    issue of monomers in treatment and
    distribution ajds should be handled
    either by the States through a third-
    party certification program or through
    federal labeling requirements.
      Under the SDWA. EPA can establish
    and enforce maximum contaminant
    levels or treatment requirements but
    does not have the authority for
    establishing labeling requirements for
    proprietary products. As stated above, a
    water system can either test the product
    or rely on the manufacturer's
    certification or on third-party
    certification (e.g.. National Sanitation
    Foundation (NSF)}, whichever
    mechanism the State L» willing to accept
      One commenter suggested
    establishment of MCL» for these
    chemicals. Since no analytical methods
    (EPA-approved or otherwise) are
    available for analysis of low levels of
    acrylamide and epichlorohydrin in
    drinking water, however, establishment
    and enforcement of an MCL would be
    impractical. Therefore. EPA has .
    proposed a treatment-related
    requirement rather than an MCL
    Furthermore, EPA feels that the
    proposed treatment-related approach is
    a valuable preventive measure for
    drinking water contamination.
      One commenter felt that there is no
    factual or procedural basis for regulating
    styrene. This commenter offered two
    supporting reasons: (1) Two '
    manufacturers looked for styrene in ion
    exchange resins but did not  find any
    (sensitivity of the method: 1 ppb); and
    (2) styrene containing polymers and co-
    polymers are subject to the third-party
    certification program which should be
    able to ensure safety.
      According to the information
    available to EPA. styrene is  present at
    low levels in styrene copolymers
    intended for use in water treatment as a
    secondary direct additive. This,
    combined  with the  fact that  styrene is in
    wide industrial  use and has  been found
    in 22 hazardous waste  sitet listed on the
    National Priority List Indicates that it
    can be anticipated to occur in drinking
    water. National Organic*
    Reconnaissance Survey (NORS)
    detected styrene in the water of three of.
    eight citiee monitored,
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No. 20 / Wednesday, January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations     3559
      One commenter believed
    epichlorohydrin should not be allowed
    in flocculating agent* for drinking vyater
    as it is a powerful contact mutagen.
    With the proposed treatment
    requirement, nominal epichkirohydrin
    concentration in drinking water would
    be 0.0022 mg/1. The upper  bound
    lifet.me cancer risk at this  concentration
    is calculated to be 6 x 10"1. This is an
    extremely low risk considering that the
    use of epichlorohydrin polymers and co-
    polymers is widespread and highly
    desirable because these materials are
    effective in removing other drinking
    water contaminants.
      Consequently, with the modification
    as noted above, the treatment technique
    requirements for acrylamide and
    epichlorohydrin are promulgated as
    proposed. The guidance for styrene is
    finalized as proposed
    D. Compliance Monitoring
    Requirements
    1. Introduction
      The proposed compliance monitoring
    requirements (54 FR 22062) included
    specific monitoring requirements for
    inorganic contaminants (barium,
    chromium, cadmium, mercury, and
    selenium): nitrate/nitrite: asbestos;
    volatile organic contaminants (VOCs);
    and peslicidea/PCBs. EPA did not
    propose compliance monitoring
    requirements-for acrylamide and
    epichlorohydrin because adequate
    analytical methods did not exist for
    these contaminant* at low  level* in
    drinking water.
      EPA proposed that all community and
    non-transient water systems comply
    with the monitoring requirements for all
    contaminants (except acrylamide and
    epichlorohydrin) because of long-term
    chronic exposure of these system's
    consumers. Transient non-community
    water systems were required to comply
    with the requirements for nitrate/nitrite
    only because of the acute nature of
    exposure of these chemicals. The
    coraplianc2 monitoring  requirements
    that EPA is promulgating today are the
    minimum necessary to determine
    whether a public water supply delivers
    drinking water that meets the MCLs.
    Though MCLGs and MCLs are being
    reproposed for aldicarb, aldicarb
    sulfoxide. aldicarb sulfone. barium, and
    penlachlorophenol. "EPA anticipates
    these will be promulgated by July 1991.
    EPA believes that whatever level Ls
    promulgated for aldicarb. aldicarb
    sulfoxide, aldicarb sulfone, barium, and
    pentachlorophenol would not affect the
    monitoring requirements. Consequently,
    the requirements promulgated today
    a!so apply to aldicarb, aldicarb
    sulfoxide. aldicarb sulfone. barium, and
    pentachlorophenol.
      The monitoring requirements that are
    promulgated today generally follow the
    three-tier approach first outlined on
    October 5,1903 (48 FR 45502). Nitrate is
    the only contaminant promulgated today
    that falls in Tier I. The remaining
    contaminants are regulated as Tier II
    contaminants, a status that allows
    Stales the discretion to increase or
    decrease monitoring based upon   •
    established criteria and Bite-specific
    conditions. Because of the low
    occurrence of nitrite at levels above the
    MCL, EPA has placed nitrite in Tier II in
    this rule.
      In developing the compliance
    monitoring requirements for these
    contaminants, EPA considered (1)  the
    likely source of drinking water
    contamination. (2) difference* between
    ground and surface v, ater systems. (3)
    how to collect sample* that are
    representative of consumer exposure, (4)
    sample collection and analysis cost*, (5)
    the use of historical monitoring data to
    identify vulnerable systems and
    subsequently specify monitoring
    requirements for vulnerable systems. (6)
    the limited occurrence of some
    contaminants,  and (7) the naed for
    States to tailor monitoring requirements
    to system- and area-specific conditions.
      Although base monitoring
    requirements lor surface and
    ground water system* are the came for
    all contaminants (except inorganic and
    nitrate/nitrite), ground water system*
    will qualify more frequently for reduced
    monitoring and return more quickly to
    the base monitoring requirement*
    because (1) the sources and mechanisms
    of contamination for ground and surface
    water systems are different (2) the
    overall quality of surface waters tends
    to change more rapidly with time than
    does the quality of ground water*,  and
    (3) seasonal variations tend to affect
    surface waters more than ground
    waters. Spatial variations are more
    important in ground waters than in
    5'irface waters since groundwater
    contamination can be a localized
    problem confined to one or several well*
    within a system. Therefore, monitoring
    frequency is an important .factor to
    determine baseline conditions for
    surface  water systems, while sampling
    location within the system generally is
    more important for groundwater
    systems. Today's monitoring
    requirements generally require surface
    water systems to monitor at an
    increased frequency for longer periods
    than groundwater systems.
      EPAmonitoring requirement* are
    designed to ensure that compliance with
    the MCL* ia met and to efficiently utilize
    State and utility resources. EPA's goal in
    today's rule is to ensure these
    monitoring requirements are consistent
    with monitoring requirements
    promulgated previously by EPA and
    with known occurrence trends. The
    monitoring requirements promulgated
    today focus monitoring in individual
    public water systems on the
    contaminants that are likely to occur, an.
    approach that includes:
      • Allowing States to reduce
    monitoring frequencies based upon
    system vulnerability assessments fur the
    SOCs (VOCs  and pesticides/PCBs)
    lilted in § 141.61(a) and (c) and for
    asbestos.
      • Allowing States to target monitoring
    to those systems that are vulnerable to a
    particular contaminant.
      • Allowing the use of recent
    monitoring data in lieu of new data if
    the system has conducted a monitoring
    program generally consistent with
    today's requirements and using reliable
    analytical methods.
      • Encouraging the States to use
    historical monitoring data meeting
    specified quality requirements and other
    available records to make decisions
    regarding a system's vulnerability.
      • Requiring all systems to conduct
    repeat monitoring unless they
    demonstrate through an assessment or
    other da~ta that they are not vulnerable.
      • Designating'sampling locations and
    frequencies that permit simultaneous
    monitoring for all regulated source-
    related contaminants, whenever
    possible.
      • Else where, today  in the Federal
    Register EPA is proposing changes to
    the monitoring frequencies that were
    promulgated July 8,1907 for eight VOCs.
    This change, when final, will require all
    VOC sample collection for the 10 VOCs
    in this rule and the .eight VOCs in the
    July 8.1987 rule to occur at the same
    time.
    2. Effective Date
      In the May 22.1989 Federal Register
    Notice, EPA proposed to promulgate the
    monitoring requirements under section
    1445 within 30 day* of promulgation
    because section 1445  imposes no
    limitation* on when monitoring
    requirements would be effective. After
    18 months, the compliance monitoring
    requirements  would ineffective under
    section 1412. The MCL* -and other
    requirements  would continue to be
    promulgated under «ection 1412 and
    effective in 18 months.
      Moat commenter* did not support
    making the .requirements effective
    within 30 day* citing the confusion
    

    -------
    3560
    Federal Register  /  Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday. January  30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
    between "new" and "old" regulatory
    requirements. Other commenters cited
    the lack of laboratory capacity for new
    analytical methods. These commenters
    stated that laboratones frequently do
    not :nvest in capital equipment until the
    raies are promulgated: consequently, the
    18-month lead time before analysis must.
    be conducted is necessary. Most States
    cited their inability to adopt regulations
    in less than 18 months and pointed out
    that if they did not adopt regulations by
    the effective date. EPA would have
    primacy for the "new" rule while the  .
    States would retain primacy for
    previous rules. The question of who
    retains primacy could potentia1'"
    confuse water systems. One co-nmenter
    indicated that promulgating monitoring
    requirements is beyond the intent of
    section 1445. Numerous comrnenters
    cited the impact on State resources to
    review vulnerability assessments.
    enforcement, reduced monitoring
    decisions, etc.. as a rationale for
    allowing States sufficient time (i.e.. 18
    months  before the monitoring
    requirements are effective).
      After reviewing the public comments,
    EPA agrees that there is ths potential for
    confusion in moving forward the
    effective date for monitoring. In
    addition, the Agency agrees that
    implementation problems may occur in
    beginning monitoring early.
    Consequently, in today's action EPA
    will promulgate the compliance
    monitoring requirement* for regulated
    substances under section 1412. All
    morutonng requirements will be
    effective 18 months after promulgation.
    For contaminants that have existing
    regulatory requirements (inorganics and
    nitrate), the  water systems must
    continue to comply with the existing
    requirements until they are superseded
    by the new requirements.
    3, Standard  Monitoring Framework
       EPA received extensive comments
     stating  that  the proposed monitoring
     requirements are complex and would
     lead to confusion and misunderstanding
     among  the public, water utilities, and
     Sttte personnel. Commentert also cited
     the lack of coordination among various
     regulations. Many commenters
     suggested that EPA simplify, coordinate,
     ind synchronize this regulations with
     previous regulations. In response to
     these comments. EPA has developed  a
     standard monitoring framework to .
     address the issues of complexity,
     coordination of monitoring requirements
     among various regulations, and
     synchronization of monitoring
     schedules. This framework will serve aj
     a guide for future source-related
     rn ifijtonng- requirements adopted by the
                                 Agency. The framework was developed
                                 based on the proposed requirements, the
                                 options and requests for comments EPA
                                 discussed in the proposal, and 'he
                                 comments received by EPA.
                                   EPA believes that the framework will
                                 in large measure address the comments
                                 that recommended that reducing
                                 complexity, synchronizing monitoring
                                 schedules, standardizing regulatory
                                 requirements, and giving regulatory
                                ' flexibility to States and systems to
                                 manage monitoring programs. EPA
                                 believes these changes have the
                                 potential to reduce costs by combining
                                 monitoring requirements (including
                                 vulnerability assessments) for.several
                                 regulations on the same schedule and
                                 promote greater voluntary compliance
                                 by simplified and standardized  '
                                 monitoring requirements.
                                   This framework will first be used in
                                 today's regulation. EPA intends to apply
                                 this framework to future requirements
                                 for source-related contamination (i.e.,
                                 VOCs. inorganics, pesticides, and
                                 radionuclides).
                                   Use of the framework envisions a   .
                                 cooperative effort between EPA and
                                 States. The monitoring requirements
                                 promulgated today are the minimum
                                 federal requirements necessary to
                                 ascertain systems' compliance with the
                                 MCLs. In some cases. States will
                                 increase the monitoring frequencies
                                 above the federal minimum* to address
                                 site-specific conditions.
                                   For all contaminants contained in
                                 today's rule, minimum (or base)
                                 monitoring requirements may b«
                                 increased or decreased by States based  •
                                 upon prior analytical results and/or the
                                 results of a vulnerability assessment.
                                 The monitoring requirements outlined
                                 today follow to a large extent the
                                 requirements proposed on May 22,1989.
                                 In the May proposal EPA stated as a
                                 goal to efficiently utilize State and utility
                                  resources and be consistent with
                                  monitoring requirements previously
                                  promulgated by EPA. EPA believes that
                                  today's requirements meet that goal.
                                    a. Three-. Six-, and Nine-Year Cycles.
                                  In order to standardize monitoring
                                  cycles In this regulation (and in future
                                  regulations), EPA is establishing nine-
                                  year compliance cycles. Each nine-year
                                  compliance cycle consists of 3 three-
                                  year compliance periods. All compliance
                                  cycles and periods  run on a calendar
                                  year basis (i.e., January 1 to December
                                  31). This regulation establishes the first
                                  nine-year compliance cycle beginning
                                  January 1,1993 and e'nding December 31,.
                                  2001: the second cycle beginning January
                                  1, 2002 and ending December 31. 2010;
                                  etc. (see  { 141.2—Definitions). Within
                                  the first nine-year compliance cycle
    (1993 to 2001), the first compliance
    period begins January 1.1993 and ends e"
    December 31.1995; the second begins
    January 1.1996 and ends December 31,
    1998; and the third begins January 1,
    1999 and ends December 31. 2001. EPA
    in this regulation is also requiring that
    initial monitoring (defined as the first
    full three-year compliance period
    beginning 18 months after the
    promulgation date of a rule) must begin
    in the first full compliance period after
    the effective date. For today's
    regulation, the effective date is July 30,
    1992. Since the next full three-year
    compliance period begins January 1.
    1993. the initial monitoring period for
    today'u regulation occurs in the
    compliance period 1993-1995.
      b. Base Monitoring Requirements. In
    order to standardize the monitoring
    requirements, EPA has established base
    (or minimum) monitoring frequencies for
    all systems at each sampling point.
    These base monitoring frequencies
    apply to all community and non-
    transient water systems. In cases of
    detection or non-compliance, EPA has
    specified increased monitoring
    frequencies from the base. These
    increases are explained below. Systems
    will also be able to decrease monitoring
    frequencies from the base requirements
    by obtaining waivers from the State
    where a State permits such waivers.
    Decreases from base monitoring
    requirements through waivers are
    discussed in general under the section
    on decreased monitoring and in the
    discussion of monitoring frequency for
    each class of contaminants.
      In most cases, these increased or
    decreased frequencies in most cases are
    -imilar to the frequencies proposed in
    May 1989. Specific changes are
    discussed below under each
    contaminant group.
       Inorganic contaminant base
    requirements are the same ss
    proposed—one sample  at each sampling
    point every three years for groundwater
    systems and annually for surface water
    systems. Modification of base
    requirements for VOCs is discussed
    below in the section on VOC monitoring
     frequency.
       For asbestos and  pesticides, EPA
     proposed that monitoring was not
     required unless the  State determined
     that the system was vulnerable based
     upon a State-conducted assessment.
     States were required to complete a»i   •
     assessments within 18 months of
     promulgation. If the State determine
     that a system was vulnerable to
     p¥sticide«/PCBs. systems were required
     to monitor on a three- or five-year
     schedule depending upon system size
    

    -------
              F*detal RagJBter  /  Vol. 56.  No. 20  /  Wednesday, fcnuary 30. Iflfil / Rules and Regulations
                                                                           3561
                »
    and whether contaminants were
    detected. For systems vulnerable to '
    asbestos contamination, repeat
    monitoring frequencies for «ib«stos of
    every three years generally were
    required based, upon ground/surface
    water distinctions and the analytical
    result of the initial sample.
      The May 19«9 notice also included an
    .alternative monitoring scheme which
    would require all CWSs and non-
    transient, non-community water systems
    (NTWSs) to monitor for asbestos and
    pesticidej/PCBs at specified (base)
    frequencies. Most comments EPA
    . eceived opposed a round of initial
    •nonitoring by all systems. These
    commenters cited the lack of occurrence
    of pesticidea/PCBs in drinking water
    and the expense of monitoring.
    particularly for asbestos. Several
    commenters questioned the availability
    of sufficient laboratory capacity.
       According to the proposed rule, if
    States did not conduct a vulnerability
    assessment for any one of the 80,000
    water systems within 18 months and
    determine system vulnerability, then  the
    system was deemed to be not vulnerable
    and would not be required to  monitor.
    EPA's evalualion of the comments
    revealed that States, in particular.
    believed that their ability to conduct  all
    vulnerability assessments within 18
    months would be limited because  of
    resource constraints on funds and staff.
    Most States that commented cited this
     resource shortfall as a major
     impediment.
       After reviewing aind evaluating  the
     comments, EPA is adopting the
     alternative monitoring approach
     discussed in the proposal for  asbestos,
     pesticides/PCBs, and unregulated
     contaminants. EPA is making this
     change for several reasons. First,  EPA
     believes requiring all systems to monitor
     for pesticides/PCBs and asbestos is
     more protective of health because
     systems will be required to monitor if a
     vulnerability assessment I* not
     conducted. Second, after reviewing the
     comments. EPA believe* that the
     proposed rule was deficient in not
     considering the inability of States to
     conduct vulnerability assessments  .
     within 18 months. This change in today's
     rule creates an enforceable requirement.
     Finally, EPA believes the impact of
      requiring a system to monitor for a
      particular contaminant or not. is  the
      same under the proposed scheme and
      today's requirements—provided  a
      vulnerability assessment is conducted
      and a  waiver is granted.
        EPA has combined the above change
      with the provision that systems may
      conduct the vulnerability assessment
      and, at the State's discretion, obtain •
    waiver (see waiver cb'scuasiori below).
    EPA has shifted the responsibility to
    conduct vulnerability assessments from
    States to systems because the
    vulnerability assessment is a monitoring
    activity that historically ha* been a
    system responsibility. Each individual
    system can decide whether to conduct a
    vulnerability assessment (rather than
    monitor) based on cost previous
    monitoring hifltory, and coordination
    with other vulnerability type
    assessment* (i.e.. sanitary lurveys,
    Wellhead Protection Assessments). In
    addition, because of State*' indicated
    resource shortfalls, vulnerability
    assessments would not occur in many
    States. Though EPA permit* *y*tems to
    conduct vulnerability assessments.
    approval of waivers based on those
    vulnerability assessment* re»ts with the
    States. EPA believes the changes
    outlined above address, in part the
    State resource issue and will result in an
    enforceable drinking water standard.
       In addition, EPA has simplified the
    waiver procedure* to more fully apply to
    situations involving pesticide* (see the
    discussion of waivers below). The
    changes outlined above wil) allow all
    systems to apply for a waiver from the
    monitoring requirements where State* '
    provide for such waivers. Baaed on
    limited occurrence data. EPA anticipates
    that most systems  should be granted a
    waiver for most pesticides, asbestos,
    and unregulated contaminants. In cases
    where a system is  not granted a waiver
    by the State, it will be required to
    monitor at the specified ba»e frequency.
    Consequently, for  the reasons specified
    above, all systems will be required to
    monitor for all pesticides/PCBs,
     asbestos, and unregulated contaminant*
     with an opportunity for reduced
     monitoring based upon an assessment
       c. Eight VOCs Regulated July 8, 1987.
     In order to standardize the monitoring
     requirement* for all VOCs, the repeat
     monitoring frequencies promulgated for
     tne eight VOCs (July 8.1987 rule) are
     being proposed elsewhere in today's
     Federal Register so that the
     requirements in today's rule will be
     identical for all 18 VOCs. EPA intends to
     promulgate a final rule for the eight
     VOCa by July. 1991. EPA i» proposing
     this change iro a system that ha*
     completed unregulated VOC monitoring
     can monitor for all 18 VOCa using
     today's increased or decreased repeat
     monitoring criteria beginning in January
     1993.
        d. Increased Monitoring. Although  it
     is not po»aib)e to standardize
     requirements for  all contaminants, EPA
      in this final rule seeks to standardize the
      criteria that require a system to increase
      monitoring from the base requirement*
    and that allow the system to return to
    the base requirement. In general, today's
    rule require* monitoring frequencies to
    increase when a contaminant is
    measured at a certain concentration.
    These concentrations are  specified in
    federal rules, and vary by class or
    toxicity of the contaminant. In today'*
    rule, these "trigger" concentrations are
    set variously at the MCL  50 percent of
    the MCL or the detection limit of the
    analytical method used to measure the
    contaminant. Specifically, the trigger
    concentration* are (1) 0.5  mg/1 for
    nitrite, 5 mg/1 for nitrate, and 5 mg/1 for •
    nitrate/nitrite combined (each of which
    is SO percent of the MCL); (2) the MCLs
    for asbestos and five other inorganic
    contaminant*: and (3) the analytical
    detection limit* far VOCs. PCBa.  and
    pesticides. The detection limit for each
    VOC is (X0005 mg/1. The PCBs and
    pesticides detection limits are given in
    Table 24. The rationale for varying the
    detection limits for increased monitoring
    is addressed in each section for the
    contaminant monitoring frequencies
    below.
       After exceeding the trigger
    concentration for each contaminant,
    system* must immediately increase
    monitoring to quarterly (beginning in the
    subsequent quarter after  detection) to
    establish a baseline of analytical results.
     Groundwater systems are required to   •
     take a minimumm of two samples and
     surface water systems  must take four
     samples before the State  may permit
     less frequent monitoring. EPA is
     requiring surface water systems tc take
     a minimum of four samples (rather than
     two for groundwater systems) because
     surface water is generally more variable
     than ground water and, consequently.
     additional sampling is required to
     determine that the system is "reliably
     and consistently" below  the MCI.
     Today's rule allows a State, after a
     baseline i* established, to reduce the
     quarterly monitoring frequency if the
     system ia "reliably and consistently"
     below the MCL. "Reliably and
     consistently" means that the State has
     enough confidence that future sampling
     results will be sufficiently below the
     MCL to justify reducing  the quarterly
     monitoring frequency. Systems with
     widely varying analytical results or
      analytical results mat are just below the
      MCL would not meet this criterion. In all
      case*, the system remains on a quarterly
      sampling frequency until the State
      determines that the system is "reliably
      and consistently" below the MCL. EPA
      is adopting this approach based on
      comments received on the proposed rale
      that suggested  the EPA  allow States to
      modify the monitoring schedules m
    

    -------
         3562
         those systems which are less than the
         MCL EPA believes this approach will
         result in consistency among the
         regulatory requirements for the different
         classes of contaminants.
          In the proposal. EPA required a
         minimum of 12 quarters before the State
         could reduce the monitoring frequency.
         Several commenters suggested that a
         minimum of 12 quarters after monitoring
        had been increased by a trigger level
        was too long. These commenters
        suggested that EPA should require
        sufficient monitoring to establish a   '
        baseline.  As noted. EPA believes that
        the minimum number of samples
        necessary to establish a baseline is two
        forgroundwater systems and four for
        surface water systems. EPA is adopting
        this approach because the Agency
       agrees with commenters who pointed
       out that systems  whose analytical
       results remain below the MCL do not
       pose a health threat.
         In the May 1989 proposal, a system
       with any sample exceeding 50 percent of
       Ihe MCL for asbestos and pesticides/
       PCBs would be required to take a
       minimum of 12 quarterly samples. If all
       12 were ;\  assessment. In either -
     v.a .-,• fey 'rule" or "vulnerability
    assessment."  the criteria for waiver are
                                                                                                      Regulations
         specified. Each is.discussed in more
         detail below.
          All waivers must be granted on a
         contaminant-by-contaminant basis.
         However, systems and States  will find it
         economical to apply for and grant the
         waivers for those contaminants that
        may be analyzed using the same
        analytical methods. For example, since
        measurement of pesticides or PCBs with
        each analytical method would  cost $800
        for four quarterly samples, systems
        should consider doing a vulnerability
        assessment and applying for «  waiver
        for all contaminants covered by a
        specific analytical method. This
        packaging of assessments and State
        decision making will yield significant
        cost savings to both systems and  State
        primacy programs.
         Waivers for the pesticides/PCBs and
       VOCs may be granted after the  system
       conducts a vulnerability assessment and
       the State determines the system is not
       vulnerable based on that assessment. A
       waiver must be renewed during each
       compliance period.  Waivers for
       asbestos, based on a vulnerability
       assessment, are also for three years but
       or.ly need to be renewed in the first
       compliance period of each nine-year
       compliance cycle. Waivers for inorganic
      contaminants [except nitrate/nitrite)
      may be granted for up to nine years. If a
      system does not receive a waiver by the
      beginning of the year in which it  is
      scheduled to monitor, it must complete
      the base monitoring requirement.
        One change that EPA is adopting in
      § 142.92 is that EPA may rescind
      waivers issued by a State where  the
      Agency determines that the State has
     .issued a significant number of
      inappropriate waivers. EPA does  not
      intend to utilize this provision except in
      special situations where the State has
      not fcllowed its own  established
     protocols and procedures that have  been
     EPA-approved during the adoption of
     rules and procedures  for this  rule  fsee
     also fr°. discussion on State primacy
     requirements). If a waiver is rescinded.
     the system must monitor in accordance
     with the base requirements in today's
     rule.
       /. Vulnerability Assessments. The
     concept of vulnerability assessments
     generated considerable comment.  Most
     commenters supported the concept of
     using vulnerability assessments to
     reduce monitoring but had questions
     about how to conduct the assessments.
     Comments ranged from requesting EPA
     to provide specific guidance on how to
     conduct an assessment to agreeing that
     the criteria EPA specified in the
    proposal were correct. EPA has decided
    that a detailed protocol for what is
         usually a very site-specific analysis is
         not appropriate. Instead. EPA desires
         that each State develop its own specific
         vulnerability assessment procedures
         that use the general guidelines
        established by EPA. If a State chooses
        not to develop these procedures.
        systems cannot receive waivers and
        must monitor at the base requirements
          In today's rule EPA made several
        changes to the vulnerability assessment
        criteria for VOCs and pesticides/PCBs
        In the proposal. EPA listed six criteria
        systems must consider in conducting
        vulnerability assessments for
        pesticides/PCBs: Previous analytical
        results; proximity of the system to
        sources of contamination;
        environmental persistence; protection of
        c,^«tersource: nitrate levels: and use
        ot PCBs in equipment. For VOCs, the
       criteria were previous monitoring
       results, number of people served
       proximity to a large system, proximity to
       commercial or industrial use. storage or
       disposal of VOCs, and protection of the
       water source.
         pA is making several changes to the
       vulnerability assessment criteria and the
       process to simplify the procedure. First
       a two-step waiver procedure is
      available to all systems. Step *i
      determines whether the contaminant
      was used, manufactured, stored,
      transported, or disposed of in the area.
      In the case of some contaminants an
      assessment of the contaminant's use in
      the treatment or distribution of water
      may also be required. "Area" is defined
      as the watershed area for a surface
      water system or the zone of influence
      for a groundwater system and includes
      effects in the distribution system. If the-
      State determines that the contaminant
      was not used, manufactured, stored,
      transported, or disposed  of in the area.
      then the system may obtain a "use"
      waiver. If the  State cannot make this
     determination, a system may not receive
     a "use" waiver but may receive a
     "susceptibility" waiver, discussed
     below. Systems receiving a "use"
     waiver are not required to continue on
     to Step #2 to determine susceptibility
     EPA anticipates that obtaining a "use-
     waiver will apply mostly  to pesticides/
     PCBs where use can be determined
     more easily than for VOCs. Obtaining a
     ' use" waiver for the VOCs will be
     limited because VOCs are ubiquitous in
     the United States. If a "use" waiver
     cannot be given, a  system may conduct
     an assessment to determine
     susceptibility. Step #2.
       Susceptibility considers prior
     occurrence and /or vulnerability
     assessment results, environmental
    persistence and transport of the
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 58, No.  20 / Wednesday,  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations.
     chemical, the extent of source
     protection, end Wellhead Protection
     Program reports. Systems with no
     known "susceptibility"' to contamination
     based upon an assessment of the above
     criteria may be granted a waiver by the
     State. If "suscepubility"  canr.ot be
     determined, a system is not eligible for a
     waiver. A system must receive a waiver
     by the beginning of the calendar quarter
     in which it is scheduled to begin
     monitoring. For example, if a system is
     scheduled to begin monitoring in the
     calendar quarter beginning January 1.
     1993, it must receive a waiver by
     December 31,1992 for reduced
     monitoring to apply.
      Several commenters requested that
     EPA permit "area wide" or geographical
     vulnerability assessment
     determinations. Though EPA at this time
     is skeptical that "area wide"
     determinations can be conducted with
     sufficient specificity to predict
     contamination over a large area, EPA
     will allow this option when States
     submit their procedures for conducting
     vulnerability assessments determine
     "use" waivers.
      EPA's goal is to combine vulnerability
     assessment activities in other drinking
     water programs with today's
     requirements to create efficiencies. EPA
     also desires to use the  results of other
     regulatory program requirements, such
     as Wellhead Protection Assessments, to
     determine a system's vulnerability to
     VOC and pesticide/PCBs
     contamination. Systems and States may
     schedule today's asssessments with
     sanitary surveys required under the
    Total Coliform Rule (54 FR 27548),
     watershed assessments, and other water
     quality inspections so that all
     regulatory,  operational, and managerial
     objectives are met at the same time.
      EPA intends to issue a guidance that
     w.ll give flexibility to States in
     conducting vulnerability  assessments
     and allow them and local public water
     systems to meet these  and similar
     requirements under the Wellhead
     Protection Program, latisfyirig the
     requirements of both programs with one
     assessment. Additionally, this combined
     assessment approach may be used to
     meet similar requirements under the
     evolving Underground Injection Control
     (UIC)—Shallow Injection Well Program.
      g. Relation to the Wellhead Protection
     [WHP) Program. The Agency planned to
     Integrate particular elements of the
     Public Water System Wellhead
     Protection, and UIC programs related to
     contaminant source assessments around
     public water supply wells prior to
     receiving comments to that efftTct.
     Comments  received on the proposed
     F'hase II Ruie reinforce and support tliia
     interest. Specifically, the Agency plans
     to prepare a guidance document on
     groundwater contaminant source
     assessment that merges the
     vulnerability assessment of the PW3S
     program for pesticides and VOCs with
     the wellhead delineation and
     contaminant  source which can be used
     to establish priorities of UIC wells. This
     integration is expected to assist State
     and local drinking water program
     managers responsible for goundwater
     supplies to more efficiently and
     effectively administer the portion of
     their programs addressing source
     protection and will be the basis for
     determining monitoring frequency. The
     guidance will give States flexibility  in
     revising vulnerability /contaminant
     source assessments, a concern of
     several commenters.
      Notably. Section 1428 of the SDWA
     requires each State to  submit a WHP
     program for EPA review and approval.
     The implementation jf WHP programs
     by States may be phased in to allow
     resources to be used most effectively.
     This matter can be addressed in the
     State WHP eubmittal.
      When States submit WHP programs
     for approval in the future, program
     documents should address how the
    State will phase requirements for
    Wellhead Protection Areas (WHPAs)
    with other PWSS regulations. In some
    States, to be moat effective, this program
    integration may need to be
    accomplished through a coordinating
    agreement or other mechanism among
    several State agencies. The guidance
    would allow States to tailor their
    program provisions to conditions  in  the
    States, within broad guidelines.
    Information from the other related
    groundwater programs (such  as
    Superfund. RCRA) will be useful in this
    assessment, aa pointed out by one
    commenter. This information also
    includes identification of sources  not
    regulated under federal programs, but
    perhaps regulated by States, such as
     septic tanks. Therefore, States may b«
     able to meet similar requirements of
     these three programs through following
     a general set of guidance procedures.
      One commenter was concerned about
     the difficulty of delineating wellhead
     protection areas, A State may choose
     from several methods to delineate
     WHPAs. As long as the method is
     determined to be protective, a State may
     choose a simplified mediod described in
     ' Guidelines for the Delineation of
     Wellhead Protection Areas" (June 1987,
     available from the Office of Ground-
     Water Protection, U.S. EPA. EPA  440/6-
     87-010). If a State  desires more
     information for use in the decision-
     making process, it may choose more
      sophisticated methods identified in the
      "Guidelines." EPA hsd made a"va.ilab: J
      to Spates and local agencies computer
      software and training for use of the
      "Guidelines" to mako the process of
      WHPA delineation less difficult.
       Additionally, one commentsr was
      concerned about inclusion of recharge
      areas in WHPAs. WHPAs may
      incorporate recharge areai as long as
    '  they are within the jurisdiction of the
      agencies identified in the EPA-approvec
      programs. However, WHPAs must meet
      the requirements of this rule if they are
      to be used to make monitoring waiver
      determinations. The State cannot accep
      a WHP program in lieu of a vulnerabilit;
      assessment if the  recharge area is not _
      covered to meet all the requirements of
      this rule.
       Once a WHPA is delineated, a State
      may desire to apply a range of
      assessment measures to define
      hydrogeologic vulnerability within the
      delineated area. A State may decide a
      method of assigning priorities to the
      public water systems based on
      vulnerability, size, or other criteria
      acceptable to EPA. While one
      commenter indicated that DRASTIC
     • (one method of characterizing a
      hydrogeologic setting) was useful in that
      State for describing hydrogeologic
      factors affecting the physical-geologic
      vulnerability of an area, it does not take
      the place of delineating the zone of
      contribution to wells. Furthermore, the
     'use and disposal of chemicals and other
      wastes are also factoni affecting an
      area's vulnerability to contamination.
       EPA's Office of Ground-Water
     Protection is developing a Comparative
      Risk Ranking and  ScreenJig System to
     help States and local water supply
      managers prioritize potential
      contaminant sources in carrying out
     'their programs for resource protection, a
      concern of one commenter. This system
      could also be used in setting monitoring
      priorities but was  not designed
      specifically for that application. As
      another commenter indicated, the States
      may use the regulatory mechanisms
      available to them  (RCRA permits.
      NPDES  permits) to determine the point
      sources of regulated, and potentially
      contaminating, substances in or near'
      areas needing protection, such as
      wellhead and recharge areas.
       One commenter believed that drought
      planning was more important than
      contingency planning for alternate
      sources of drinking water due to
      contamination by chemicals. Drought
      planning is very important in many
      locations and needs to be conducted..
      However, section 1428 specifically calls
      for contingency planning in the event of
    

    -------
                                               20 / Wednesday. January 30
    3564    Federal Register / Vol
    contamination of public water wells m
    wellhead protection areas, Contingency
    planning could be integrated with
    drouaht planning, and in many locations
    tnti same sources.of water may. be used
    in either situation as alternate sources .
    o:' drinking water.
       One commenter was concerned about
    fund- r.g for both the Wellhead
    Protection Program and '.he Sole Source
    A^.'ifer Demor.strat.on Program in
    Crtucal Aquifer Protection Areas. In
    fiscal year 1990. EPA is supporting
    State's activities in developing WHP
    programs. To date. 29 States have
    submitted documents for approval. Of
    these, four State wellhead protection
    program have been approved at this
    t.me. It is expected that more programs
    will be approved by  the end of the fiscal
    
       With respect to the Sole Source
     Aquifer Demonstration Program for
     Critical Aquifer Protection Areas, no
     funding has been appropriated for this
     program for  the period FY 1987-1990.
     and as a result, no such areas have been
     identified.                     .
       h. Initial and Repeat Base Monitoring.
     Initial monitoring is  defined as the first
     full three-year compliance period that
     occurs after the regulation is effective.
     As  discussed earlier, all  systems must
     monitor at the base  monitoring
     frequency unless a waiver is obtained.
     The initial monitoring period for today's
     regulation begins January 1.1993 and
     ends December 31.1995. After the
     system fulfills the initial (or first) base
      monitoring requirement, it must monitor
      at the repeat base frequency. Generally
      the repeat base frequency is the same as
      the initial monitoring frequency but in
      several instances the base monitoring
      frequency is reduced based on previous ,
      analytical results (e.g.. nesticides/PCBs).
        In the May 1989 proposal, for the
       VOCs and  pesticides/PCBs. community
       systems serving more than 10.000
       persons were required to complete all
       monstonng within 18 months of
       oromulgation. systems  serving 3.3OO to
       10.000 persons were required to
       complete monitoring within 30 months.
       and systems serving fewer than 3,300  •
       persons were required to complete
       monitoring within 54 months. Non-
       transient water systems were required
       to complete  all morutonng within 48
       months. In today's rule EPA eliminates
       the phase-in of monitoring based on
       svsten: size.
         " In today's rule.  EPA requires all
       system* to complete initial monitoring
       ,either by sampling or obtaining a
       waiver) by December  31.1995, which is
       •vhe end of the first compliance period. It
         • possible that this change may delay
        mons:orui>' for some large systems, but
                                           otherwise all monitoring in this rule will
                                           be completed approximately five years
                                           after promulgation rather than the tour
                                           and one-half years in the May 22.1989
                                           proposal. Most systems will monitor
                                           sooner because today's rule does not
                                           delay completion of initial monitoring  .
                                           for the smallest systems (those less than
                                           3.300) for four and one-half years.
                                           Systems serving less than 3.300 persons
                                           constitute approximately 80 percent of
                                           the regulated systems. Instead, under
                                           today's nile. EPA is requiring the States
                                           to establish a sampling schedule that
                                           will result in approximately one-third of
                                            the systems monitoring during each of
                                            the three years of a compliance period.
                                            States will have the flexibility to
                                            designate which systems must monitor
                                            each year based upon criteria such as
                                            system size, vulnerability, geographic
                                            location, and laboratory  access. This
                                            change will result in earlier completion
                                            of initial monitoring for most systems.
                                            EPA believes that allowing States the
                                            discretion to schedule monitoring for
                                            each system during the compliance
                                            monitoring period will enable States to
                                            manage their drinking water programs
                                            more efficiently.
                                               In cases where the State has not
                                            adopted regulations by January 1.1993.
                                            and in States and on Indian lands where
                                            EPA retains primary enforcement  .
                                            responsibility, systems will be required
                                            to complete monitoring within 12 months
                                            after notification by EPA. In cases
                                            where States have not yet adopted
                                             regulations and EPA is the primacy
                                             agent for this regulation. EPA intends to
                                             use the priority scheme  envisioned by
                                             the State to minimize the disruption to
                                             the regulated community when the State
                                             does adopt the requirements and
                                             schedules systems to monitor.
                                               Once a system is scheduled for the
                                             first, second, or third year of a
                                             compliance period, the  repeat schedule
                                             is set for future compliance periods. For
                                             example, if a system is scheduled by the
                                              State to complete the initial base
                                              requirement by the end of the first year.
                                              all subsequent repeat base monitoring
                                              for that system must be completed by
                                              the end of the first year in the
                                              appropriate three-year compliance
                                              period. This is necessary to prevent
                                               systems from monitoring in the first.year
                                               of the first compliance period and the
                                               third year of the  repeat base period.
                                               4. Monitoring Frequencies
                                                 a. Inorganics (1) Initial and Repeat
                                               Base Requirements. In the May 1989
                                               proposal, surface water systems were
                                               required to monitor annually and
                                               groundwater systems every three years.
                                               Most commenters supported that
                                               frequency. The monitoring frequencies
                                                                              1991 / Rules  and Regulations
    in today's rule are identical to these
    proposed frequencies. Systems will be
    required to take the initial base sample
    for each inorganic during the initial
    compliance period of 1993 to 1995
    (subject to State scheduling). Surface
    water systems on annual sampling
    schedule are required to start in 1993.
      (2) Increased Monitoring. EPA has
    added a requirement that systems that
    exceed the MCL (either in a single
    sample or with the average of me
    original and repeat sample) and which.
    consequently, are out of compliance.
    must immediately (i.e.. the next calendar
    quarter after the sample was taken)
    begin monitoring quarterly. Systems
     must continue to monitor quarterly until
     the primacy agent determines that the
     system is "reliably and consistently
     below the MCL. Groundwater systems
     must take a minimum of two samples
     and surface water systems must take a
     minimum of four samples after the last
     analytical result above the MCL. beiore
      the State can reduce monitoring
      frequencies back to the base
      requirement (i.e.. annually for surface
      systems and every three years for
      groundwater systems).
        EPA is promulgating this change  for
      several reasons. First, it  is consistent
      with the monitoring requirements
      contained elsewhere in this rule that
      more frequent monitoring occur m
      instances of non-compliance. Second.
      EPA believes that systems that are out
      of compliance should monitor more
      frequently to determine  the extent of the
      problem. If EPA had not made this
      change, groundwater systems that
      exceed the MCL could continue to
      monitor ev  ry three yean. EPA believes
      the previous frequencies for ground and
      surface systems were not protective of
      public health in those cases where
      systems exceeded the MCL.
         {31 Decreased Monitoring. In the May
      1989 Notice. EPA proposed that systems
      be allowed to reduce the morutonng
       frequency to no less than 10 years
       provided . sytem had Piously taken
       Uiree samples that were all less than 50
       percent of the MCL. States should base
       Self decision on prior  analytical results.
       variation in analytical results, and
       system changes such as pumping rates
        or stream flows/characteristics.
          EPA receives numerous comments on
        the 50 percent trigger for reduced
        monitoring with most commenters
        opposing!* 50 percent trigger, calling it
        arbitrary and with no  health
        significance. Other conunent"!l    r
        Rested that the 50 Pj^ent tngger
        wTuld result in a pseudo MCL. After
        reviewing the comment* EPA hat
        decidedto eliminate the 50 percent
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations     3565
     trigger and change the requirement to
     three previous compliance samples
     (including one that was taken after
     January 1,1990) that are "reliably and
     consistently" less than the MCL to give
     the States additional flexibility to decide
     which systems are eligible for reduced
     monitoring. Systems meeting this
     criterion are eligible for reduced
     monitoring (e.g., a waiver).
      Most commenters supported the 10-
     > ear time frame as a reasonable.
     monitoring frequency for reduced
     monitoring. Because EPA is adopting a
     3/0/9 compliance cycle, EPA is changing
     the maximum reduced monitoring
     frequency from the proposed 10 years to
     9 years to gain consistency in its
     regulations. EPA believes this change
     will have a minimal impact on systems.
     EPA is requiring one of the three
     previous samples to be taken since
     January 1,1990. The other two samples
     could be taken at any time after June 24,
     1977 when monitoring for inorganics
     started. Because the reduction in
     monitoring to every nine years begins in
     the 1993-2001 compliance cycle, EPA
     believes that one sample must be recent
     (i.e., taken after January 1,1990) to
     preclude unduly long time frames
     occurring between samples. Systems
    receiving a waiver may monitor at any
     time during the nine-year compliance
     cycle, as designated by the State.
      EPA believes that systems should use
     the same criteria outlined in the
    preamble of the proposal (as modified
     above) to reduce monitoring. Several
    commenters suggest that systems that
    meet the criteria automatically qualify
    for a waiver without State approval.
    EPA has rejected this approach because
    it believes that State approval is crucial
    in certain circumstances such as where
    the system is adjacent to a toxic waste
    site or other anthropogenic sources of
    contamination. EPA anticipates that in
     most cases, States will grant waivers
    expeditiously.
      b. Asbestos—(1) Initial *nd Repeat
     Base Requirements. In the proposal,
    systems were not required to monitor for
    asbestos unless the State determined
     that the system was vulnerable to
    contamination within 18 months of
     promulgation. If vulnerable, systems
     were required to take one sample within
     five years of promulgation. EPA also
     proposed an alternative approach
     requiring all systems to monitor unless
     the system conducted a vulnerability
     assessment and the State determined
     the system was not vulnerable to
     asbestos contamination.
      Most commenters supported,the
     propo*ed approach, although several
    commenter* suggested that the
     s.'temetive approach was preferable.
     EPA, in today's rule, is promulgating the
     alternative approach, which requires all
     systems to monitor for asbestos during
     the 1993 to 1995 compliance period. This
     approach, as discussed previously,
     results in an enforceable requirement,
     but the number of systems judged to be
     vulnerable should be the same as with
     the proposal, provided vulnerability
     assessments are conducted.
       The base repeat frequency is once in
     the first three-year monitoring period of
     each nine-year cycle, v. hich means that
     after the initial base monitoring
     requirement is completed, systems
     would not be required to monitor again
     until the 2002 to 2005 compliance period.
     EPA has not eliminated the repeat base
     requirement because of concern that
     there may be occurrence in a limited
     number of systems. Systems that are not
     vulnerable would continue to be  eligible
     to receive waivers. EPA is requiring
     infrequent base monitoring requirements
     because of the low probability of
     occurrence, the limited analytic
     capabilities to measure asbestos, and
     the high analytical costs, and because of
     regulatory activities such as the
     corrosion control activities and  '
     asbestos/cement pipe ban, which EPA
    .believes will reduce the future
     occurrence of this contaminant.
      (2) Increased Monitoring. In the May
     1989 proposal, ground and surface water
     systems exceeding 50 percent of the
     MCL in the initial sample were required
     to monitor every three years and
     annually, respectively^ Several
     commenters suggested that the source of
     the water was not a valid criterion for
     determining repeat monitoring
     frequencies. EPA agrees and has
     modified the n:ie as described below to
     use the analytical result as the "trigger"
     for any repeat monitoring.
      Most comments on the asbestos
     monitoring frequencies were in response
     Ui the 50 percent trigger for repeat
     mi. nitoring. For the reasons  discussed
     earlier, EPA has decided to eliminate
     the 50 percent trigger and use the MCL
    •to determine repeat monitoring
     frequencies. EPA is prescribing the
     "baseline" approach described above
     for inorganics. Systems that exceed the
     MCL must initiate quarterly monitoring
     in the next calendar quarter. When the
     State determines that the system  is
     "reliably and consistently" less than the
     MCL (a minimum of two samples for
     ground water and four for surface
     water), then the system can reduce its
     monitoring frequency to that set by the
     State but not less than the base
     requirement.
      (3) Decreased Monitoring. Today's
     rule allows States to grant waivers
     based on a vulnerability assessment by
     systems that considers contamination in
     the raw water supply and/or from the
     corrosion of asbestos/cement pipe
     (including pipe tapping and repair) in .
     the distribution system. Systems not
     receiving a waiver must monitor at the
     base frequency. Because monitoring is
     not required in the second and third
     three-year periods, no waiver is needed
     in those monitoring periods.
       Most commenters agreed with EPA's
     criteria for reducing monitoring.
     Consequently, the requirements are
     promulgated as proposed.
       c. tfitrate [I] Initial and Repeat Base
     Requirements.—(A) Community and
     Non-Transient Water Systems. The
     proposed rule required ground and
     surface water systems to monitor at
     annual and quarterly intervals,
     respectively. Commenters were mixed in
     both supporting and opposing the
     increased frequency compared to the
     current requirements. Many commenters
     said that although nitrate occurrence
     was widespread, nitrate levels over time
     were steady. After reviewing the
     comments and reviewing occurrence
     data, EPA is convinced that nitrate
     occurrence is widespread and often has
     seasonal fluctuations resulting from
     factors such as when fertilizer is applied
     and rainfall events. Consequently. EPA
     believes nitrate monitoring frequencies
     should be increased, as proposed, to
     protect against the acute effect of
     methemoglobinemia. Therefore, today's
     rule retains the requirements as
     proposed. Under today's rule,
     monitoring for surface water systems
     will begin in the first quarter of 1993;
     CWS and NTWS groundwater systems
     and transient non-community systems
     (TWSs) must take one sample annually
     beginning in 1993.
       The proposed rule required systems to
     monitor at the time of highest
     vulnerability, which most commenters
     suggested they were  unable to
     determine. Since EPA agrees that
     determinning the time of highest
    ' vulnerability is difficult, tha Agency has
     decided to change the time when
     monitoring must be conducted. When a
     system changes its monitoring frequency
     from quarterly to annually, the annual
     sample must be taken in the calendar
     quarters) that previously yielded the
     highest previous analytical result. For
     example, if a system sampled in the
     first, second, third, and fourth quarters
     in the previous year and the analytical
     results were 1 mg/1. 3 mg/1, 4 mg/1, and
     2 mg/1, respectively,  the system-is
     required to take its annual sample in the
     third quarter in the next year. Today's
     rule considers the third quarter the time
     of "highest vulnerability" for the
    

    -------
    3568    Federal Register / Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules and Regulations
      (B) Transient Non-Community Water
    Systems. The proposed rule required
    ground and surface water systems to
    monitor at three- and one-year intervals.
    In the proposal. EPA requested comment
    en the frequency of monitoring
    requirements for transient system. Most
    commenters supported the proposed
    frequencies: however, several   .
    commenters suggested that additional
    monitoring was appropriate since nitrate
    ia regulated as an acute toxin.
      EPA now believes that a monitoring
    frequency of every three years is not
    protective of health for nitrate, an acute
    toxin which is ubiquitous. Based on a
    review of the comments, EPA has
    decided to require all TWS systems
    (including groundwater systems) to
    monitor annually. Because analysis of
    nitrate is relatively inexpensive and a
    sample can be taken at the time the
    system takes a colifonn sample, EPA
    believes the impact of this change on
    TWS will be minimal yet offer greater
    health protection. Consequently. EPA is
    promulgating annual sampling for
    groundwater systems.
      (2) Increased Monitoring (CWS,
    NTWS, TWS). The proposed rule
    required groundwater CWSs and
    NTWSs to monitor at quarterly
    frequencies when the concentration is
    greater than 50 percent of the MCL for
    dny one sample. The sampling frequency
    remains quarterly until four consecutive
    samples are less than 50 percent of the
    MCL. As discussed earlier, most
    commenters suggested deleting the 50
    percent trigger for increased or
    decreased monitoring. Even though
    elsewhere in this rule the 50 percent
    digger is eliminated. EPA has decided to
    retain the 50 percent trigger for
    increased nitrate monitoring in the case
    of nitrate and also to extend this
    requirement to TWSs. For this
    contaminant. EPA believes the 50
    percent trigger constitutes an early
    warning signal for an acute
    contaminant. Although EPA considered
    other options as triggers for increased
    monitoring, such as the level of
     detection or the MCL, EPA believes
     these are not appropriate both because
     nitrate can be detected at levels far
     below the MCL and because the MCL
     represent* the level where above this
     level acute effects may occur in some
     individual. Consequently, EPA believes
     that 5 mg/1 remains the best trigger for
     increased nitrate monitoring. EPA
     believe! that it is appropriate to extend
     the increased monitoring frequencies to
     induce transient water systems because
     of 'J;e acute hazard po*ed by this
     contaminant
      EPA has decided to modify the
     requirement for decreased monitoring.
     In today's rule, a sys'tem that exceeds 50
     percent of the MCL in any sample must
     remain on a quarterly monitoring
     schedule until a minimum of four
     consecutive samples are judged by the
     State to be "reliably and consistently"
     less than the MCL. EPA believes that
     this change allows States the flexibUity
     to reduce the monitoring for those
     systems that, while they have detectable
     nitrates, are very unlikely to exceed the
     MCL until the next monitoring cycle.
       (3) Decreased Monitoring (Surface
     CWS and NTWS). The proposed base
     monitoring requirement for surface
     water systems was quarterly. A
     reduction to annual sampling was
     permitted when four consecutive
     sample* were less than 50 percent of the
     MCL For the reasons explained above.
     EPA has decided to change the proposal
     somewhat to allow surface water
     systems to decrease to an annual
     frequency provided four consecutive
     samples are "reliably and consistently"
     less than the MCL
       d. Nitrite (\) Initial and Repeat Base
     Requirements. In the proposal, systems
     were required to monitor for nitrite at
     the same frequencies as for nitrate.
     After reviewing comments and
     reexamining limited occurrence
     information (i.e.. State of Wisconsin.
     Public Water Supply Data. 1970), which
     indicates occurrence above 50 percent of
     the MCL was very infrequent, EPA has
     decided to require all systems to
     monitor once for nitrite in the first
     compliance period (1993 to 1995). If the
     analytical result is less than 50 percent
     of the MCL (0.5 mg/1), additional
    . monitoring is at State discretion.
     However, future measurements under
     the nitrate requirement will mandate
     combined measurement of nitrate plus
     nitrite, both measured as nitrogen using
     a single analytical technique.
       If the analytical result in the initial
     sample is equal to or greater than 50
     percent of the MCL (i.e.. £0.5 nsg/1).
     systems must then monitor quarterly
     (with a rnir'"""" of four samples) until
     the State determines that the system is
     "reliably and consistently" less than the
     MCL After that determination, systems
     must monitor at an annual frequency.
        e. Volatile Organic Contaminant*
     (VOCs}—(I) Initial and Repeat Base
     Requirements. In the VOC rule
     promulgated in July 1987. EPA required
     all systems to take four consecutive
     quarterly samples. Groundwater
     systems  that conducted a vulnerability
     assessment and were judged not
     vulnerable, however, could stop
     monitoring after the first sample
    provided no VOCs were detected in that
    initial sample. Repeat frequencies for all
    systems vary by system size, detection.
    and vulnerability status.
      EPA has made several changes to the
    proposed VOC requirements. EPA is
    also today proposing to amend the July
    1987 monitoring requirements for VOCs
    to streamlining the requirements and to
    make all VOC requirements consistent.
    In the May 1969 notice  and in the VOC
    regulations promulgated in July 1987,
    distinctions in base requirements were
    made between ground and surface
    water systems, less than and more than
    500 service connections, and vulnerable
    and non-vulnerable systems. EPA. in
    streaming the requirements in today's
    rule, will require all systems to take four
    quarterly samples. Systems that do not
    detect VOCs in the original round of
    quarterly sampling are required to
    monitor annually beginning In the next
    calendar year after quarterly sampling is
    completed. The State may allow
    groundwater systems which conducted
    three years of sampling and did not
    detect VOCs to take a  single sample
    every three years. For example, systems
    which complete quarterly monitoring in
    calendar year 1993 are required to being
    annual monitoring in 1994. EPA is
    making thin change for several reasons.
    First the occurrence of VOCs in
    approximately 20 percent of systems
    indicates that shortening the time frame
    between  when each sample is collected
    for vulnerable groundwater systems
    from every three to five years to an
    annual sample is appropriate. Second.
    the cost of analysis for VOCs has
    decreased since the original proposal
    Most VOC analyses now cost
    approximately $150 per sample versus
    the $200 per sample EPA estimated in .
    the 1987 VOC rule. Trihalomethanes
    (THMs) may also be measured in these
    samples, thereby creating efficiencies
    with current and future THM monitoring
    requirements. Consequently, the
    monitoring burden on most systems is
    less than previously thought Third, most
     commenters preferred annual
     monitoring, stating that quarterly
     monitoring presented managerial and
     logistical problems. Where gr3~ndwater
     systems  have a demonstrated history of
     non-detecU for VOCs, EPA believes a
     reduction of monitoring to one sample
     during each compliance period, if
     allowed by the State, is protective of
     health. For the above reasons, EPA is
     promulgating the above monitoring
     requirement  changes.
       In the May 1988 notice, EPA requested
     comment on whether vulnerable
     systems may take only one sample u no
     VOCs are detected in the initial year of
    

    -------
              Federal Register / Vot. 56, No.  20 / Wednesday, January 30. 1991 / Rules and  Regulations
                                                                          356
    monitoring. EPA's intent was to require
    quarterly sampling in vulnerable
    systems, but most commenters opposed
    a change to more frequent monitoring.
    Based on the comments received. EPA is
    requiring vulnerable systems to take an
    annual sample beginning in 1993
    (instead of four quarterly samples) if no
    VOCS were detected in the initial (ot:
    subsequent) monitoring.
      In today's rule. EPA is requiring
    systems to conduct an initial round of
    quarterly monitoring. In the 1987 VOC
    rule, however. EPA required systems  to
    conduct unregulated contaminant
    monitoring for all VOCs contained in
    today's rule, and stated that those
    results could be grandfathered in for  .
    future regulatory requirements.
    Consequently. EPA will allow systems
    that have conducted monitoring under
    § 141.40 to use those results to  satisfy
    the initial monitoring requirement for
    those VOCs included in today's rule
    even if a single sample, rather  than four
    quarterly samples, was taken. Only new
    systems, existing systems with new
    sampling points, or systems that did not
    conduct monitoring under 5 141.40 prior
    to December 31.1992, are required to
    conduct initial base monitoring for the
    VOCs in today's rule during  the 1993-
    1995 compliance period.
      (2) Increased Monitoring. In  the
    proposal, systems detecting VOCS
    idefined as any analytical result greater
    than 0.0005 mg/1) were required to
    monitor quarterly. In today's rule. EPA
    is requiring systems that detect VOCs to
    monitor quarterly until the State
    determines that the system is "reliably
    and consistently" below the MCL.
    However, groundwater systems must
    take a minimum of two samples and
    surface water systems must  take a
    minimum of four samples before the
    State may reduce the monitoring to the
    base requirement ^i.e., annual sampling)
      Systems remain on an annual
    sampling frequency even if VOCs are
    detected in subsequent samples, unless
    an MCL is exceeded (or if the State
    otherwise specifies). In this case, the
    system returns to quarterly sampling  in
    the next calendar quarter until the State
    determines that the new contamination
    has decreased below the MCL and in
    expected to remain reliably and
    consistently below the MCL. This
    determination shall again require a
    minimum  of four quarterly samples for
    surface water systems and two
    quarterly samples for groundwater
    systems.
       EIPA is making this change because
    some systems may detec. VOCs at a
    level slightly above the detection limi.
    EIPA believes that where the State can
    determine that contaminations
    "reliably and consistently" less than the
    MCL. those systems should be able to
    return to the base monitoring
    requirement (i.e.. annually). Giving  .
    States the discretion to determine
    whether systems meet this criterion may
    allow States to give monitoring relief to
    some systems.
      (3) Decreased Monitoring. States may
    grant waivers to systems that are not
    vulnerable and did not detect VOCs
    while conducting base monitoring.
    Vulnerability must be determined using
    the criteria specified above in the •
    discussion of vulnerability assessments.
    EPA anticipates that most systems will
    not be able to qualify for a "use" waiver
    because of the ubiquity of VOCs.
    However, systems conducting an
    assessment that considers prior
    occurrence and vulnerability
    assessments (including those of
    surrounding systems), environmental
    persistence and transport, source
    protection. Wellhead Protection
    Assessments, and proximity to sources
    of contamination may apply to the  State
    for a "susceptibility" waiver. If the
    waiver is granted, systems are required
    to take one sample and update the
    current vulnerability assessment during
    two consecutive compliance periods
    (i.e.. six years). The vulnerability
    assessment update must be completed
    by the beginning of the second  '
    compliance period. EPA is increasing
    the time frame from five to six years to
    bring the five-year monitoring frequency
    in the proposal in line with the 3/6/9/-
    year frequencies specified in the
    standard monitoring framework.
      EPA proposed that States have the
    discretion to set subsequent frequencies
    in systems that di'd not detect VOCs in
    the initial round of four iquarterly
    samples and that are designated as not
    vulnerable based on assessment. Most
    commenters supported this provision,
    and it is promulgated as proposed. The
    repeat monitoring frequency for
    groundwater systems meeting this
    criteria shall be not less than one
    sample every six years as discussed"
    above. For surface water systems
    meeting thij criteria the repeat
    frequency is at State discretion.
      /. Pesticides/PCBs—(1) Initial and
    Repeat Base Requirements. In the May
    1989 proposal, systems were not
    required to monitor unless the State, on
    the basis of a vulnerability assessment.
    determined the system vulnerable. If
    vulnerable, systems were required to
    take four consecutive quarterly samples.
    EPA requested comment on an
    alternative approach that would require
    all systems Jo monitor for all
    contaminants. As discussed above,
    today's requirements specify that all.
     systems must take four quarterly
     samples every three years. However, a!
     systems are eligible for waivers from U
     quarterly monitoring requirement, as
     discussed in the section on decreased
     monitoring below.
       Most comments on the proposal
     revolved around two issues—the'
     requirement that systems monitor .
     quarterly and the requirement that all
     systems monitor at the time of highest
     vulnerability. Many commenters stated
     that quarterly monitoring was not
     necessary to detect changes in
     contamination. Many commenters
     recommended annual monitoring for
     pesticides. After reviewing the
     information and comments submitted..
     EPA believes that quarterly monitoring
     remains the best scheme to determine
     contamination. Occurrence informatior
     available to EPA indicates that season
     fluctuations from runoff and
     applications of pesticides may occur;
     thus, quarterly monitoring is better thai
     annual monitoring to determine
     pesticide contamination. In some cases
     it may be appropriate to monitor at
     greater frequencies than those specifiec
     by today's rule to better determine
     exposure. States and systems have the
     option to monitor at greater frequencies
     than the federal minimuma.
       Most commenters opposed the
     requirement to monitor at the time of
     highest vulnerability, stating that highe:
     vulnerability cannot be predicted or
     determined. Several commenters stated
     that the requirement to monitor at the
    . time of highest vulnerability was
     unenforceable. EPA agrees and
    . eliminates this requirement from today'
     rule. However. States are advised to
     examine sampling practices of systems
     to assure that periods of likely
     contamination are not avoided. This is
     especially true for surface water
     systems monitoring for pesticides after
     rainfall and/or application of pesticide:
       .In the May 1989 notice, EPA proposec
     that systems conduct repeat monitoring
     every three or five years, depending on
     system size  and ground/surface
     distinctions. In  today's rule, the repeat
     monitoring frequency for all systems is,
     four consecutive quarterly samples  eac
     compliance period. However, EPA has
     made  several adjustments for systems
     that do not detect contamination in the
     initial compliance period. After the
     initial monitoring round is completed.
     systems that serve >3.300 persons may
     reduce the sampling frequency to two
     samples in one year during each
     compliance period. Systems serving
      <3,300 person* may reduce the
     sampling frequency to one sample. EPA
     has increased the frequency small
    

    -------
    3568     Federal Regiflter / V9I. 56. No. 20  /  Wednesday. January 30. 199?  /  Rules and  Regulations  -.
    systems must monitor in this rule from
    evtry five yean to every three yean,
    because EPA believe* that this change
    will offer greater health protection. EPA
    believes that every aix year* ia too long
    an interval to determine changes in
    consumer expoiure. In addition, because
    EPA has coupled this change with
    revised procedure* for granting "use"
    waiver*, the impact of this change will
    be minimal-
      EPA has made the granting of "use"
    waivers for pesticides  easier in this rule
    and will permit States  to grant "area
    wide" or "Statewide" waivers based
    upon pestidda use information. EPA
    anticipates in adopting this schema,
    along with the other change* outlined in
    today's rula. that many systems will b«
    able to obtain a "use" waiver. For those
    systems not able to obtain a waiver (i.e.,
    vulnerable systems). EPA believes it is
    appropriate to monitor at three-year   ,
    intervals to determine  contamination.
      (Z) Increased Monitoring. In the May
    1989 notice, systems with less than SOO
    service connections that detect
    contamination were required to monitor
    annually. Systems with more than 500
    service connections that detect
    pesticides are required to monitor
    quarterly. EPA defined detection as
    greater than 50 percent of the MCL.
    Most comments revolved around the 50
    percent trigger. As discussed above,
    EPA is redefining detection for
    pesticides to mean using the method
    detection limit (see table 24). EPA
    believes it is appropriate to use the
    method detection limit as the trigger for
    reduced monitoring because detection
    implies that a pathway to contamination
    exists. Consequently, additional
    monitoring is required to determine the
    extent and variability  of pesticide
    contamination. In today's rule, all
    systems that detect pesticides/PCBs
    must monitor quarterly until a reliable
    baseline has been established.
    
    TABLE 24.—METHOD DETECTIO* LJMTTS—
              . PesnaDES/PCBs ,
    TABLE 24.—METHOD DETECTION LIMITS—
         PESTCIOES/PCBS—Continued
    ContvnnjrK
    
    AJdcarb ,_.................—...-••• 	 ••
    AV*"tti mf^rrm . ..
    Atntarx ..... 	
    C«rt>ofcr»n 	
    CTtfcicd^n . 	 —
    
    EPMO-*: tsuforeii*! (Eoe;
    
    
    
    a*K*on Pratt
    0.0032810/1
    0 0005 mg/l
    0,0006 mg/l
    0,0008(09/1
    O.OCO1 mg/l
    0.0008 mg/i
    0.002 m»/l
    0,00002 mo/1
    0.0001 ing/I
    0.00001 me"
    ODOOO4 me/I
    O.OOCO2 mB/1
    0.0002 m»/l
    0-DQCl ae/l
    Cantvww*
    D'si_*-(^rM4^< f^fianuta (PCBs)
    
    P«nuchtoroph«r>ot 	 - 	
    Toxaphcn* 	 — 	 — — - 	 —
    2.4.5-TP (SN«K)...".- 	
    MKSonfci*
    0 0001 mg/l
    0.00001 mo/I
    0.001 mg/l
    0.0002 mg/l
      As described previously, upon
    detection, all systems must immediately
    begin quarterly monitoring. The Stata
    may reduce the system to annual
    monitoring after determining it ia
    "reliably and consistently" below the
    MCL. A reduction to annual monitoring
    may occur after a tnif'""'m of two
    samples for groundwater and fovr
    samples for surface water systems.
    After three years of annual monitoring
    which remains "reliably and
    consistently" below the MCL. systems
    can return to the base monitoring
    requirement (i.e, four quarterly sample*
    every three years).
      (3) Decreased Monitoring. Systems
    that obtain a waiver from th° monitoring
    requirements are not required to
    monitor. All systems are eligible for
    waivers in the first three-year
    compliance period of 1963 to 1995. As
    discussed above. EPA has simplified the
    vulnerability assessment procedure* by
    allowing the system to assess whether
    the contaminant has been used.
    transported, mixed, or stored in the
    watershed or tone of influence. Where
    previous pesticide/PCB use in the area
    can be ruled out. system* may apply to
    the State for a u«e waiver. EPA1* intent
    in promulgating this change i* to make it
    easier for systems to obtain waivers in
    those situation* where the chemical has
    not been used. State* may be able to
    determine that the entire State or
    specific geographic areas of the State
    have not used the contaminant and
    consequently granted "area wide"
    waivers. £y*tem* that cannot determine
    use may still qualify for a waiver by
     evaluating susceptibility according to
     the criteria discussed in the VOC
     section above. Waivers must be
     renewed every three year*.
       EPA requested comments on whether
     system* that did not detect canceled
     pesticides in the initial monitoring round
     should be presumed to be non-
     vulnerablB and therefore not required to
     monitor. After reviewing the ooramenti
     and information on illegal pesticide use,
     EPA continues to believe that no
     occurrence improves the likelihood that
     the State will grant a waiver from
     continued monitoring of a canceled
     pesticide. Due to possible persistence in
     the environment however, EPA does not
    agree with commenter* who believe that
    waivers should be granted
    automatically.
    
    5. Other Issue*
      a. Compliance Determinations.
    Several commenters suggested that, for
    a compliance determination, a single
    sample or four quarterly samples are not
    representative of water delivered tc
    consumers. Several commenters
    suggested that EPA adopt an averaging
    period of longer than one year for
    compounds posing chronic health
    hazards. EPA continues to believe that
    any excursion above an MCL presents a
    risk to health and should be addressed
    immediately. Howe /er. in a practical
    sense, most systems would not
    immediately install treatment until
    establishing a baseline based on
    additional mftnit"ring to determine (he
    extent of the problem. Several years will
    elapse after a violation before treatment
    is installed. Consequently, the concern
    of the commenter that a single sample
    may result in treatment is unfounded.
    EPA wishes to point out that water
    system* can always submit a sampling
    plan (subject to State approval) that
    include* more monitoring than the
    minimum established by EPA. if that
    will result hi« better representative
    sample.
       Several commenter* opposed the
    proposed requirement that a *ystem i*
    immediately out of compliance and must
    give public notice if the initial or the
    total of subsequent samples is more
    than four time* the MCL. The
    commenter* were concerned that non-
    compliance may be based on a »ingle
    sample. EPA point* out that .any
    quarterly sample that exceeds the MCL
    by four times would result to an annual
    average that exceed* the MCL EPA
    continue* to believe that thi* approach
    gives early warning to consumers that a
     health problem may exist EPA has
     clarified how the annual average is
     calculated by specifying that any
     analyses below the detection limit shall
     be calculated as zero.
       Several commenter* opposed the
     requirement that if a *ingls sampling
     point i* out of compliance, then the
     entire «ystem i* out of compliance. A*
     previously *tatedL  EPA has adopted thi*
     policy because EPA determine* system
     compliance, not sampling point
     compliance.
       EPA wishes to point out and clariry
     that once a system is  waived from
     specific meatorement of nitrite, as
     discussed above, compliance will be
     determined through a measurement of
      combined nitrate and nitrate (measured
    

    -------
              Federal Register / Vol. 56, No.  20 / Wednesday. January 30, 1991  /  Rules and Regulations     356
    as N). The MCL for this combined
    measurement remain* at 10 mg/1 as N.
      b. Confirmation Samples. EPA
    proposed that if an analytical result
    greater than 10 mg/1 for nitrate and l
    mg/1 for nitrate indicates that the
    system may exceed the MCL, then that
    system must take a confirmation sample
    within 24 hours of notification of the
    analytical result. Results from both
    samples must be reported to the State
    within two weeks of the date the initial
    sample was taken. Most cemmentera
    opposed the requirement to take a
    confirmation  sample within 24 hours of
    notification, stating that it was
    impractical to require  a system to
    monitor that quickly. EPA agrees with
    the commenters and has modified
    today's rule to allow systems in which
    the first sample exceeds the MCL to
    notify the public within 24 hours of .
    receipt of the analytical results through
    posting, mail  notification, or radio/TV
    that the system may be in violation. If
    the system decides to  take this option,
    then it must take a confirmation sample
    within two weeks of the original
    notification.
      c. Compositing. In the May 1989
    proposal EPA allowed systems, at the
    discretion of the  State, to composite up
    to five samples. Compositing must be
    done in the laboratory. Most
    commenters supported compositing as a
    methodology  to cut costs. In this final
    rule, EPA is limiting compositing among
    different systems to only those systems
    serving fewer than 3.300 people.
    Systems serving greater than 3,300
    persons will be allowed to composite
    but only within their own system. EPA
    also  requested comments on whether
    State discretion on compositing is
    necessary or  whether  systems can
    composite automatically without State
    approval. Several States opposed this
    change; consequently, the final rule is
    unchanged from the proposal. EPA
    believes that  compositing is- to be used  .
    only when cost savings are important
    and systems  alone should not make that
    determination.
       d.  Asbestos. Some commenters were
    confused by the wording used to tpecify
    sampling points in a die-.ibution system
    for measuring asbestos when a system
    or part of a system is  judged vulnerable.
    EPA wishes to clarify that collecting a
    sample at a consumer tap is not
    necessary. It is sufficient to collect at a
    convenient place in those parts of the
    distribution system that have been
    deemed vulnerable to asbestos
    contamination.
    6. Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
       EPA proposed requirements to
    monitor for other "unregulated"
    contaminants. "Unregulated"
    contaminants are those contaminants
    for which EPA establishes a monitoring
    requirement but which do not have an
    associated MCLG, MCL or treatment
    technique (see table 25). EPA may
    regulate these contaminants in the
    future.
    
      TABLE 25.—UNREGULATED INORGANIC
          AND ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
    
                         EPA «n*lyt>c*) method
     Organic contaminants
    Aldnn ............................ . ......
    B«nzo(i)pyr*no .................
    Butuchlor ............................
    Cartoaryl ..............................
    Dalopon ........ . .....................
    »-2(«tfiy1h«!
     2(ethylh«xyOphthalat«».
    Ocumtoa .............................
    Dino««b
    Oqu«t
    Endothafl
    Glyphosat* ..... .
    HcxacMorotMnzarw .
    Hexachtorocyctopanta-
    3-Hydroxycartxsfuran
    MatotecWor ......... . ..............
    M«trt>UDn ....................... ....
    Oxamyl (vydate) ............. ...
    Propachkx .........................
    Simnzin* .............................
    2.3.7.S-TCOO (Dionn) .......
     Inorganc contaminants
    Anttmom/ ..................... . .....
    Borytiiunr.
    Sutfata....
    Tfuflium..
    Cyand*
    SOS. 506, 525
    525. 550, 550.1
    507. 525
    531.1
    515.1
    506. 525
    SOS. 525
    
    515.1
    SOS, 506, 525
    olS.1
    540
    548
    547
    SOS, SOS. 525
    505.525
    
    531.1
    531.1
    507, 525
    507. 508. 525
    531.1
    515.1
    507, 525
    505, 507, 525
    513
    Graphite Fumac* Atomic
      Abaorpttan; Inductivaty
      Couptad Plasma.
    Graphiaa Fwnaoa Atomic
      Abaorption; InducUvafy •
      Couptad Maaa
      Spactromaey Plasm*;
      Spactrophotomatrte.
    Atomic Abaorppon;
      InducOnty Couptod
      Ptaona; Graph**
      Furnaoa Atomic
      Absorption.
    Cohmbnatilc.
    Graphite Fumac* Atomic
      Abtotpten. InductNMy
      CouptodMaM
      Spociromatry Plaama.
    S(/«clropftotG
    -------
    3570
    Federal Rayrtef  /  Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations
    The SDWA require* that variance* may
    only be granted to those systems that
    have installed BAT (as identified by
    EPA). However, in limited situations a
    system may receive a variance if it
    demonstrates that the BAT would only
    achieve a de minimus reduction in
    contamination (see § 142.62(d)). Before
    EPA or a State issues a variance, it must
    find that the variance will not result in
    an unreasonable risk to health.
      Under section-1413(a)(4) of the Act.  .
    States with primacy that choose to issue
    variances must do so under condition*
    and in a manner that is no less stringent
    than EPA allows under section 1415.
    Before a State may issue a variance, it
    must find that the system is unable to (1)
    join another water system, or (2)
    develop another source of water and
    thus comply fully with all applicable
    drinking water regulations.
      The Act permits EPA to vary the BAT
    established under section 1415 from that
    established under section  1412 based on
    a number of findings such as system
    size, physical conditions related to
    engineering feasibility, and the cost of
    compliance. Paragraph 142.62 of this rule
    lists the BAT that EPA has specified
    under section 1415 of the Act for the
    purpose* of issuing variance*. This list
    mirror* the proposed list except that
    electrodialysis is considered BAT for
    barium, nitrate, and selenium as
    discussed in "Selection of Be*t
    Available Technology" above.
      EPA received several comments on its
    proposed list of section 1415 BAT. The
    commenters agreed wim EPA that
    coagulation/filtration and lime softening
    should be excluded a* BAT for those
    systems serving <500 service.
    connections. In the proposal EPA
    requested comment on whether reverse
    osmosis, activated alumina, and ion
    exchange should be considered BAT for
    small systems because of the relatively
    high costs of these technologies. EPA
    also stated that it was continuing to
    evaluate what costs are feasible for
    public water systems and that it was
    currently examining alternative
    affordability cntera. EPA also
    requested comments on whether PTA.
    should be BAT for DBCP and EDB
    because of high air-to-water ratio*
    resulting in increased costs.
       In  the proposal. EPA based its cost
     estimate* on designs reflecting best
     engineering practice. Some of the
     assumptions underlying these cost
     estimates may be unreelistic,
     considering lie nature of small water
     systems and their ability  to procure,
     finance, or operate facilities. In other
     ca'scn. the assumptions cud not reflect
     EP.-\ * best understanding of design and
     average Qows in water systems, the cost
                                 of waste treatment, or the cost* of
                                 engineering more likely to be used by
                                 small water systems. A reexamination
                                 of these assumptions has led EPA to
                                 conclude that the costs of treatment to a
                                 water system and its customers may He
                                 within a very wide range depending on
                                 site-specific conditions md
                                 requirements.
                                   EPA has produced a draft report
                                 entitled "Small System Technology Cost
                                 Revisions" (U.S. EPA, Office of Drinking
                                 Water. May 1990), which describes the
                                 cost of treatment trains that are more
                                 likely to be used in small water systems.
                                 The costs in that report are baaed on
                                 engineering assumption* different from
                                 those used to cost very small system
                                 technologies at the time of the proposal.
                                 Differences between engineering
                                 assumptions and those used in the
                                 proposal include, for example,  purchase
                                 of prebuilt sheds rather than full
                                 construction of a shed,
                                   Cost estimates in the "Small System
                                 Technology Cost Revision*" draft report
                                 of technologies with contaminant
                                 removal capability equivalent to  those
                                 discussed in the proposal are
                                 significantly lower. For example, the
                                 cost of removing chromium using two-
                                 bed ion exchange treatment in a water  ,
                                 system serving 25-100 people was listed
                                 in the proposal at $3.40/1.000 gallons. As
                                 a result of updating flow and waste
                                 disposal assumptions, the cost is now
                                 estimated at S10.16/1.000 gallons. This i*
                                 equivalent to about $1.000 per year per
                                 household served by the water system.
                                 In the draft report the co«t of using ion
                                 exchange treatment (as described in the
                                 May 1980 draft report) is only $0.91 /   .
                                 1,000 gallon*, or about $90 per  year per
                                 household in mis size water system.
                                 assuming no need for off-site waste
                                 disposal If off-site waste disposal is
                                 necessary, coat* per household might
                                 grow to about $200-$300/yr, «till
                                 significantly less than the $l,000/yr
                                 associated with more expensive
                                 engineering assumptions.
                                   EPA recon?izes that its May report is
                                 not only a draft, but also only  a
                                 preliminary investigation into the actual
                                 cost* likely to be incurred by very small
                                 water system*. The report, however,
                                 confirms substantial anecdotal evidence
                                  that EPA's previou* small system* cost*
                                  may be overestimated in some
                                  circumstances. A* a reault of thi*
                                  revaluation of coating assumptions,
                                  EPA concludes that low-co*t treatment
                                  train* using the section 1415
                                  technologies could be affordable.
                                  Therefore, EPA finds that all
                                  technologies a* liated in tables 28 and 27
                                  are section 1415 BAT.
    2. Point-of-Use Devices. Bottled Water
    and Point-of-Entry Devices
    
      Under section 1415(a) of the SDWA.
    when the State grants a variance or
    exemption, it must prescribe an
    implementation schedule and any
    additional control measure* that the
    system must take. States may require
    the use of point-of-use (POU) devices,
    bottled water, and other mitigating
    device* as "additional" control
    measures if an "unreasonable risk to
    health exists." One commenter stated
    that EPA should also include point-of-
    entry (POE) devices as an additional
    option. EPA agrees and has amended
    S i 142.57 vd 142.02 in today'* rule to
    allow POE«? :vices as an interim control
    measure while a variance or exemption
    is in effect Public water systems may
    also use POE devices for full compliance
    with the MCLs if they meet certain
    criteria and procedures specified in 40
    CFR f 141.100.
    
    3. Exemption!)
      Under section 1416{a), a State or EPA
    may grant an exemption extending
    deadlines for compliance with a
    treatment technique or MCL if it find*
    that (1) due to compelling factors (which
    may inlcude economic factors), the PWS
    is unable to comply with the
    requirement (2) the exemption will not
    result in an unreasonable risk to human
    health; and (3) the system was in
    operation on me effective date of the
    NPDWR, or, for a system not in
    operation on that date, no reasonable
    alternative source of drinking water is
    available to the new system.
      In determining whether to grant an .
    exemption. EPA expects the State to
    determine whether the facility could be
    consolidated with another system or
    whether an alternative source could be
    developed. Another compelling factor is
    the affordability of the required
    treatments. It is possible mat very small
    systems may not be able to consolidate
     or find a low-cost treatment. EPA
     anticipates that States may wish to
     consider granting an exemption when
     the requisite  treatment is not affordable.
       EPA believes that as a rule of thumb,
     a total annual household water bill
     becomes unaffordable when it is greater
     than 2 percent of the median household
     income, or about $650/household/year.
     if calculated based on median national
     income. EPA realises that affordability
     cannot be characterized by a single
     threshold, and  believes that in cases
     where local median income is very low.
     a total annual household water bill as
     small as $450 may be on affordable. EPA
    

    -------
                Federal Register  /  Vol. 55.  No. 20 /  Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules  and Regulations     337
      believes that any total annual bills
      below that amount are affordable.
        EPA considered a wide variety of
      information when formulating this
      unaffordability rule of-thumb. Today, the
      average annual household water bill is
      about S250. To supplement centrally
      treated and piped water with bottled
      water costs about $400 more-per year, a
      cost many people throughout the nation
      are willing to pay on an increasingly
      frequent basis. This mirrors the market
      costs of various POU and POE devices
      intended to provide safe drinking water
      and which now constitute an active
      household products market. In addition.
      EPA's rule of thumb is similar to that
      used by the Department of Agriculture's
      FannenT Home Administration (FmHA)
      guidance on the use of grants in place of
      loans,  based  on hardship. Finally, the 2
      percent of median  income, $650/yr,
      value is about equal to the highest
      existing annual water bills, although
      abnormally high rates (greater than
      $l,000/yr) have been documented in a
      handful of communities. EPA believes
      its rule of thumb reflects both what
      many people  consider affordable for
      high quality water and established
      federal policy with regard to enonomic
      hardship.
        When considering the appropriateness
      of an exemption based on affordability,
      the States should ensure that a full faith
      effort has been made to consider low-
      cost solutions similar to those examined
      in the May 1990 draft EPA report
       Several commenters also indicated
      that affordability considerations should
      include all treatments that might need to
      be applied by a water system, not
      merely those associated with this rule.
      EPA agrees with these comments, and
      expects States will review all. the
      treatment requirements of water
    - systems to add as many treatment
     techniques as are affordable. Where the
      total treatment need is not affordable,
      those treatments should be required that
     result in the greatest risk reduction.
      while remaining affordable under the
     criteria given  above.
       Under section 14ie{b)(2)(B) of the Act
     an exemption may b* extended or
     renewed (in the cases of systems that
     serve less than 500 service connections
     and that need financial assistance for
      the necessary improvements) for one or
     more two-year periods. EPA believes
     that information on low-cost
     technologies will receive a considerable
     amount of attention over the next
     several years  and States giving
     exemptions based on affordability
     should  be prepared to required small
     water systems to regularly reex-smine
     the available technologies to ensure that
    any new low-cost opportunities are
    applied, where appropriate.
    TABLE 26.— SECTION 1415 BAT FOR
    INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    Crwmcaf
    Asbattos 	
    Banum
    Cadmium 	
    Chromium 	
    Marcurv . 	 	 	
    Nitmt* 	 „ 	
    Nitma 	 	 	
    Safanum 	 	 	
    
    BATi
    2.3.8
    5. 6. 7. 9
    2. 5, 6, 7
    2. 5, 6 «. 7
    2 '. 4. e •.
    7«
    5.7.9
    5.7
    1. 2 ». 6. 7.
    9
    1 BAT orty if influent HQ coocantnoora ara OO
    (jg/H.
    • BAT for Chromium III only.
    ' ' BAT for Satarium IV only.
    Key to BA Ts in Table 28
    1 = Activated Alumine.
    2 = Coagulation/Filtraaon (not BAT for
    syttems with <500 service connections).
    3 = Direct and Diatomite Filtration.
    4 = Granular Activated Carbon.
    5 = Ion Exchange.
    6 = Lime Softening (not BAT for systems with
    < 500 service connections). •
    7= Reverse Osmosis.
    8= Corrosion Control
    9 = Electrodialysis.
    TABLE 27.— SECTION 1415 BAT FOR
    ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    Chemical name
    Bonzttna 	
    Carbon tatracfilonda 	 	
    1.24>critoro«tfian« 	
    Trichtoroathylaoe 	 	 	
    para-Oichtoooaroana 	
    1^-Ocr*X3«ttiy(«n« 	
    1.1.1-Tncnloroatnana 	 	 ,
    Vinyi jSUonda 	 	 ,
    ca- 1 .2-OJHd uatt lylana 	
    1 .2-OScttoropropana 	
    Ethy1L»nzar»a 	 	
    Moo6chtorob«r.zana 	
    t> U vO*CfrfOrObW HWia 	
    Styrana . . ..
    T«tracNoro«tf»y*ona
    Tofcjana 	 	 ;.„.,
    trana- 1 ,2-Oicnloroa
    -------
    3572
    Federal Register /  Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday, knuary 30.  1991 / Rulea and Regulation^
    append the notification to include
    information on the nature, severity and
    context of potential health effects, a*
    well as other useful information. One
    commenter stated that more detail arid
    explanation  is needed to define "little or
    no. risk." which is the generic conclusion
    of'each notification. Th's commenter
    suggested that niore of the risk
    assessment assumptions be included
    (e.g.. lifetime consumption of 2 liters per
    day with a x-feld safety factor]. One
    commenter similarly felt some
    Indication that a margin of safety is used
    to establish MCLs is needed.
      EPA Retponte. EPA believes the
    public notification language Is
    sufficiently detailed for the public and
    should not be unnecessarily alarming.
    Some language has been modified based
    on the chemical-specific comments that
    were received.
      EPA believes that mandt lory
    language is the most appropriate (if not
    the only] way to inform the affected
    public of the health implications of
    violating a particular EPA standard. It is
    appropriate for EPA to specify the
    language because the Agency is familiar
    with the specific health implications of
    violating each standard which were
    documented in the course of developing
    the NPDWRs. EPA is aware that the
    health implications of these violations of
    vary in their magnitude. Public water
    systems are  free to make that point in
    their public notices as long as the
    mandatory language is included as welL
    For instance, the system may want to
    note that its violation is only slightly
    above the standard. In fact, the public
    water system or State may supplement
     the notice as long as the notice informs
     the public of the health risks which EPA
     has associated with violation of th*
     standards and the mandatory health
     effects language remains Intact
       EPA believes the public notifications
     should be in non-technical terms.
     Providing the  specific risk assessment
     assumptions or discussing the margin of
     safety would be too detailed and raise
     confusion.
     2. Contaminant-Specific Comments
        a. Asbestos. Four commenters stated
     that the language for asbestos should
     not state that the standard is based on
     reducing cancer ri&fcs, since asbestos is
     not a carcinogen. Two commenters
     asked that the statement be revised to
     separate the insulating  and fire
     retardant u*ea  from A/C pipe use*. One
     commenter suggested the following
     modification  for asbestos: "Ingestion of
     asbestos n associated with polyps
     ,uen:gn tumors] In rats."
        EPA R&sponsc. EPA agrees with most
     «f the commenti received on asbestos
                                 and has modified the public notification
                                 language  accordingly. The standard for
                                 asbestos  is based on reducing possible
                                 human cancer risks from drinking water
                                 exposure.
                                   b. Other Contaminants. One
                                 commenter stated that the language for
                                 selenium should be revised to explain
                                 the nutritional essentiality of selenium.
                                 One commenter stated that the nitrate
                                 language should state that alternate
                                 water sources should be provided to
                                 children under one year of age. One
                                 commenter recommended modified
                                 wording for styrene. One commenter
                                 agreed with the notification language for
                                 alachlor and monochlorobenzene. One
                                 commenter recommended the following
                                 replacement wording for pesticides:
                                 "Under certain soil and climatic
                                 conditions (e.g.. sandy soil and high
                                 rainfall], substance 'X1 may leach into
                                 ground water after normal agricultural
                                 applications or may enter drinking
                                 water supplies as a result of surface
                                 runoff." One commenter believes the
                                 statement concerning liver and kidney
                                 effects from atrazine is an error.  Thn
                                 same commenter provided suggested
                                 changes for 20 chemical*. One
                                 commenter believes the cadmium
                                 language. "Smoking of tobacco is a
                                 common source of general exposure," is
                                 inappropriate; this commenter believes
                                 that the notifications should only
                                 include information on occurrence or
                                 exposure from drinking water. This
                                 same commenter believes the language
                                 for the polymers acrylamide and
                                 epichlorohydrra is too alarming
                                 considering the ™»n
    -------
              Federal Register  /  ^01. 56.'No.  20- / Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules and Regulations     3573
    analytical technology for possible
    adoption in a proposed future secondary
    regulation amendment. The task force
    may also provide supplementary
    guidance relating to detectable and
    aesthetically displeasing levels for
    specific organic chsmicals.
      EPA wishes to alert the States.
    utilities, and consumers that  it is
    retaining the existing odor SMCL of 3
    Total Odor Number (TON) (see 40 CFR
    143.3). Utilities are urged to find
    imaginative ways to meet the objective
    of having more pleasing odor
    characteristics for their finished water
    using the current 3 TON standard.
      Where officials and consumers find
    Contaminated drinking waters, they may
    expect to detect (possib.y slight) tastes
    or odors at the concentrd'.ions indicated
    below:
    o-Dichlorobenzene 0.01 mg/I.
    p-Dichlorobenzene 0.005 mg/1,
    Ethylbenzene 0.03 mg/1,
    Pentachlorophenol 0.03 mg/1,
    Styrene 0.01 mg/1.
    Toluene 0.04 mg/1,
    Xylene 0.02 mg/1.
    
    2. Aluminum
      A total of 17 individuals or
    organizations provided comments in
    response to the proposed SMCL of 0.05 •
    mg/1  for aluminum. All of these
    commenters agreed that the proposed
    SMCL is too low and should  either  be
    increased or eliminated.
      Pertinent points from the comments
    are summarized as follows:
      • The American Water Works
    Association (AWWA) no longer backs
    the quality goal of 0.05 mg/1  which it
    initially adopted on January  28, 1968 but
    does support a "recommended operating
    level  of 0.2 mg/1."
      • The proposed SMCL of 0.05 mg/1
    would be very difficult for many utilities
    to meet:  a 1987 AWWA/Research
    Foundation Survey  of 90+ utilities
    indicated an average aluminum
    concentration of 0.09 mg/1 in finished'
    water. Individual utilities also expressed
    concern with difficulty in meeting the
    0.05 mg/l SMCL.
      • There is insufficient experimental
    data  to define the level at which an
    aesthetic effect might occur  in various
    waters and treatments.
      EPA believes that in some waters
    post-precipitation of aluminum may take
    place after treatment. This could cause
     increased turbidity and aluminum water
    quality slugs under certain treatment
     and distribution changes.. EPA also
     agrees with the World Health
     Organization (WHO, 1984) that
     "discoloration of drinking water in
     distribution systems may occur when
     the aluminum level exceeds 0.1 nig.'l in
     the finished water." WHO further
     adopts a guidance level of 0.2 mg/1 in
     recognition of difficulty .n meeting the
     lower level in some situations. While
     EPA encourages utilities to. meet a level
     of 0.05 rr.g/1 where  possible, it still
     believes that varying water quality and
     treatment situations necessitate a
     flexible approach to establish the SMCL.
     What may be appropriate in one case
     may not be appropriate in another.
     Hence, a range for  the standard is
     appropriate. The definition of
     "secondary drinking water regulation"
     in the SOW A provides that variations
     .nay be allowed according to "other
     circumstances." The State primacy
     agency may make a decision on the
     appropriate level for each utility on a
     case-by-case basis. Consequently, for
     the reasons giv«?n above, the final SMCL
     for aluminum will be a range of 0.05 mg/
     1 to 0.2 mg/1, with the precise level then
     being determined by the State for each
     system.
    
     3. Silver
       On May 22.1989. EPA proposed to
     delete the current MCL for silver (Ag),
     because the only potential adverse
     effect from exposure to silver in drinking
     water is argyria (a  discoloration of the
     skin). EPA considers argyria a cosmetic
     effect since it does not impair body
     function. Also, silver is seldom found at
     significant levels in water supplies and
     drinking water has never been identified
     as the cause of argyria in the United
     States. While the health effects of silver
     may only be cosmetic, many home
     water treatment devices use silver as an
     antibacterial agent. These devices may
     present a potential contamination 'l-^eat
     when used in a system. Therefore, EPA
     proposed (54 FR 22062) an SMCL for
     silver at 0.09 mg/1 based on the skin
    ' cosmetic effect called argyria. EPA also
     asked the public to comment on the
     selection of an uncertainty factor (UF) in
     the alternate calculation of SMCL.
     assuming an oral absorption factor of 4
     percent.
       Public Comments. A total of six
     individuals or organizations provided
     comments in response to the proposed
     rule regarding silver. All commenters
     agreed that the MCL for silver (0.05 mg/
     1) should be deleted. Several
     commenters agreed with EPA's proposal
     of an SMCL for silver. Other
     commented disagreed with this
     proposal, citing the following reasons for
     support:
       •  Silver does not affect the taste.
     odor, color, or appearance of the
     drinking water.
       •  There is no evidence that :hc iow
     level of silver that might be found -n
     drinking water causes argyria in
     humar.s.
       In response to a specific question
     posed in the  Federal Register Notice on
     the selection of a UF for the altarnats
     calculations  of the SMCL. different
     opinions were expressed. Several
     comrrienters  suggested using an
     uncertainty factor of 2 in suFP°rt oi 25
     mg/1). while  one proposed to Keep ths»
     SMCL at the current MCL of 0 05 mg/1.
       EP.i Response. EPA has decided a
     SMCL of O.1  mg/l is needed to protect
     the general public from the cosmetic
     effect of argyuria (from lifetime
     exposure to silver). While the health
     effects of silver may only be cosmetic.
     many home water treatment devices 'jse
     silver as an antibacterial agent, thus
     presenting a potential contamination
     threat when such devices are used in a
     system. Therefore. EPA has decided lo
     keep the SMCL at 0.1 mg/l  to protect the
     welfare of the general public from the
     cosmetic effect of argyria.
       EPA is proposing to use the same data
     base as before to calculate the SMCL for
     silver. Assuming 1 g of ailver by  i.v. will
     cause argyria in the most sensitive
     individuals (Gaul and Staud, Am. Nted.
     Assoc. 104:1387-1390.1935; Hill and
     Pillsbury. 1939) and assuming an oral
    ' absorption rate of 4 percent (Fuchner et
     a!.. Health Physics 15:505-514.1968), a
     lifetime exposure of 70 years, and a UF
     of 3. an SMCL of 0.1 mg/l is derived. For
     more detail,  see the following derivation
     of SMCL
       a. Derivation of SMCL for Silver. The
     cosmetic DWEL is calculated assuming
     1 g of silver administered i.v. will
     produce a mild argyria  in the most
     sensitive individuals (Gaul and Staud.
     1935; Hill and Pillsbury, 1939). Assuming
     4 percent absorption of silver (Furchner
     et al., 1968) following oral exposure, the
     i.v.  dose corresponds to an oral dose of
     25 g (1 g/0.04 = 25 g). This dose is then
     averaged over a lifetime assumed  to be
     70 years:
          25gx
       lifetime
    
    • 25,550 days
                           = 978 jig/day
       Based on an adult body weight of 70
     kg, this corresponds to 14 jig kg/day
     (978 fig/day / 70 kg = 14 ftg/kg/day).
     Step 1-^Cosmetic RfD Derivation
    

    -------
    3574     Fedund Register
    Vol. 56. No. 20  / Wednesday, January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulation
     Ccsmeuc
        RfJ
    where:
    14 K* Ag'ks/day -Lewsi Goswved
        Cosir.et.c Effect Le-.e: based on argyna.
    3-uneerta.nty fac'.cr.
      An uncertainty factor of 3 was applied
    Icr Ihe following reasons. First, a 10-fold.
    uncertainty factor is usually applied to •.
    human data to account for ictraspecies
    variability. However, since this
    derivation has already included
    sensitiva individual*, a ID-fold
    uncertainty factor is not warranted.
    Second, an uncertainty factor leas than
    10 (i.e., 3) is sufficiently protective sinc&
    the estimated dose causing argyria
    within one to three years is being
    apportioned over a lifetime. Finally, the
    effect is based on argyria. which is
    c Jnsidered a cosmetic effect and not an
    adverse health effect.
    Step 2—-Cosmetic DWEL Derivation
       Coimedc DWEL
    4.7 Mg Ag/kg/
     dayxTO kg
    
       2 I/day
     . 16411.1/1 (rounded to
     where:
     4.7 fig Ag/kg/day - Cosmetic RfO.
     70 kg — assumed body weight of »n adult.
     2 l/d«y - «s«maed water conwiisption by an
        adult.
    
       The Cosmetic DWEL is derived on the
     assumption that 100 percent of the silver
     intake comes from drinking water. As
     estimated by the  World Heath
     Organization (WHO. 1960). the upper
     bound of intake level for silverfrotn
     food is 20 to 60 fig per  day; from air it i>
     e?sentially negligible. Therefore^ the
     SMCL for tko ccimetic effect of silver
     ccn b« calculated by subtracting the
     amount obtained in food.
    
     Step 3—SMCL
    
                      (00047 mg/kg/
                     day) (70 kg7-0.06
            SMCL -  	jug/day   _
    
                         7 I/day
              = 0.12 mg/1 (rounded '.3 0.1 mg/1 or 100 jig/
                 1)
              /. State Implementation
             •  The Safe Drinking Water Act provides
              that States mcy assume primary
              implementation and enforcement
              responsibilities. Fifry-foi • out of 57
              jurisdictions have applied for end
              received primary enforcement
              responsibility (primacy) under the Act.
              To implement the federal -egulations for
              drinking water contaminants. States
              must adopt their own regulations which
              are at least as stringent aa the federal
              regulations. This  section of today's rule
              describes the regulations and other
              procedures and policies the States must
              adopt to implement today's rule. EPA
              previously promulgated program
              implementation requirements in 40 CFR
              part 142 on December 20.1969 (54 PR
    
              52To implement today's rule. States will
              be required to adopt the following
              regulatory requirements when they are
              promulgated:  i 141.23. Inorganic
              Chemical Sampling and Analytical
              Requirements; S  141.24. Organic
              Chemical Other Than Total
              Trihalomethanes Sampling and
              Analytical Requirements; i 141.32,
              General Public Notice Requirement!
              (i.e.. mandatory health effects language
              to be included in public notification or
              violations): i  141.40. Special Monitoring
              for Inorganic and Organic Chemicals;
               $ 141.81 (a) and (c). Maximum
               Contaminant Levels for Inorganic and
               Organic Chemicals; and \ 14i.Hl.
              .Treatment Techniques for AcryUmide
               and Epichlorohydrin.
                 In addition to  adopting drinking water
               regulations no less stringent than the
               federal regulations listed above, EPA is
               requiring that State* adopt certain
               requirements related to this regulation in
               order to have their program revision
               application approved by EPA. In various
               resptcts, the proposed NPDWRs provide
               flexibility to  tin State with regard to
               implementation of the monitoring
               reqairements under this rule. Because
               State determinations regarding
               vulnerability and monitoring frequency
                will have a substantial impact with
                implementation of this regulation, the
    proposed rule requires States to submit
    as part of their State program
    submissions their policies and
    procedures in these areas. This
    requirement will serve to inform the
    regulated community of State
    requirements and also help EPA in its
    oversight of State programs  Thesr
    requiremsnts are discussed below under
    the section or special primacy
    requirements. Today, EPA is also
    promulgating changes to State
    recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements.
    
    1. Special State Primacy Requirements
    
     * To ensure that the State program
    includes all the elements necessary for
    an effective and enforceable program,
    the State's request for approval must
    contain the following: (1) If the  State
    issues waivers, the procedures  and/or
    policies the State will use to conduct
    and/or evaluate vulnerability
    assessments; (2) the procedures/policies
    the State will use to allow a system to
    decrease its monitoring frequency; and
    (3) a plan that ensures that each system
    monitors by the end of each compliance
    period.
      In general, commenters supported the
    proposed primacy requirements.
    However, one commenter characterized
    the provisions as "resource
    constraining," "confusing," "redundaat
    "cumbersome," and "not necessary."
    Several commenters were concerned
    about the resource impact of
    vulnerability assessments on State
    programs. Several States desired
     sufficient flexibility to tailor monitoring
     requirements to site-specific conditions.
     Anorner commenter urged the Agency to
     allow "area wide" or geographic
     vulnerability determinations.
       EPA hu made several changes to
     address tfaa commenlers' concerns. First'
     as described elsewhere in today's rule.
     EPA has adopted a standard monitoring
     framework which synchronizes
     monitoring schedules and standardizes
     monitoring requirements. These changes
     should reduce the confusion and
     redundancy cited by one commenter.
     One of  die changes EPA is promulgating,
      which is described in the section on
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 56,  No. ,20  /  Wednesday. January 30. 1991 /  Rules and Regulations
     monitoring, is shifting the responsibility
     for conducting vulnerability
     assessments from the State to the
     system. The Scate retains, however, the
     responsibility to approve the results of
     vulnerability assessments and to issue
     waivers. EPA believes that this change.
     in part, addresses the resource
     constraint issue cited by the
     commenters States, by implementing
     the standard monitoring framework and
     by issuing waivers, will be able to tailor
     monitoring requirements to site-specific
     conditions in most cases. EPA will allow
     States to issue "geographic" er "area
     wide" waivers. This change is also
     described in the section on monitoring.
      The special primacy requirements
     have been revised to establish criteria
     for State descriptions of the waiver
     programs the State will administer. EPA
     will develop detailed guidance for use
     by Regional Administrators in reviewing
     primary applications, and in
     administering this rule in non-primacy
     States. As insurance  against State
     'abuse of discretion' in reducing
     individual sampling frequency
     requirements. EPA added § 142.16(0 to
     establish aufhority for federal rescission
     of State waivers that do not meet the
     criteria established in 55 141.23.141.24,
     and 141.40.
      To encourage car°ful planning of the
     framework's implementation. EPA has
     added a special primacy pro-.ision in
     today's rule-that requires the
     development of State monitoring plans
     that are enforceable under State law.
     EPA is making this change to ensure
     that all water systems complete
    •monitoring (or conduct a vulnerability
     assessment) by the end of each three-
     year compliance period. In general,
     State  monitoring plans should require
     approximately one-third of the systems
     to monitor each year  during each three-
     year compliance period to provide for an
     even flow of samples through State-
     citified laboratories. States will be able
     to establish their own criteria to
     schedule the systems to monitor. If a
     State  does not have primacy for today'i
     provision at the time  th« initial
     compliance period begins (i.e., January
     1. 1993). then EPA will b« the primacy
     agent. Because water systems may be
     confused as to when  each system must
     monitor. EPA has established
     procedi^-es (§5 141.23(k), 141.24{f)(23).
     and 141.24(h](18)) that require systems
     to monitor at the time designated by the
     State. If EPA implements today's
     provisions because a State has not yet
     adopted the regulatory requirements in
     toda>'s rule, EPi4  intends to we the
     State's momionng schedule to schedule
     systems during each  compliance period.
    EPA believes this approach will reduce
    confusion over when each system
    monitors once the State adopts today's
    requirements.
    2. State Recordkeeping Requirements
      In §§ 141.16(d)(ll) through
    112.16(d)(16). EPA proposed that States
    v/ould maintain records of: (1) Each
    vulnerability determination and its
    basis; (2) each approval of reduced
    monitoring and its basis; (3) each
    determination that a system must
    perform repeat monitoring for asbestos
    and its basis; (4) each decision that a
    system must monitor unregulated
    conUminanUi; (5) each letter from a
    system serving fewer than 150 service
    connections that it is available for
    monitoring of unregulated contaminants;
    and (6) annual certifications that
    acrylamide and epichlorohydrin are
    used within Federal limits for the
    combination of dose and monomer
    levels. EPA also requested comment  on
    whether the existing record retention
    requirement of 40 years is reasonable, or
    should be modified.
      In general, commenters (mostly
    States) characterized the proposed
    recordkeeping requirements as
    "absurd," "terrible." "excessively
    burdensome," and "unwarranted." The
    most substantive comments are listed
    below. EPA has revised this part to
    conform to the standard monitoring
    framework, and to provide auditable
    records during Federal oversight
    reviews.
      One commenter said that the unduly
    diverse and complex sampling periods
    will exacerbate the complexity of the
    record/file systems. In response, the
    Agency notes that the sampling periods
    have been consolidated into the
    Standard Monitoring Framework, in
    order to simplify the program
    requirements for local. State, and
    federal personnel. This framework
    consists of repeating three-year
    compliance periods within repeating
    nine-year compliance cycles.
      Another commenter stated that
    maintaining documentation of
    assessments resulting in non-vulnerable
    status or reduced sampling frequencies
    is less important than addressing CWSs
    with real problems.  System by  system
    documentation of vulnerability
    assessments  is unnecessary; State
    summaries of each assessment should
    suffice. Many States either have
    inadequate resources to manage
    complex record systems,  or will have to
    divert resources from more important
    activities, such as technical assistance
    for small communities.
      In response, EPA  does not disagree
    with the commenter's priprities, but the
     Agency also believes that a precise
     record of each decision affecting publ;
     health is necessary. The commenter
     should note that States a-re not require
     to conduct vulnerability assessments.
     and States may reduce the resource
     impact of these regulations by app'yir.
     uniform monitoring requirements to all
     CWSs. However, if vulnerability
     assessments are used as the basis for
     granting waivers from the uniform
     monitoring requirements, there must b«
     complete documentation of those
    'assessments and the basis for each
     decision. In the final rule. EPA has
     clarified that records of.only the most
     recent assessment and monitoring
     frequency determination need be
     maintained.
       One commenter stated that since
     authority to enter and inspect is a
     primacy requirement under
     1142.10(b)(6)(iii). the requirement for
     records of sampling availability letters
     and the letters themselves, is
     superfluous. In response, EPA agrees
     with this comment, and has deleted tlu
     State recordkeeping requirement of
     systems which serve less than 150
     service connections which send letters
     of availability.
      Another comment asserted that
     annual certifications of proper
     acrylamide and epichlorohydrin
     applications are unnecessary; the
     application requirements should be
     sufficient.
      In response, EPA believes the
     requirement is a reasonable means of
     attempting to confirm proper applies tic
     of these chemicals, considering that the
     minimum frequency for sanitary survey
     is five years.
      Another ccmmenter pointed out that
     the 40-year record retention requiremer
     is an unreasonable burden on State  ,•
     resources.
      .In response, EPA has reduced the
     standard monitoring records retention
     requirement to 12 years. This covers a
     nine-year monitoring cycle plus a three
     year monitoring period, to allow time  fi
     more current records to replace older
     records.
     3. Stite Reporting Requirements
      In 5 5 142.15(a)(12) through
     142.15(a)(17), EPA proposed that States
     would report lists of: (1) Systems for
     which vulnerability assessments have
     been conducted, the assessment result;
     and their bases; (2) systems that have
     been permitted to reduce their
     monitoring frequencies,  the bases for th
     reduction, and the new frequencies; (3)
     systems that must conduct repeat
     monitoring for asbestos; (4) systems
     .serving fewer than 150 service
    

    -------
    3578    Fedatal Rayatar / VoL 56. No. 20 /  Wednesday, January  30. 1381 I Rules and Regulations
    'onnections that have notified die State-
    jf their availability foi tempting, of
    jnregulated contaminant** and (5$
    jystems that have certified complianc*
    with treatment requirements for
    icrylamide and epkhlorohydrin. EPA
    ilso proposed that States, report the-
    •esults of monitoring for unregulated
    :ontanvnanta.
      Generally, commsnrers chaiacteriztd
    :he proposed rule a*-"redundant"
    'useless," "onerous." "exce*»ive,"
     burdensome." "unnecessary." and
    'inconsistent with other reporting
    requirements."
      In addition, many comments cai§«d
    the following pointa:
      • ."he appropriate vehicle* for EPA
    oversight are review of primacy
    applications and annual nn-«ite program
    management audit*.
      • The proposed reporting
    requirements are redundant to thos«
    activities and therefore inappropriate.
      « EPA's need for, or prospective use
    of. the data to ba reported is unclear.
      • Reporting should be standardized
    with other rules, and conducted through
    a computerized date bare.
      In response; EPA agrees with these
    points after reviewing the Agency's
    information needs. EPA has determined
    that the core reporting requirements of
    the Primacy Rule, December 20,1986,
    ere sufficient for purposes of routine
    program oversight. Therefore, the
    Agency has deleted the proposed
    reporting requirements, except for the
    requirement to report result* of
    monitoring for unregulated
    contaminants in 1142.15(a)(15}. These
    results are needed for development of
    future MCL*.
    
     V. Economic Analyst*
      Executive Order 12291 requires EPA
    »nd other regulatory agencies to perform
    i Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) for
    ill  "major" regulations, which are
    iefiend as those regulations which
     .Tipose an annual co*t to the economy
    ,f 5100 million or more, or meet other
    criteria. The Agency has determined
    •_s.at this action constitutes a "mafor"
    regulatory action for the purposes of the-
    Exscuuve Order. Therefore, in.
    accordance with the Executive Order.
    the Agency has conducted an
    assessment of the benefit* and coat* of
    t-ath  the proposed and final rule*.
      The R1A* supporting the proposed
    -,',e (see "Regulatory Impact Analysis of
    Proposed Inorganic Chemical
    *''Filiations " March 31.1968. and
      Regulatory Impact Analysis, of
    Prcpo»ed Synthetic Organic Chemical
    "egulaaons." Apnl 1989) estimated an
    incremental annualized cost to the
    nation of $42 million for treatment and
    waste disposal. Monitoring co»t* for the
    proposed rule were estimated to be-
    about $29 million/year incrementally.
    Thus, the total incremental annualized
    cost to the nation of the proposed
    requirements was about $71 million/
    year. In addition, unregulated
    contaminants were estimated to result
    in a one-time cost of $42.millian.
      In response to public comments and
    receipt of new data or information. EPA
    made several change*.to the proposed
    rule which resulted in an overall
    increase in the projected compliance
    costs for  the final rule. In addition.
    revised unit coat and occurrence data
    were incorporated into the final RIA*.
    These changes, and their corresponding,
    effects on.ths originxl cxmr estimate* arc
    described below. The cost of compliance
    for aldicarb, aldiearb sulfoxide. aldicarb
    suifone, barium and pwntachloiophenol
    continue to be included in the RIA
    supporting today's rule.
    
    A. Cost of Final Rula
      Table 28 show* the results of the
    Regulatory Impact Analyse* which
    support today's final rule. MCLs
    promulgated in today's rule for barium.
    chromium, and selenium are all lea*
    stringent than existing National Interim-
    Primary Drinking. Water Regulations
    (NTPDWR). A* a- re*ult the incremental
    annualized treatment and waste
    disposal  cost  of S64 million/year are
    associated with the more stringent
    MCLs for cadmium and the SOC* which
    are promulgated in today'* final rule.
    Incremental monitoring cost* are
    estimated to be about $24 million/year.
    Thus, the- incremental annualized
    compliance cost to the nation of about
    $88 million/year is some what higher
    than the  $71 million/year estimated for
    the proposed rule. In addition,
    unregulated contaminants are expected
    to result  in a one-time cost of $39
    million, which is lower than the $42.
    million o«timatpf^ tnr thp proposal
       Approximately 1242 community and
    non-transient non-community water
    system*  are not currently in compliance
    with existing NIPDWR* and would not
    be in compliance- wtth thia rule either.
    As a result these systems will incur
     compliance costs associated with
     enforcement  of today'*rule. The coat of
     thes* 3,242 sys*em»to come into
     compliance would be SS6Q million p«r
     year for treatment and waste disposal
     and $1.5 million per year for monitoring.
     TABLE 28.—SUMMARY ESTIMATES FOR
       FINAL IOC AND SOC REGULATIONS
    
    Systww « Violation....
    Complianc* Co*t*.._
    — Monitoring 	
    — Tfaaawa* and
    Qtapnaaf Cocin
    d3% 	 __.....
    Unragutatatf
    CMttMMT
    Stata
    Coats MSaf (SM) ..
    rtiitiraar M&W«%
    Populate* W*h
    Raduead
    Expoour*
    (nStowt «.« 	
    Oapoav Caaaa»«. 	
    see
    '3.110
    $78
    21
    
    
    •57
    
    
    
    	
    
    
    
    
    2.7
    72
    IOC
    165
    &10
    2.5
    
    
    7.0
    
    
    
    .„.„_ 	
    
    
    
    
    0.2
    	
    Total
    3.265
    $88
    . 24
    
    
    64
    
    3B
    
    21
    17
    
    
    
    2.9
    72
      ' IneJybia- an M&iialod 825 fyvtwna «ftefc <**
    viotaM m« propoa«d MCL tar p«ntacNorapr*no<.
      «lndud»§ *1* m*«e« » »•« tar p»itacNor»
    ph«nol, wt*^ ia bamg ian'opoaad itaawtiafa Kxiay
    In tn» Faclaral ftagtatar.
    
      Table 28 also shows the benefits of
    today'., final rule. Compliance with the
    IOC* MCLs is expected to provide
    reduced exposure to almost 200.000
    people resulting from lowering the MCL
    for cadmium. The type* of health effects.
    expected to be avoided include chronic
    toxic effects such a* kidney- toxicity.
    Compliance with tha SOCa MCL* i*
    expected to provide reduced exposure to
    almost three million people and prevent
    about 72 case* of cancer per year.
    
    B. Comparison to Proposed Rule '
      Table 29 compare* the- co*t» and
    benefit* of today'ft final rule to those
    estimated for the proposal The
    differences in the cost estimate* are
    attributable to a variety of changes in
    the rule  and in the available input data
    used in the analyse*. Among the more
    influential changes are tha following:
    
    1. Monitoring Requirement*
      As described in section H1(D] of
    today's preamble, the monitoring
    requirement* in today's rule are
    somewhat different from those included
    in the proposed rule. A direct
    comparison between the monitoring
    costs estimated in the propose! and
    those estimated for the final rule i* not
    entirely appropriate because the coats
    estimated for the proposal were
    aggregated over nine years, whereas the
    costs for the final rule are aggregated
    over 18 years.
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 56, No.  20 / Wednesday. January 30.  1991 / Rules and Regulations     3577
     TABLE 29.—COMPARISON OF COSTS FOR
          PROPOSED AND FINAL RULES
                              Proposed-
                                     Final
             f Systems   ............     2.475 3.275
      Cwxtal Costs iJM)  ..........    $361 i  $554
      *nnua;,Z8d Cw'.al Ccs'S 'SM/
       YR) .     •                   24    37
      Donation & Maintenance Costs        '
       iSM.'VR) ...............       18,   . 27
      Monitoring Costs iSM. rP) ......... ".'     29J    24
      'otal Annua'rzed Costs ($M/YR) ,     71 1    88
      •Jnregulated Contamirtsnt Mora- '      |
       uxing ($M) ...: ............................ ;     *2j    39
    Slt!» lmp,enrvnttnof> Costs:     ,      ,
      1,'iMliSM) .................................... i ..    2*1    21
    •  Out-year HM/YR)..: ................. ...... .     1*1    17
    
              p»ntacntofopn«nol.  wtuch  « ropro-
      Table 29 shows that the monitoring
    costs for the final rule are somewhat
    iess than the monitoring costs estimated
    for the proposal. This decrease is
    primarily due to a reduced number of
    systems which are expected to be
    vulnerable to SOC contamination.
    Current VOC monitoring cost estimates
    are expected to be higher than those
    estimated for the proposal for the
    following reasons:
      • Svstems are phased in more quickly
    in the final rule. Thus, systems
    previously expected to monitor only
    once every nine years are now expected
    to monitor for VOCs  three times during
    an 18 year cycle; and
      • The final rule requires all
    vulnerable systems to incur VOC
    monitoring costs once/year, whereas the
    proposal requires systems serving fewer
    lhan 3.300 people to Incur monitoring
    costs only once during the nine year
    cycle and larger system* only incur
    monitoring costs twice during the nine
    year cycle.
    2. Changes in MCLa
      Although several MCL» in the final
    rule have changed from those that were
    proposed (e.g., toluene, toxaphene), only
    the proposed MCL for
    pentachlorophenol it more stringent as-
    to resull in additional impacts. The
    reproposed MCL for pentachlorophenol
    is 0.001 mg/1, compared to the proponed
    standard of 0.2 mg/1.
    3. Changes in Occurrence Data
       Occvurence data used in the final
    Phase II RIAs have been changed to
     include the following:
       • Revisions to the NIRS groundwater
    occurrence estimates for barium,
    cadmium, chromium, mercury and
     selenium; and
       • Additional occurrence data on
    pentacnlorophenol provided by AWWA
    ,-es jjled in estimating 825 systems
    would exceed the proposed MCL of
    0.001 mg/l.
    4. Changes in Unit Treatment Cost
    Estimates
      Changes in system design flow
    assumptions resulted in revised
    treatment and waste disposal unit cost
    estimates for both lOCs and SOCs.
      The combined effects of these changes
    are lower national treatment and waste
    disposal costs for lOCs, but higher
    national treatment and waste disposal
    costs  for SOCs. The revised design flow
    assumptions directly resulted in higher
    household annual costs for both lOCs
    and SOCs.
    C. Cost to Systems
      Table 30 suggests that the cost
    impacts on water systems and
    consumers affected by most of the
    synthetic organic and inorganic
    contaminants are small and vary
    depending upon the specific chemical
    contaminant and  the size of the public
    water system. Households served by
    serving more than 3,300 people could be
    subject to water bill increases of
    between $5 and $205 per year, if their
    systems have SOC or IOC
    contamination greater than the MCLs.
    EPA believes that these costs are
    affordable.
    
     TABLE 30.—UPPER  BOUND HOUSEHOLD
              COSTS (S/HH/YEAR)
    System size (population served)
    25-100 	
    101-5OO 	 , 	 , 	
    3300-10000 	
    25 000-50 OOO 	
    
    
    SOC*1
    $596
    233
    64
    42
    31
    
    IOC««
    $896
    442
    122
    167
    205
    
      1 Granular Activated Carbon or Packed Tower Aer-
    ation.
      • Wngrtted average ba*ed on probaMitwe aseoci-
    ated v«m alternative treatments (i.e., convendonel.
    feme softening, on exchange, reverie oamosx, actt-
    vated alumna, activated carbon and otnen).
    
      Small systems, those serving fewer
    than 500 people, incur higher per
    household costs because they do not
    benefit from engineering economies of
    scale. Households served by these small
    systems would have to pay significantly
    more, should their system have SOC or
    IOC contamination greater than the
    proposed MCL. In the case of SOCs,
    typical annual  water bills could increase
    by as much as $598. which EPA believes
    may not be affordable. In the case of
    IOC's, water bills in small supplies could
    climb an additional $898 per year in
    contaminated systems.
    
    D.  Cost to State Programs
       In 1988 EPA  and the Association of
     State Drinking Water Administrator*
     (ASDWA) conducted a survey of State
     primacy program resource needs for
     implementing the 1386 SDWA
     amendments. The State implementation
     costs for the proposal were estimated to
     be about $14 million per year, after an
     initial cost of $24 million. The survey
     results have since been updated to
     include additional respondents. Thus.
     the revised State implementation costs
     for today's final rule is estimated to be
     about $21 million initially and S17
     million/year in the out-years.
       Over half of the initial and out-yearv
     costs are expected to be associated wit!:
     expanding laboratory capabilities for
     anal'-'ing samples. After laboratory
     expar- '.on, development of vulnerability
     criteria, revising State primacy
     agreements, training staff on the rules.
     modifying the data management system.
     educating the public on the rules, and
     formal enforcement of the rules are each
     expected to require about one rr.illion
     dollars initially  to be implemented. VV::h
     respect to out-year costs, formal
     enforcement and public education are
     expected to require the most resources
     after laboratory expansion costs.
       The State survey results for the Phase
     II requirements are based on the
     proposal: however, the survey
     questionnaire was carefully reviewed to
     determine  if the estimated costs should
     be revised. This review indicated that
     the estimated State implementation
     costs lor the proposal should not be
     significantly different from those
     expected for the final rule.
    
     V. Other Requirement*
    
     A. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    
       The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
     requires EPA to consider the effect of
     regulations on small entities [5 U.S.C.
     602 et seq.]. If there is a significant effect
     on a substantial number of small
     systems, the Agency must prepare a
     RFA describing significant alternatives
     that would minimize the impact on smaL
     entities. The Agency had determined
     that the proposed rule, if promulgated,
     would not have a significant effect on a
     substantial number of small entities.
        The RFA for the final rule indicates
     that of 199.390 commuiury and non-
     community water supplies serving fewer
    - than 50.000 people, about 6,473 (3.2%)
     are estimated to exceed the final MCLs
     promulgated in today's rule. Compliance
     costs estir-ated for the 6,473 systsrns
     required to install treatment are about
     $313 mi.llion per year. Because of the
     nitrates monitorii^ requirements, all
     199.390 systems are estimated to comply
     with the monitoring requirements. The
     monitoring cost* for these  small .systems
    

    -------
     3S78
    Federal Register  /  Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1091  /  Rules and  Regulations
     ere estimated to be about $4-million/
     year for lOCs and about $20 million/
     year for SOCs. Based on  the RFA
     rcaulti. EPA has determined that the
     6.473 systems required to install
     treatment w.U be significantly affected
     by this rule.
       While a "substantial" number of the
     small water supplies serving fewer than
     50.000 persons will be affected by the
     monitoring requirements, their
    / production costs will not increase by
     five percent. Therefore, the impact on
     this substantial number of systems is
     not considered "significant" according
     to RFA guidelines. There are 6X73 small
     systems estimated to require treatment
     and thus, incur -significant" increases in
     coats. However, 6.473 systems is only
     3.2S of 199.390 systems and. according
     to EPA guidelines for conducting RFAs,
     less  than 20% of a regulated population
     is rot considered a substantial number.
       Despite the results, of this RFA,  the
     Agency considers several thousand
     systems to be substantial and has
     attempted to provide greater flexibility
     to small systems while still providing
     adequate protection of the public health.
     The most significant change to the
     proposed rule which reduce* the burden
     on small systems involve* standardized
     monitoring requirements and the
     opportunity for waivers. In addition.
     EPA has re-duced some monitoring
     requirements for systems serving  <3.300
     people.
        As well as these changes in the role,
     the 1988 Amendments to the SDWA
     provide small systems with exemptions.
     Thus, the Agency has tried to relieve
     small systems as much as possible from
     the cost* of compliance with the
     regulatory" requirements while still
     providing adequate protection to  the
     health of their c jnsumers.
    
     B. Paperwork Reduction Act
        The information collection
      requirements in this  rule have been
      submitted for approval to die Office of
      Management and Budget (OMB) under  .
      the  Paperwork Reduction Act l«-U.S.C.
      3501 et seq.\. An Information Collection
      Request (ICR) document has been
      prepared by EPA and a copy may. be
      obtained from: Sandy Fanner,
      Information Policy Branch. EPA. 401 M
      Street. SW. (PM-ZZ3). Washington, DC
      c: by calling 202-3*2-2740.
        t^ub'.ic reporting burden for. today's
       final r.Je is estimated to average Q.r
       hours per response  The entire re&Jated
       population of 200.183 systems will incur
       some morntoTir.g corts for nitrates. Of
       thf KM'. population. 75.703 systems are
       expected to incur-monitoring costs for
       "T!'snrInarrtT other than .nitrates. The
             ,'•"!•., eslksste u about 1.2
     million hours per year. In addition.
     systems monitoring for unregulated
     contaminants are expected to incur a
     one-time reporting burden of 0.5 hours/
     response resulting in a total of 31.481
     hours. The monitoring cos's asaociated
     with these information col'pction
     requirements are somewhat lower than
     those estimated for the proposed rule.
     "Specifically. IOC monitoring co*t» have
    ' increased from $4 million/year to $4.5
     million/year. SOC monitoring costa
     have decreased from $27 million/year to
     $21 million/year, and the one-time
     monitoring costa for unregulated
     contaminant* have decreased from $42
     million to $39 million. The change in co»t
     is due to the numerous change* made to
     the monitoring, recordkeeping, and
     reporting requirements that had been
     proposed. The information collection
     requirement* are not effective until
     OMB approve* them and a technical
     amendment to that effect is published in
     the Federal Regular.
     VI. Public Docket and References
       All supporting material* pertinent to
     the promulgation of thi* rule are
     included in the Public Docket located at
     EPA headquarter*. Washington. DC. The
     Public Docket is available for viewing
     by appointment by calling the telephone
     number at the beginning of this notice.
     All public comments received on the
     1986 proposal are included in the
     Docket.
       All referencss cited in thi»-notice are
     included in the Public Docket together
     with other correspondence and
     information.
    
     list of Subject* in 40 CFR Parts 141.142
     and 143
        Administrative practice and
     procedure. Chemicals, Reporting and
     Recnrdkeeping requirement*. Water
     supply,
        Octed: December 31.1990.
     F. HMTT tfabfcfct
     Acting Administrator.
        For the reason* set forth in the
      preamble, chapter I of Title 40 of tl.a
      Coda of Federal Regulation* i* propoaed
      to be amended a* follow*:
    
      PART t*1—KATJOHAL PRIMARY
      DRINKIMQ WATER REGULATIONS
    
         1. Tha authority citation for part 141
      continue* to read as follows:
         Authority. 42 U.&C. 300f. 300»-1. 3OOf-2.
      300fr-3. 3009-4. 30Bfr-S. 300g-«. 300f-t- "*
      300J-8.
         2. Section 141.2 U amended by adding.
      in alphabetical order, definition* for
      "Compliance cycle," "Compliance ^
      period," "Initial compliance period." and
                                                                        "repeat compliance period" to read as
                                                                        follows:
                                                                        § Wrt.2
                                                                          Compliance cycle means the nine-
                                                                        year calendar year cycle during which
                                                                        public water systems must monitor.
                                                                        Each compliance cycle consist* of three
                                                                        three-year compliance periods. The first
                                                                        calendar year cycle begin* January 1.
                                                                        1993 and ends December 31. 2001: the
                                                                        second begins January 1. 2002 and ends
                                                                        December 31. 2010; the third begin*
                                                                        January 1, 2011 and end* December 31.
                                                                        2019.
                                                                          Compliance period mean* a three-
                                                                        year calendar year period within a
                                                                        compliance cycla. Each compliance
                                                                        cycle has three three-year compliance
                                                                        periods. Within the first compliance
                                                                        cycle, the first compliance period runs
                                                                        from January 1. 1993 to December 31,
                                                                        1995; the second from January 1. 1996 to
                                                                        December 31, 1998; the third from
                                                                        January 1. 1999 to December 31. 2001.
                                                                         •    *     •    •    «
                                                                           Initial compliance period means the
                                                                         first full three-year compliance period.
                                                                        which begins at least 18 months  after
                                                                        promulgation.
                                                                         •    •     •    «    *
                                                                           Repeat compliance period means any
                                                                         subsequent compliance period after the
                                                                         initial compliance- period.
    
                                                                           3. In  5 141.11, paragraph (b) is
                                                                         amended by removing the entry  for
                                                                         "silver" from the table, and by revising
                                                                         the introductory text of paragraph (b) to
                                                                         read as follows;      .
    
                                                                         f141.Tt Itextmom contaminant tev««* for
                                                                         Irxxgartc ctwnteoi*.
                                                                         «••••-
                                                                           (b) The following maxi. .. n
                                                                         contaminant levels for cadmium,
                                                                         chromium, mercury, nitrate, and
                                                                         selenium shall remain effective until July
                                                                         30,1992.
                                                                          .    .    •    •    •
                                                                           3. Section 141.12 i* revised to  read a»
                                                                          follows:
                                                                          f141.1t  Minimum cmitswlnarrt t«y«t» for
                                                                          otrgsnfc ohwnteals.
                                                                            The following are the maximum
                                                                          contaminant levels for organic
                                                                          chemicals. The m«*<""™ contaminant
                                                                          levels for organic chemicals in
                                                                          paragraph (a) of this section apply to all
                                                                          community water systems. Compliance
                                                                          with the maximum contaminant level in
                                                                          paragraph (a) of this section is
                                                                          calculated pursuant to S 141.24. The
                                                                          maximum contaminant level for total
                                                                          trihalomeihanes. in paragraph (c) of this
                                                                          section appae* only to. community water
                                                                          systems which serve a population of
    

    -------
             Federal Register  /  Vol. 58, No. 20 / Wednesday, January 30.  1991 / Rules ..rd  Regulations     3579
    10.000 or more individuals and which
    add a disinfectant (oxidant) to the water
    in any part of the drinking water
    treatment process. Compliance with the
    maximum contaminant level for total
    tnhalomethanes is calculated pursuant
    to § 141.30.
    
                               '    Level.
                               --  milligrams
                                  p«r War
    (i) Chlorinated hydrocarbons: Endrm
      (1.2.3.4.10.lO-he*«chloro-8.7-
      •ooxy-1.4. 44.5.6.7.8.81 -octanydrc-
      1,4-endo.    •TMjo-5.S-dinwtna.no
      napnmalone)	
    romocr*yometf*«ne.
      tnbromometnane  (bromoform) and
      tncritoromatnane (chloroform))	
    0.0002
    0.1
      4. Section 141.23 is revised to read as
    follows:
    
    §141.23  Inoryanlc ch«mlc«) Mmpting and
    anatyttca) requirement*.
      Community water systems shall
    conduct monitoring to determine
    compliance with the maximum
    contaminant levels specified in § 141.62
    in accordance with this section. Non-
    transient, non-community watersystems
    shall conduct monitoring to determine
    compliance with the maximum
    contaminant levels specified in § 141.62
    in accordance with this section.
    Transient, non-community water
    systems shall conduct monitoring to
    determine compliance with the nitrate
    and nitrite maximum contaminant levels
    in 5 141.11 and 5 141.62 (as appropriate)
    in accordance with this section.
      (a) Monitoring shall be conducted as
    follows:
      (1) Croundwater systems shall take a
    minimum of one sample at every entry
    point to the distribution system which is
    representative of each well after
    treatment (hereafter called a sampling
    point) beginning in the compliance
    period starting January 1.1993. The
    system shall take each sample at the
    same sampling point unless conditions
    make another sampling point more
    representative of each source or
    treatment plant.
      (2) Surface water systems shall take a
    minimum of one sample at every entry
    point to the distribution system after
    any application of treatment or in the
    distribution system at a point which is
    representative of each source after
    treatment (hereafter called a sampling
    point) beginning in the compliance
    period beginning January 1,1993. The
    system shall take each sample at the
    same sampling point unless conditions
    make another sampling point more
    representative of each source or
    treatment plant.
      Note: For purposes of thin paragraph. " •
    surface water systems include systems w.'.h a
    combination of surface and ground sources.
      (3) If a system draws water from more
    than one source and the sources are
    combined before distribution, the
    system must sample at an entry point to
    the distribution system during periods of
    normal operating conditions (i.e.. when
    water is representative of all sources
    being used).
      (4) The State may reduce the total
    number of samples which must b°
    analyzed by allowing the use of
    compositing. Composite samples from a
    maximum of five sampling points are
    allowed. Compositing of samples must
    be done in the laboratory.
      (i) If the concentration in the
    composite sample is greater than or
    equal to  the detection limit of any
    inorganic chemical, then a follow-up
    sample must be taken within 14 days at
    each sampling point included in the
    composite. These samples must be
    analyzed for the contaminants which
    were detected in the composite sample.
    Detection limits for each analytical
    method are the following:
                                         DETECTION LIMITS FOR INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
    Cor.lammant
    A'sbesto* 	 	 	 	 	
    B»num .. .. 	 	 	 , 	
    C^rorrium . . „ 	 ,, 	
    
    
    
    
    
    ' MCMmg/l)
    <
    	 7 MLF «
    ..„,.._ 	 2
    i
    	 : 	 i ooos
    1 '
    	 .0.1
    	 0002
    	 I 10 (as N)
    t
    i
    i
    	 1 (ts N)
    !
    	 1 005
    i
    
    Trartsmtsswn Electron Microscopy 	 '••' 	
    Atomc Absorption; direct aspiration 	
    Atomic Absorption; furnace technique 	 - 	 • 	 -
    inductivefy Coup"** Plasma 	 - 	 -.•-. 	
    Atorao Absorption: furnace technique 	 • 	
    Inductively Coupled Plasma 	 ,- 	 - 	 : 	
    Manual Cold Vapor Technique 	 f. 	 > 	
    Autonited CoW Vapor Technique 	 • 	
    MaruaJ Cadmium Reduction 	 : 	
    Automated Hydraane Reduction 	 	 	 • 	 ; 	
    
    
    Spectrophutmiietiic 	
    Automated Cadrmjm Reduction 	 •. 	 • 	
    
    Alomc Absorption: furnace 	
    Atomic Absorption; gaseous hydride 	
    Detection limit
    (mg/l)
    0.01 MFL
    0.002
    0.1
    0.002(0001) '
    00001
    0.001 ' :
    0.001
    0.007 (0.001) >
    0,0002
    OOOC2
    0.01
    0.01
    0.05
    1
    0.01.
    001
    0.05
    0.01
    0.004
    0.002
    0.002
        1 Using ccocentridon technique in Appendix A to EPA Method 200.7.
        ' MFL - mdlon fiben per liter > 10 .m.
       (ii) If the population served by the
     8>stem is >3,300 persons, then
     compositing may only be permitted by
     the State at sampling points wVJiin a
     single system. In systems serving <3,300
     persons,  the State may permit
     ,-.r.-.; os:'Jrt£ among different systems
             provided the 5-sample limit is
             maintained.-
               (5) The frequency of monitoring for
             asbestos shall be in accordance with-
             paragraph (b) of this section; the
             frequency of monitoring for barium.
             cadmium,  chromium, fluoride, mercury,
             and selenium nhail be in accordance .
                                              with paragraph (c) of this section: the
                                              frequency of monitoring for nitrate shal
                                              be in accordance with paragraph (d) of
                                              this section; and the frequency of
                                              monitoring  for nitrite shall be in
                                              accordance with paragraph (e) of this
                                              section.
    

    -------
    358Q
    Federal RegJater  /  Vol. 56.  No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules  and Regulations
      (b) The frequency of monitoring
    conducted to determine compliance with
    the maximum contaminant level for
    asbestos specified in § 141.62(b) «hall be
    conducted as follow*:
      (1) Each community and non-
    transient, non-community water system
    is required to monitor fcr asbestos
    during the first three-year compliance
    period of each nine-year compliance
    cycle beginning in the compliance period
    starting January 1.1993.
      (2) If the system believes it is not
    vulnerable to either asbestos
    contamination in it* source water or due
    to corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe, or
    both, it may apply to the State for a
    waiver of the monitoring requirement in
    paragraph (b)(l) of this section. If the
    State grants the waiver, the system is
    not required to monitor.
      (3) The State may grant a waiver
    based on a consideration of the
    following factors:
      (i) Potential asbestos contamination of
    the water source, and
      (ii) The use of asbestos-cement pipe
    for finished water distribution and the
    corrosive nature of the water.
      (4) A waiver remain! in effect until
    the completion of the three-year
    compliance period. System* not
    receiving a waiver must monitor in
    accordance with the provisions of
    paragraph (b)(l) of this section.
      (5) A system vulnerable to asbestos
    contamination due solely to corrosion of
    asbestos-cement pipe shall take one
    sample at a tap served by asbestos-
    cement pipe and under conditions  where
    asbestos contamination is most likely to
    occur.
      (6) A system vulnerable to  asbestos
    contamination due solely to source
    water shall monitor in accordance with
    the provision of paragraph (a) of mis
    section.
      (7) A system vulnerable to asbestos
    contamination due both to its source
    water supply and corrosion of asbestos-
    cement pipe shall take  one sample at a
    tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and
    under conditions where asb«*tos
    contamination is most likely to occur.
       (8) A system which exceedz the
    maximum contaminant levels as
    determined in 1141.23(i) of this section
    shall monitorquaileily beginning in the
    next quarter after the violation occurred.
       (9) The State may decrease the
     quarterly monitoring requirement to the
     frequency specified in paragraph (b)(l)
     of this section provided me Stata hat
     determined that the system LI reliably
     and consistently below the mmdmnm
     contaminant level In no case can a
     State make this determination unless a
     grouridwater system takes a minimum of
     rwe quarterly samples and a surface (or
                                 combined surface/ground) water system
                                 takes a minimum of four quarterly
                                 samples.
                                   (10) If monitoring data collected after
                                 January 1.1990 are generally consistent
                                 with the requirements of 5 lll.23(b).
                                 then the State may allow systems to use
                                 that data to satisfy the monitoring
                                 requirement for the initial compliance
                                 pei iod beginning January 1.1993.
                                   (c)  The frequency of monitoring
                                 conducted to determine compliance with
                                 the maximum contaminant levels in
                                 § 141.02 for barium, cadmium.
                                 chromium, fluoride, mercury, and
                                 selenium shall be at follows:
                                   (1)  Groundwater systems shall take
                                 one sample at each sampling point
                                 during each compliance period
                                 beginning in the compliance period
                                 starting January 1.1993. Surface water
                                 systems (or combined surface/ground)
                                 shall take one sample annually at each
                                 sampling point beginning January 1.
                                 1993."
                                   (2)  The system may apply to the Stale
                                 for a  waiver from the monitoring
                                 frequencies specified in paragraph (c](l)
                                 of this section.
                                   (3)  A condition of tire waiver shall
                                 require that a system shall take a
                                 minimum of one sample while the
                                 waiver is effective. The term during
                                 which the waiver is effective shall not
                                 exceed one compliance cycle (i.e., nine
                                 years).
                                   (4)  The State may grant a waive*
                                 provided surface water systems have
                                 monitored annually for at least three
                                 years and groundwater systems have
                                 conducted a minimum of three round* of
                                 monitoring. (At least one sample shall
                                 have been taken since January 1.1990).
                                 Both  surface and groundwater systems
                                 shall demonstrate that all previous
                                 analytical results were less than the
                                 maximum contaminart level. Systems
                                 that use • new water source are not
                                 eligible for a waiver until three rounds
                                  of monitoring from, the new source have
                                 bean completed.
                                    (5> In determining the appropriate
                                  reduced monitoring frequency, the State
                                  shall consider.
                                    (i) Reported concentrations from all
                                  previous monitoring;
                                    (ii) The degree of variation in reported
                                  concentrations; and
                                    (iii) Other factors which may affect
                                  contaminant concentrations such as
                                  changes in groundwater pumping, rates.
                                  changes in the system's configuration.
                                  changes in the system's operating
                                  procedure*, or changes in stream flows
                                  or characteristics.
                                    (8) A decision by the State to grant •
                                  waiver shall be made in writing and
                                  shall set forth the basis for the
                                  determination. The determination may
    be initiated by the State or upon an
    application by the public water system.
    The public water system shall specify
    the basis for its request. The State shall
    review and. where appropriate, revise
    its. determination of the appropriate
    monitoring frequency when the system
    submits new monitoring data or wher
    other data relevant to the system's
    appropriate monitoring frequency •
    become available.
      (7) Systems which exceed the
    maximum contaminant levels as
    calculated in  i 141J3(i) of this section
    shall monitor quarterly beginning in the
    next quarter after the violation occurred.
      (8) The State may decrease me
    quarterly monitoring requirement to th •
    frequencies specified in paragraphs
    (c)(l) snd (c)(2) of this section provided
    it has dsterrtiined that the system is
    reliably and consistently below the
    maximum contaminant level. In no case
    can a State make this determination
    unless a groundwater system takes a
    minimum of two quarterly samples and
    a surface water system takes a minimum
    of four quarterly samples.
       (d) All public water systems
    (community; non-transient, non-
    community; and transient, non-
    community systems) shall monitor to
    determine compliance with  the
    maximum contaminant level for nitrate
    in i 141.62.
       (1) Community and non-transient.
    non-community'water systems served
    by groundwater systems shall monitor
    annually ^"^""'"8 January 1.1993;
     systems served by surface water shall
     monitor quarterly beginning January 1,
     1993.   '
       (2) For community and non-transient.
     non-commurrity water systems, the
     repeat monitoring frequency for
     groundwater systems shall  be quarterly
     for at least one year following any one
     sample in which the concentration is.
     >50 percent of the MCL. The State may
     allow a groundwater system to reduce
     the sampling frequency to annually after
     four consecutive quarterly samples are
     reliably and consistently less than the
     MCL.
        (3) For community and non-transient
     non-community water systems, the State
      may allow a surface water system to
      reduce the sampling frequency to
      annually if all analytical results from
      four consecutive quarters are < 50
      percent of tha MCL. A surface water
      system shall return to quarterly
      monitoring if any one sample is >50
      percent of tho MCL.
        (4) Each transient non-commumrj
      water syntem shall monitor annua rjr
      beginning January 1.1993.
    

    -------
              Federal Register / Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations     358".
      (5) After the initial round of quarterly
    sampling is completed, each community
    and non-transient non-community
    system which is monitoring annually
    shall take subsequent samples during
    the quarter(s) which previously resulted
    in the highest analytical result.
      (e) All public water systems
    (community; non-transient, non-
    community; and transient, non-
    community systems) shall monitor to
    determine compliance with the
    maximum contaminant level for nitrite
    in 5 141.62(b).
      (1) Ail public water systems shall take
    one sample at each sampling point in the
    compliance period beginning January 1.
    1993 and ending December 31.1995.
      (2) After the initial sample, systems
    where an analytical result for nitrite is
    <50 percent of the MCL shall monitor at
    the frequency specified by the State.
      (3) For community, non-transient,  non-
    community, and transient non-
    community water systems, the repeat
    monitoring frequency for any water
    system shall be quarterly for at least one
    year following any one sample in which
    the concentration is >50 percent of the
    MCL.  The State may allow a system to
    reduce the sampling frequency to
    annually after determining  the system is
    reliably and consistently less than the
    MCL
      (4) Systems which are monitoring
    annually shall take each subsequent
    sample during the quart«r{:) which
    previously resulted in the highest
    analytical result.
      (f) Confirmation samples:
      [1] Where the results of sampling  for
    asbestos, barium, cadmium, chromiiut.
    fluoride, mercury, or selenium indicate
    an.exceedance of the maximum
    contaminant level, the State may require
    that one additional sample be collected
    as soon as possible after the initial
    sample waa taken (but not  to exceed
    two weeks) at the same sampling point.
      (2) Where nitrate or nitnte sampling
    results indicate an exceedance of the
    maximum contaminant level, the system
    shall take a confirmation sample within
    24 hours of the system's receipt of
    notification of the analytical results of
    the first sample  ^-''ems unable to
    comply with the 24-bour sampling
    requirement must immediately notify the
    consumers served by the area served by
    the public water system in accordance
    with § 141J2...Sy8tems exercising this
    option must lake and analyze a
    confirmation sample within two weeks
    of notification of the analytical results of
    the first sample.
      (3) If a  State-required confirmation
    sample is taken for any  contaminant.
    then the results of the initial and
    confirmation sample shall ba averaged.
    The resulting average shall be used to
    determine the system's compliance in
    accordance with paragraph (i) of this
    section. States have the discretion to
    delete results of obvious sampling
    errors.
      (g) The State may require more
    frequent monitoring than specified in
    paragraphs (b), (c),  (dj and (e) of this
    section or may require confirmation
    samples for positive and negative results
    at its discretion.
      (h) Systems may  apply to the State to
    conduct more frequent monitoring than
    the minimum monitoring frequencies
    specified in this section.
      (i) Compliance with J} 141.11 or
    141.82(b)  (as appropriate) shall b«
    determined based on the analytical
    result(s) obtained at each sampling
    point.
      (1) For  systems which are conducting
    monitoring at & frequency greater than
    annual, compliance with the maximum
    contaminant levels for asbestos, barium,
    cadmium, chromium, fluorida. mercory,
    and selenium is determined by a running
    annual average at each sampling point
    If the average at any sampling point is
    greater than the MCL. then the system n
    out of compliance. If any one sample
    would cause the annual average to be
    exceeded, then the syntem is out of
    compliance immediately. Any sample
    below the detection limit shall be
    calculated at zero for the n-n-ose of
    determining the annual average.
      (2} For systems which are monitoring
    annually, or less frequently, the system
    is out of compliance with the maximum
    contaminant levels for asbestos, bariun
    cadmium, chromium, fluoride, mercury
    and selenium if th* level of a
    contaminant at  any sampling point ii
    greater than the MCL. If a confirmation
    sample is required by the State, the
    determination of compliance will  be
    baaed on the average of the two
    samples.
      (3) Compliance with the maximum
    contaminant levels for nitrate and
    nitrate is determined based on one
    sample if the levels of these
    contaminants are below the MCLs. If th
    levels of nitrate and/or nitrite exceed
    the MCLs in the initial sample, a
    confirmation sample is required in
    accordance with paragraph (f)(2)  of this
    section, and compliance  shall be
    determined based on the average of the
    initial and confirmation samples.
      (4) If a public water system has a
    distribution system separable from othc
    parts of the distribution system with  no
    interconnectiona, the State, may allow
    tha eysiaaa to give pablic notice to only
    the area served by that portion of the
    system which is out of compliance.
      (ft Eada public waler systam shall
    raoaitor et tfcs tissa designated by the
    State during each compliance period.
      (k) Inorganic  analysis:
      (1) Analysis for asbestos, barium.
    cadmium, chromium, mercury, nitrate.
    nitrite, end ssle5uum iihaH b« conductec
    using the following methods:
                                        INORGAWC COWTAMIWANTS ANALYTICAL METHODS
                                                                                          Reference (nwff»d No.
    Contaminant
    
    
    '
    
    Cad
    lt"**u"
    ^
    '
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    i Methodology li
    i
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    , EPA '
    EPA • •
    : 2062
    ! 208 1
    ....'. 2O0.7 '•«
    	 	 	 , 213.2
    	 ....] aeo.7A •
    	 218.2
    	 200.7 '••
    
    »$2
    -. 3633
    	 ' 353,1
    3S3 2
    
    	 	 , 30ttO
    	 i 354.1
    ASTM«
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    D3223-«5
    
    OSSS7-S5E
    
    ^ D38S7-85A
    
    
    1
    SM»
    
    304
    303C
    
    •304.
    
    304'
    
    3Q3JC
    
    41SC
    
    416F
    
    
    
    OttMT
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    w«wwGys»*o '
    B-1091 '«
    
    

    -------
    3582     Federal Register  / Vol.  58. No. 20 /  Wednesday. January 30.  1991  / Rules  and Regulations
                                      • INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS ANALYTICAL METHODS—Continued
                                                                                                      Reference (method No,
    Conu/nnint
    
    
    
    _
    
    
    Metnoooiogy >•
    
    
    
    
    
    
    EPA '
    353.2
    3S3.3
    300.0
    270.3
    270.2
    
    ASTM «
    D3867-85A
    D3867-OSB
    
    D3859-84A
    03659-048
    
    SM>
    418F
    <118C
    
    303E
    304«
    
    Other
    
    
    B-1011 10
    1-3667-85 '
    
    
        »"Method* of Chemical Analysis of Water tnd Wastes." EPA Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH 45268 (EPA-600/4-79-020).
        -/wmu» owm o, /«.«. wwu. .-  ..	-	7 —  —M* if* Materials, 1961 Race Street Philadelphia. PA 19103.
        •^SdanTMethodaTor thV&uvninabon of Water and Wasteiater." 16th edition. American Public Health Association. American Water Works Association. Water
    
                                   Inoroanic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments." techniques of Water-Resources Investigations ot  the U.S. Geological
                                              85-495. Available from Open-Fee Services Section, Western Dietribubon Branch. U.S. Geotogeal Survey. MS 306
    
                                                 Form WeWWG/5880. p. 5. 1985. Orion Research. Inc.. Cambridge, MA.
                              td Pleama Atomc Emiaeion Anatysia of Dnnking Water." Append* to Method 200 1. March, 1967. U.S. EPA, Environmental Monitoring
                                      >2fi&
                                      to each 100 mL of standard* and sample* is required before analyse
                                            I. add 2 mL of 30% H.OI for each 100 mL of standard.
                                                   Ftoers in Water." EPA-600/4-63-043. September 1983, U.S. EPA. Environmental Research Laboratory.
                      Method for the Determination of Nitrite/Nitrate in Water Using Single Column Ion Chromatography." Method B-1011. MBSpore Corporation.
            romatognpoy Dtvwon, 3X Maple Street MiKord, MA 01757.
        " For approved analytical procedures for metals, the technique applicable to total metals must be used.
       (2) Analyses for arsenic shall be
    conducted using the following methods:
    Method * 206.2. Atomic Absorption
    Furnace Technique; or Method l 206.3,
    or Method 4 D2972-78B. or Method »
                                                 301.A VTJ. pp. 159-162. or Method s I-
                                                 1062-78. pp. 61-63. Atomic Absorption-
                                                 Gaseous Hydride: or Method l 206.4. or
                                                 Method « LV2972-78A. or Method * 404-
    
    
                                                       METHOOOLOOY FOR FLUORIDE
    A and 404-B(4), Spectrophotometric.
    Silver Diethyl-dithiocarbamate.
      (3) Analyses for fluoride shall be
    conducted using the following methods-
    
    CotoriroeWc SPADNS, with (
    Automated Afearln fluoride 1
    Automated ton »elect)ve eiei
    
    Methodology
    
    
    9lua, w«h dbalation (comptoone) 	 	 	 	
    
    Reference (Method No.) '
    EPA«
    340.1
    34O.2
    340.3
    
    ASTM"
    D117»-72A
    01 179-728
    SM>
    43 A and C
    4138
    413 E
    Other
    129-71W*
    380-75WE'
    * ,,I«_M.__^ -* *^._ - 	 t « 	 L t_ _• m-j 	 —i u^.^.. « CL.A e^A.^m^*.**j ii. ^lahMfam Mv4 Anwt l Btvratnrv cl^neinneM. Ohio 45248 (EPA-600/4-79-020),
        •  iwwioaB w \*nmmcm Pfmrrwm at rvmmm tvu rrca^avm,  &rr-» iwrveiwi •>*«•••.• rns^»w>»v ^»—  - -r ^ — -  -» — —— * - —-—  _rr:  .*.  ., _^_._:	^--^j.. »-. tnj-t
    March 1963. AvataCXe from OflDIFHibscaSone, CERl.  EPA, CmdrmaH, Ohio 45268, For approved analytical procedures tor meta*. the technique applicable to total
    metal* must be used.
        • [Reeerved]
    
                     of ASTM  Standard*.
                               tandaro., pert 31 Water.  American Society for  Tetfng  and! Martriata,  1918  R*"S*wet.
        • "Stanoert Method* tor the Eorninaton of Water and Waetewatar." 18th EdHton. American Pubtc Heslth  Asaooalton.
                                       .          M^hod -  129-71W." T«=r«lcon  IndurtrW 8ya«m , Tsnytewi.
        ' "Ftoonde h Water and Waetewater." Technfcon InduMrW Sytema. Tarrytown. New York 10681 . February 1978.
                                                                                                                   Water Works
    
                                                                                                               York  10691.
                                                                                                                                   197Z
      (4) Sample collection for asbestos.
    barium, cadmium, chromium, fluoride.
    mercury, nitrate, nitrite, and selenium
                                                 under this section shall be conducted       container, and maximum holding time
                                                 using the sample preservation.              procedures specified in the table below:
    Contaminent
    
    
    
    
    Fhjonde
    
    Pieueivatlve '
    COOI.4-C
    Cone UNO* to pH <1 	 ' 	
    
    Cone HNOi to pH <2_ 	 	 	
    
    
    Container1
    PorQ
    PorQ
    PorQ
    PorQ
    PorQ
    
    Time'
    
    6 mm *ha.
    6 month*.
    6 month*.
    1 month.
    
      < "MrtSxxb of duaucx! AjulyiU of Wil*r and
    WatlM." EPA EnviroomenUl Momtortoj and
    Sur^"- Lc.ba-slory. Ctnctenttl. Ohio «S2« "S'A-
    eC»'4-r»-flQO). VUrci :9T». AvtlUWt froai ORD
    FMtuciUoCJ. CEK1 EPA. Oocinaitt Ohio 41286. For
               IytloJ proc*dure» for m*Ul*. tfa*
            ippuc*bU (o totaJ mctalj mu*t b* oied
                                                   i •'SuuuUrd M»tbod« for tin Examination ot
                                                 Water tad Wut*w«t*r," 16th Edition, American
                                                 Public KMltfe AwocUtton. ABMrican Water Works
                                                 AModatloa. Wtter Pollution Control Ftd*r*aon.
                                                 1965.
                                                   • Technique* of Wttar-IU»ourc*s Iavt»Uj«tion of
                                                 th« United SUtM Cwlofiaa Survey. Chtptar A-l.
                                                 "MtthooU for Detcrminanae of Inorjanlc
    Subctano* la Wntsr and Fluvial Sedimmts," Book
    8,1979. Slodt #014-OCrl-CBir7-a. ATalUbk tram
    Superintendent of Docnnants. UA Govmuoem
    Prinnnt OfSce. Wathinftoa. DC 20*01.
      « Annu»l Book of ASTM Standard*, part « Wtltt
    American Society for Tuttna and Materials. 191t
    Raca Street Ptillarlerphla, Pcmuyhranla 1B10J.
    

    -------
             Federal Register / Vol.  56. No. 20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
                                                                          3583
    Contaminant
    
    Mercury 	
    Nitrate:
    Chlorinated .. 	 	
    Non-chlonnated . : 	 	 ~- 	
    Nitrite 	 	 •*- 	
    Selenium 	 —
    
    
    
    	 Cooe H.SO. tO-pH
    	 ,, Cool. 4 'C.. 	 ,:....
    
    Preservative '
    
    
    <2 	
    
    i Contamor •
    	 : G
    i p
    	 P Of G
    	 ! P or G
    	 ! P or G
    ....* 	 ; P or G
    .. rK.nn.nn It In tfM llhOratOTV
    Time'
    28 days.
    i •> days.
    28 days.
    14 days.
    *fl hours.-
    6 months.
    1 	
    Upon, recap
    snocid txt addod to sampe.
      ' ' P - plasoc hard y soft: G = jiass. hard or soft.
       ' In til cases samples should oe an»i/z»d as soon »ter collecfion as possiDle.
      (3} Analysis under this section shall
    only be conducted by laboratories that
    have received approval by EPA or the
    State. To receive approval to conduct
    analyses for asbestos, barium, cadmium,
    chromium, fluoride, mercury, nitrate,
    nitrite and selenium the laboratory must:
      (i) Analyze Performance Evaluation
    samples which include those substances
    provided by EPA Environmental
    Monitoring and Support Laboratory or
    equivalent samples provided by the
    State.
      (ii) Achieve quantitative results on the
    analyses that are within the following
    acceptance limits:
    Contaminant
    Abestos 	
    Barium 	
    Cadmium 	
    Cnrormjm 	
    Fluoride 	
    Marcury 	
    Nttrate 	
    Nitrate 	
    Selcrvum 	
    
    2 standard
    ttatatic*
    ±15% at
    ±20% al
    ±15% at
    ±10% at
    i30% at
    ±10% at
    ±15% at
    ±20% at
    Acceptance kmit
    deviations bated on study
    j.0.15 mg/l.
    £ 0.002 mg/l.
    ^0.01 mg/l.
    1 to 10 mg/l.
    20.00OS mg/l.
    ^0.4 mg/l.
    £0.4 mg/l.
    £001 mg/l..
       5. In § 141.24. paragraph (a) the
     introductory text, paragraph (e), and
     paragraph (f) are re .aed, and a new
     paragraph (h) is added to read as
     follows:
    
     {141.24  r>9«rtic ctMtnicato othw than
     tots) trthatomethane*, Mmpflng and
     an*lyttc*l roquJretrxirrt*.
       (a) Monitoring of endrin for purposes
     of determining compliance with the
     maximum contaminant level listed in
     § 141.12(a) shall be conducted as
     follows:
     •    •     •    •     •
    
       (e) Analysis made to determine
     compliance with  the maximum
     contaminant level for endrin in
     5 141.12(a) shall be madr in accordance
     with Method 50&, "Determination of
     Chlorinated Pesticide* in Watei by Gail
     Chroma tography with and Electron •
     Capture Detector," in "Methods for the
     Determination of Organic Compounds in
     DrinHng Water," ORD Publications,
    CERI, EPA/600/4-S8/039, December
    1988.
    •    .    «     •    •
      (f) Analysis of the contaminants listed
    in } 141.61(a) (9) through (18) for the
    purpose of determining compliance with
    the maximum contaminant level shall be
    conducted as follows:
      (1) Groundwater systems shall take a
    minimum of one sample at every entry
    point to the distribution system which is
    representative of each well after
    treatment (hereafter called a sampling
    point). If conditions warrant the State
    may designate additional sampling
    points within the distribution system or
    at the consumer's tap which more
    accurately determines consumer
    exposure. Each sample must be taken at
    the same sampling point unless
    conditions make another sampling point
    more representative of each source or
    treatment plant.
      (2) Surface water systems shall take a
    minimum of one sample at points in the
    distribution system that are
    representative of each source or at.each
    entry point to the distribution system
    after treatment (hereafter called a
    sampling point). If conditions warrant
    the State may  designate additional
    sampling points within the distribution
    system  or at the consumer's tap which
    more accurately determines consumer
    exposure. Each sample must be taken at
    the same sampling point unless
    conditions make another  sampling point
    more representative of each source,
     treatment plant, or within the
     distribution system.
      Note:  For purpo«e« of thi* paragraph.
     surface water system* includa system* with •
     combination of surface and ground surfaces.
       (3) If the system draws water from
     more than one source and the sources
     are combined before distribution, the
     system must sample at an entry point to'
     the distribution system during periods of
     normal operating condition* (i.e.. when
     water representative of all sources is
     being used).
       (4) Each community and non-transient
     non-community water system shall take
     four consecutive quarterly sample* for
                                                                                                 nnsed wnn '
    each contaminant listed in 5 141.61(a)  »
    (9) through (18) during each compliance
    period beginning in the compliance
    periuu si-rting January 1,1993.
      (5) Gru-indwater systems which'do
    not detect one of the contaminants listed
    in $ 141.61(a) (9) through (18) after
    conducting the initial round of
    monitoring required in paragraph (f)(4)
    of this section shall take one sample
    annually.
      (6) If the initial monitoring for
    contaminants listed in § 141.81(a) (9)
    through (18) as allowed in paragraph
    (0(18) of this section has been
    completed by December 31.1992 and the
    system did not detect any contaminant
    listed in 5 141.61(a) (1) through (18) then
    the system shall take one sample'
    annually beginning January 1.1993.
    After a minimum of three years of
    annual sampling, the. State may allow
    groundwater systems which have no
    previous detection of any contaminant
    listed in 1141.81(a) to take one sample
    during each compliance period.
       (7) Each community and non-transient
    water system which does not detect a
    contaminant listed in i 141.81(a) (1)
    through (18) may apply to the State for a
    waiver from the requirement of
    paragraph (f)(4) and (f)(5) of this section
    after completing the initial monitoring.
    ' (For the purposes of this section.
     detection is defined as >0.0005 mg/l.) A
     waiver shall b« effective for no more
     than six years (two compliance periods).
       (8) A State may grant a waiver after
     evaluating the following factors):
       (i) Knowledge of previous use
     (including transport storage, or
     disposal) of the contaminant within the
     watershed or zone of influence of the
     system. If a determination by the State
     reveals no previous  use of the
     contaminant within  the watershed or
     zone of influence, a waiver may be
     granted.
        (ii) If previous use of the contaminant
     is unknown or it ha* been used
     previously, then the following factors
     shall be used to determine whether a
     waiver i* granted.
        (A) Previous analytical results.
    

    -------
    3584     Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991 / Rules and Regulations
      (B) The proximity of the system to
    potential point or non-point source of
    contamination. Point sources include
    npills and leaks of chemicals at or near a
    water treatment facility or at
    manufacturing, distribution, or storage
    facilities, or from hazardous and
    municipal waste landfills and other
    waste handling or treatment facilities.
      (C) The environmental persistence
    ar.d transport of the contaminants.
      ID) The number of persons served by
    the public water system and the
    proximity of a smaller system to a larger
    system.
      (E) How well the water source is
    pro'ec'ed against contamination such at
    whether it is a surface or groundwater
    system. Groundwater systems must
    consider factors such as depth of the
    well, the type of soil and wellhead
    protection. Surface water systems must
    consider watershed protection.
      ("•) A* a condition of the waiver a
    system must take one sample at each
    sampling point during the time the
    waiver is effective (i.e.. one sample
    during two compliance periods or six
    years), and update its vulnerability
    assessment considering the factors
    listed in paragraph (f)(8) of this section.
    Based on this vulnerability assessment
    • the State must confirm that the system ii
    non-vulnerable. If the State does not
    make this reconfinnation within three
    years of the initial determination, then
    the waiver is invalidated and the system
     is required to  sample annually as
     specified in paragraph (f)(S) of this
     section.
       (10) A surface water system which
     does not detect a contaminant listed in
     § 141.81(8) (1) through (18) and is
     determined by the S'ate to be non-
     vulnermble usfng the criteria in
     paragraph (f)(8) of thil section shall
     monitor at the frequency specified by
     the State (If any). Systems meeting this
     criteria must be determined by the State
     to be non-vulnerable based on a
     vulnerability  assessment during each
     compliance period.
       (11) If a contaminant listed in
     1141.61(a) (9) through (18) is detected at
     a level exceeding 0.0005 mg/1 in any
     sample, then:
       (i) The system must monitor quarterly
     at each sampling point which resulted in
     a detection.
       (11) The State may decrease the
     q'larterty monitoring requirement
     specified in paragraph (0(11)0)  ofthii
     section provided it haa determined that
     the system is reliably and consistently
     below lha maximum contaminant level
      In no ca« shall the State make this
      ce'.enainanon unless a groundwater
     system takss a minimum of two
     quarterly samples and a surface water
    system takes a minimum of four
    quarterly samples.
      (iii) If the State determines that the
    system is reliably and consistently
    below the MCL the State may allow the
    system to monitor annually. Systems
    which monitor annually must monitor
    during the quarter(s) which previously
    yielded the highest analytical result.
      (iv) Systems which have three
    consecutive annual samples with no
    detection of a contaminant may apply to
    the State for a waiver as specified in
    paragraph (0(7) of this section. .
      (v)  [Reserved]
      (12) Systems which violate the
    requirements of § 141.61(a) (9) through
    (18) as determined by paragraph (0(16)
    of this section must monitor quarterly.
    After a minimum of four quarterly  .
    samples shows the system U in
    compliance as specified in paragraph
    (0(18) of thi* section, and the State
    determines that the system is reliably
    and consistently below the maximum
    contaminant level the system may
    monitor at the frequency'and time
    specified in paragraph (OlllX'") of *"
    section.
      (13) The State may require a
    confirmation sample for positive or
    negative results. If a confirmation
    sample is required by the State, the
    result must be averaged with the first
    sampling result and the average is used
    for the compliance determination as
    specified by paragraph (0(16) of this
    section. States have discretion to delete
    results of obvious sampling errors from
    this calculation.
      (14) The State may reduce the total
    number of samples a system must
    analyze by allowing ths use of
    compositing. Composite samples from a
    maximum of five sampling points are
    allowed. Compositing of samples must
    be  done in the laboratory and analyzed
    within 14 days of sample collection.
       (i)  If the concentration :ni the
    composite  sample is  ;> 0.0005 mg/1 for
    any contaminant listed in § 141.61(a),
    then a follow-up sample must be taken
    in analyzed within 14 days from each
     sampling point included in the
     composite.
       (ii) If duplicates of the original sample
     taken from each sampling point used in
     the composite are available, the system
     may use these instead of resampling.
     The  duplicate must be analyzed and the
     results reported to the State within 14
     days of Collection.
       (iii) If the population served by the
     system is >3 JOO persons, then
     compositing may only be permitted  by
     by the State at sampling points within a
     single system. In systems serving O.300
     person*, the State may permit
     compositing among different systems
    provided the 5-sample limit is
    maintained.
      (iv) Compositing samples prior to GC
    analysis.
      (A) Add 5 ml or equal larger amounts
    of each sample (up to 5 samples are
    allowed) to a 25 ml glass synnge.
    •Special precautions must be made to
    maintain zero headspace in the syringe.
       (B) The samples must be cooled at 4*
    C during this step to minimize
    volatilization losses.
       (C) Mix well and draw out a 5-ml
    aliquot for  analysis.
       (D) Follow sample introduction,
    purging, and  desorption steps described
    in the method.
       (E) If less than five samples are used
    for compositing, a proportionately small
    syringe may be used.
       (v) Compositing samples prior to GC/
    MS analysis.
       (A) Inject 5-ml or equal larger
    amounts of each aqueous sample (up to
    5 samples are allowed) into a 25-rol
    purging device using the sample
    introduction  technique described in the
    method.
       (B) The total volume of the sample m
    the purging device must  be 25 ml.
       (C) Purge and desorb as described in
    the method. .
       (15) Compliance with J 141.61 (a) (9)
    through (IB) shall be determined based
    on the analytical results obtained at
    each sampling point
       (i)  For oystems  which are conducting
    monitoring at a frequency greater than
     annual, compliance is determined by a
     running annual average of all samples
     taken at each sampling point If the
     annual average of any sampling point is
     greater than  the MCL. then the system is
     out of compliance. If the .initial sample
     or a subsequent sample  would cause the
     annual average to be exceeded, then the
     system is out of compliance
     immediately. Any samples below the
     detection limit shall be calculated as
     zero for purposes of determining the
     annual average.
        (ii) If monitoring is conducted
     annually, or less  frequently, the system
     is out of compliance if the level of i
     contaminant at any sampling point is
     greater than the MCL. If a confirmation
     sample is  required by the State,  the
     determination of compliance will be
     based on  the average of two samples.
        (iii) If a public water  system has a
      distribution system separable from other
      parts of the distribution system with no
      interconnections, the State may allow
      the system to give public notice to only
      that area  served by that portion of the
      system which it  out of compliance.
        (10) Analysis for the  contaminants
      listed in 1141.61(a) (9)  through (18) shall
    

    -------
               Federal RegUter / Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday.  January 30. 1991 /  Rules and Regulations
                                                                           3585
      be conducted using the following EPA
      methods or their equivalent as approved
      by EPA. These methods are contained in
      "Methods for the Determination of
      Organic Compounds in Drinking Water",
      ORD Publications. CERi EPA/600/4-83/
      039, December 1988. These documents
      are available fr m the Natural
      Technical Information Service (NTIS),
      U.S. Department of Commerce. S285 Port
      Royal Road. Springfield. Virginia 22181.
      The toll-free number is 800-336-4700.  •
        (i) Method  502.1. "Volatile
      Halogenated  Organic Chemicals in
      Water by Purge and Trap Gas
      Chromatography."
        (ii) Method 502.2. "Volatile Organic
      Compounds in Water by Purge and Trap
      Capillary Column Gas Chromatography
      with Photoion'zation and Electrolytic
      Conductivity Detectors in Series." .
       (iii) Method 503.1. "Volatile Aromatic
      and L'nsaturated Organic Compounds in
     Water by Purge and Trap Gas
     Chromatography."
       (iv) Method 524.1. "Measurement of
     Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water
     by Purged Column Gas
     Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry."
       (v) Method 524.2. "Measurement of
     Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water
     by Capillary Column Gas
     Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry." '
       (17) Analysis under this section shall
     only be conducted by laboratories that
     have received approval by EPA or the
     State according to the following
     conditions:
       (i) To receive conditional approval to
     conduct analyses for the contaminants
     in } 141.61(a) (9) through (18) the
     laboratory must:
       (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation
     samples which include these substances
     provided by EPA Environmental
     Monitoring and Support Laboratory or
     equivalent samples provided by the
     State.
       (B)  Achieve  the quantitative .
     acceptance limits under paragraphs
     (fKl8)(i) (C) and (D) of thi» section for at
     least 80 percent of the regulated organic
     chemicals listed in f 141.61(a) (2)
     through (18).
       (C) Achieve  quantitative results on
     the analyses perormed under paragraph
     (0(18)(i)(A) of this section that are
     within ±20 percent of the actual amount
     of the substances in the Performance
     Evaluation sample when the actual
     amount is greater than or equal to 0.010
     mg/1.                          •
       (D) Achieve  quantitative results on
     the analyses performed under paragraph
     (f)(18)(i)(A) of this section that are
     within ±40 percent of the actual amount
    of Lhe substances in the Performance
    Evaluation sample when the actual
    amount is less  than 0.010 ing/I.
        (E) Achieve a method detection limit
      of 0.0005 mg/1. according to the
      procedures in Appendix B of part 138 of
      this chapter.
        (F] Be currently approved by EPA or
      the State for the analyses of
      trihalomethanes under 8 141.30.
        (ii) [Reserved]
        (18) States may allow the use of
      monitoring data collected after January
      1.1988 required under section 1445 of
      the Act for purposes of monitoring
      compliance. If the data are generally
      consistent with the other requirements
      in this section, the State may use those
      data (i.e., a single sample rather than
      four quarterly samples) to satisfy the
      initial monitoring requirement of
     paragraph (0(4) of this section.
       (19) States may increase required
     monitoring where necessary to detect
     variations within the system.
       (20) Each approved laboratory must
     determine the method detection limit
     (MDL), as defined in Appendix B to Part
     138 of this chapter, at which it is capable
     of detecting VOCs. The acceptable MDL
     is 0.0005 mg/1. This concentration is the
     detection  concentration for purposes of
     this section.
       (21) Each public water system shall
     monitor at the time designated by the
     State within each compliance period.
     •   *     *    •     •
       (h) Analysis of the contaminants
     listed in § 141.61(c) for the purposes of
     determining compliance with the
     maximum contaminant level shall be
     conducted as follows:
       (1) Groundwater systems shall take a
     minimum of one sample at every entry
     point to the distribution system which is
     representative of each well after
     treatment (hereafter called a sampling
     point). Each sample must be taken at the
     same sampling point unless conditions
     make another sampling point more
     representative of each source or
     treatment plant.
      (2) Surface water systems shall take a
     minimum of one sample at points in the
     distribution system that are
     representative of each source or at each
     entry point to the distribution system
     after treatment (hereafter called a
     sampling point). Each sample must be
     taken at the lame sampling point unless
     conditions make another sampling point
     more representative of each source or
     treatment plant.
      NoU: For purpose* of thii paragraph.
     •urface water syitemj include iystemj with •
     combination of lurface and ground tource*.
      (3) If the system draws water from
    more than one tource and the sources
    are combined before distribution, the
    system must sample at an entry point to
    the distribution system during periods of
      normal operating conditions (i.e.. when
      water representative of all sources is
      being used).
        (4) Monitoring frequency:
        (i) Each community and non-transient
      non-community water system shall take
      four consecutive quarterly samples for
      each contaminant listed in { - n.61(c)
      during each compliance period
      beginning with the compliance period
      starting January 1.1993.
        (ii) Systems serving more than 3.300
      persons which do not detect a
      contaminant in the initial compliance *•
      period may reduce the sampling
      frequency to a minimum of two
      quarterly samples in one year during
      each repeat compliance period.
        (iii) Systems serving less than or equal
      to 3.300 persons which do not detect a
     contaminant in the initial compliance
     period may reduce the sampling
     frequency to a minimum of one sample
     during each repeat compliance period.
       (5) Each community and non-transient
     water system may apply to the State for
     a waiver from the requirement of
     paragraph (h){4) of this section. A
     system must reapply for a waiver for
     each compliance period.
       (6) A State may grant a waiver after
     evaluating the following factorfs):
     Knowledge of previous une (including
     transport, storage, or disposal) of the
     contaminant within the watershed or
     zone of influence of the system. If a
     determination by the State reveals no
     previous use of the contaminant  within
     the watershed or zone of influence, a
     waiver may be granted. If previous use
     of the contaminant is unknown or it has
     been used previously, then the following
     factor* shall be used to determine
     whether a waiver ii granted.
      (i) Previous analytical results.
      (ii) The proximity of the system to a
     potential point or no.-.-pomt source of
     contamination. Point sources include
     spills and leaks of chemicals at or near a
     water treatment facility or at
     manufacturing, distribution, or storage
     facilities, or from hazardous and
     municipal waste landfill* and other
     waste handling or treatment facilities
     Non-point sources include the use of
     pesticides  to control insect and weed
     pests on agricultural areas, forest lands,
     home and gardens, and other land
     application uses.
      (iii) The  environmental persistence
     and transport of the pesticide or PCBs.
      (ii) How well the water source  is
    protected against contamination  due to
    such factors an depth of the well  and the
    type of soil and the integrity of the well
    casing.
      (v) Elevated nitrate levels et the water
    supply source.
    

    -------
    3588    Federal Reg»ter / Vol. 56. No. 20  /  Wednesday. January  30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
      (vi) Use of PCBs in equipment used in
    the production, storage, or distribution
    of water (i.e.. PCBs used in pumpi.
    transformers, etc.).
      (7) If an organic contaminant listed in
    5 U1.61(c) is detected (as defined by
    paragraph (h)(18) of this section) in any
    sample, ihen:
      (i) Each system must monitor
    quarterly at each sampling point which
    resulted in a detection.
      (ii) The State may decrease the
    quarterly monitoring requirement
    specified in paragraph (h)(7)(i) of this
    section provided it has determined that
    the system la reliably and consistently
    below the maximum contaminant level.
    In no case shall the State make this
    determination unless a groundwater
    system tikes a mir""""™ of two
    quarterly samples and a surface water
    system takes a minimum of four
    quarterly samples.
      (iii) After the State determines the
    system is reliably and consistently
    below the maximum contaminant level
    the State may allow the system to'
    monitor annually. Systems which
    monitor annually must monitor during
    the quarter that previously yielded the
    highest analytical result
      (iv) Systems which have 3 consecutive
    annual samples with no detection of a
    contaminant may apply to the S«ite for
    a waiver as specified in paragraph (h)(6)
    of this section.
       (v) If monitoring results in detection of
    one or more of certain related
    contaminants (aldicarb. aldicarb
     aulfone. akUcarb sulfoxid* and
    heplachlor. heptachlor epoxide), then
     subsequent monitoring shall analyze for
     all related contaminants.
       (8) Systems which violate the
     requirements of { 141.81(c) as
     determined by paragraph (h){12) of this
     section must monitor  quarterly. After a
     maximum of four quarterly samples
     show the system is in compliance  and
     the State determines the system Is
     reliably and consistendy below th*
     MCL as specified in paragraph (h)(ll) of.
     this section, the system shall monitor at
      the frequency specified in p*r«graph
      (h)(7)(m) of this section.
        (9) The Slate may require a
      confirmation sample for positive or
      negative results. If a  confirmation
      sample is required by th« State, the
      result must be averaged with the  first
      sampling result and the average used foe
      the compliance determination as
      spec.fied by paragraph (h)(ll)  of  this
      section. States have  discretion to delete
      retulU of obvious sampling errors from
      tius calculation.
        (10) The State may reduce the total
      r.ur-ber of sample* a system must
      or.a.yst t«> allowing the use  of
    compositing. Composite samples from a
    maximum of five sampling points are
    allowed. Compositing of samples must
    be done in the laboratory  and analyzed
    within 14 days of sample collections.
    .  (i) If the concentration in the
    composite sample detects one or more
    contarranants listed in $ 141.Bl[c). then a
    follow-up sample must be taken and
    analyzed within 14 days from each
    sampling point included in the
    composite.
      (ii) If duplicates of the original sample
    taken from each sampling point used in
    the composite are available, the system
    may use these duplicate*  instead of
    resampling. The duplicate must be
    analyzed and the results reported to the
    State within 14 days of collection.
      {iii) If the population served by the
    system is > 3.300 persons, then
    compositing may only be  permitted by
    the State at sampling points within a
    single system. In systems ser-ing O.300
    persons, the State may pennK
    compositing among different systems
    provided the S-sample limit is
    maintained.
       (11) Compliance with 1141.61{c) shall
    be determined based on the analytical
    results obtained at each sampling point
       (i) For systems which are conducting
     monitoring at a frequency greater than
     annual, compliance is determined by a
     nmning annual average of all samples
     taken at each sampling point If th»
     annual average of any sampling point is
     greater than the MO, then the systam is
     out of compliance. If the initial sample
     or a subsequent sample would cause the
     annual average to be exceeded, then the
     system is out of compliance
    'immediately. Any sample* below the
     detection "mit ohall be calculated u
     zero for purposes of determining the
     annual average.
       (ii] If monitoring it conducted
     annually, or less frequently, the system
     is out of compliance if the level of a
     contaminant at any sampling point i*
     greater than the MCL. If a confirmation
      sample is required by the State, the
      determination of compliance will be
      based on the average of two sample*.
        (iii) If a public water system has a
      distribution system separable from other
      parts of the distribution  system with no
      interconnections, the State may allow
      the system to give public notice to only
      that portion of the system which is out
      of compliance.
        (12) Analysis for the contaminant*
      listed m f 141.61(c) shall be conducted
      using the following EPA methods or
      their equivalent a* approved  by EPA.
      These methods are contained in
      "Methods for the Determination of
      Organic Compound* in  Drinking Water,"
      ORD Publications, CERI, EPA/800/4-88/
    039, December 1988. These documents
    are available from the National
    Technical Information Service (NTIS),
    U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port
    Royal Road, Springfield. Virginia 22181.
    The toll-free number is 1-800-336-4700.
      (i) Method 5O4. "1.2-Dibromoethane
    (EDB) and 1.2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
    (DBCP) in Water by Microextraction
    and Gas Chromatography." Method 504
    can be used to meaure
    dibromochloropropane (DBCP) and
    ethylene dibromide (EDB).
      (ii) Method 505. "Analysis of
    Organohalide Pesticides and
    Commercial Polychlorinated Biphenyl
    Product* (Aroclors) in Water by
    Microextraction and Gas
    Chromatography." Method 505 can be
    used to measure  alachlor, atrazine,
    chlordane, heptachlor. heptaohlor
    epoxide, lindane, methoxychlor, and
    toxaphene. Method 505 can be used as a
    screen for PCBi.
       (iii) Method 507, "Determination of
    Nitrogen- and Phosphorus-Containing
    Pesticides ia Ground Water by Gas
    Chromatography with a Nitrogen-
    Phosphoru* Detector." Method 507 can
    be u*ed to measure alachlor and
    atrazine.
       (iv) Method 508, "Determination of
    Chlorinated Pesticides in Water by Gas
    Chromatography with on Electron
    Capture Detector." Method 508 can be
    used to measure chlordane, heptachlor,
     heptachlor epoxide, lindane and
     methoxychlor. Method 508 can be used
     as a screen for PCS*.
       (v) Method 508A, "Screening for
     Polychlorinated  Biphenyl* by
     Perchlorii.^tion mod Gas
     Chromatography." Method 506A is used
     to quantitata PCS* as
     decachlorobiphenyi if detected m
     Methods 508 or 508.
       (vi) Method 515.1. "Determination of
     Chlorinated Acid* in Water byG««
     'Chromatography with an Electron
     Capture Detector." Method 515.1 can be
     used to measure 2.4-D, M.5-TP (Silvex)
     and pentachlorophenoL
       (vii) Method 525. "Determination of
     Organic Compound* in Drinking Water
     by Liquid-Solid Extraction and Capillary
     Column G*s Chrom«togr«phy/Ma*«
     Sptctrometey." Method 525 can be used
      to measure atachlor, atrazme, chlordane,
      heptachlor. heptachlor epoxide, lindane,
      methoxychlor. and pentachlorophenoL
        (viii) Method 531.1. "Measurement of
      N-Methyl Carbamoyloximes and N-
      Methyl Carbamates in Water by Direct
      Aqueous Infection HPLC with Port-
      Column Derivatization." Method 531.1
      can b« u»«d to measure aldicarb,
      aldicarb  sutfoxide, aJdicarb sulfone,  and
      carbofuran.
    

    -------
              Federal R»g»t«r  /  Vol. 56,  No. 20  /  Wednesday,  January  30. 1991  / Roles  and  Regulations
      (13) Analysis for PCBs thdl be
    conducted ai follows; •
      (i) Each system which monitors for
    PCBs shall analyze eack sample using
    either Method 505 or Method 506 (see
    paragraph (hK13) of this section).
      (ii) If PCBs (as one of seven Aroclors)
    are detected (as designated in this
    paragraph) ia any sample analyzed
    using Methods 305 or 508. the system
    shall reanalyze the sample using Method
    508A to quantitate PCBa (as
    decacHorobiphenyl).
                               DatecSon limft
    Arodor
    ir)ifl 	 ..— -
    1221 	
    1232 	
    1 242 	 	 	 	 	 ...-__.
    12*8 	
    1254 . _ 	 	 _ 	 _ 	
    1260 	
    
    DvtocM*
    fenumg/f)
    oxcocs
    0.02
    o.ooos
    0.0003
    0.0001
    0.0001
    0.0002
    
      (iii) Compliance with the FOB MCL
    shall be determined based upon the
    quantitative results of analyses using
    Method SOaA.
      (14) If monitoring data collected after
    January L 1980, are geaerally consistent
    with the requirement* ol i 141.24{h),
    thea th« S4aie say alJow systems to use
    that data to satisfy tbe monitoring
    requirement for tbe initial cempliaace
    period beginning January 1,1993.
      (15) The SUrU ouy i*creas« the
    required meaiisriog frequency, where
    necessary, to deUct vanaa'oB£ within
    the tys-tan fe^n fkictu«tioo« in
    conceatrsUfcta due ts  seasonal ate.
    changes in water source).
      (16) The State has tke authority to
    determine coiapkatvce or initiate
    enforcement action based upon
    analyticel results amd other infermation
    compiled by their sanctioned
    representatives and agencies.
      (17) Each public water system shall
    monitor at me timi designated by the
    State within each compliance period.
      (16) Detection as used hi this
    paragraph shaft be denned as greater
    than or equol to the foBowing
    concentrations for each contaminant.
            Cootvacwt
     AlacNor.
                                  (mo/0
     Atr*zn«	
     Ctrbokrvn	
     CMonasavs	
                    itOeCP).	^
     2.4^5	j
     Etfr/ierw (Strom«)« (ED81 _	-	i
    
     """""*'"'           I'L'L'Z.'.J
     0.0002
      oeos
      0006
      oooe
      0001
      000S
      .0002
      .00002
      -OO04
      .00601
    ,  ooox
      ooeoz
    Undtr*				  •    ' .00002
    Metnoxycmor		-	_.,       OOO1
    Potychtoonated btph«nyl»  (PCBs)  |
      (ti oec«c«oroe*XwV)	  ',       0001
    P»nUchkxoph«"o»	j       00004
    Toxit>n«n«.—				i       .001
    2.4.S-TP (Slvwi)	-		4       .0001
      6. In J 141.32. paragraph (aXl)(ni)(B) is
    revised, paragraphs (<} (13). (14), (16),
    (25), (26). (27], and (48) arc reserved and
    paragraphs (e) (15), (17] through (24).
    (28) through (45). and (47} through (52)
    are added to read as follows:
    
    } 141.32 Pu&lc nsttficalten.
      (a) • • *
      (I)'*'
      (iii)
      (B) Violation of ibe MCL for njtrate or
    nitrite as defined in 1141.82 and
    determined according to i 141.23(iX3).
    *    *    e    *     •
      (e) • • *
      (13H*») [Reserved]
      (15) Asbestos. The United States
    Environsaental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standard* and has
    determined that asbestos fibers greater
    than 10 micrometers in length arc a
    health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. Asbssios is a natarally
    occurring mineral. Moat asbestos fibers
    in drinking water ara leas than 10
    microjaeters in length &sA occur ia
    drinking water from aatmal eoujces «ad
    from cor. oded asi>€sto»-csment pipes ia
    the distribution system. Tha major UMJ
    of asbestos were in the production of
    cements, floor t3ea, paper products,
    paint, and caulking; in tranfipoxtation-
    related applications: and in the
    production of textiles and plastics.
    Asbestos wa* occe a popular insulating
    and fire retaraent material Inhalatio*
    studies have shown thai various forms
    of asbestos have produced lung tumors
    in laboratory animals. The  availaJaU
    information on tba risk of developing
    gastrointestinal tract cancer associated
    with the Lagestion of asbestos from
    drinking water is limited- Inge*tion of
    intermediate-range chrysotfle asbesto*
    fibers greater than 10 micrometers ia
    length is associated with causing benign
     tuBQOT* in male rats. Chemicals (bat
     cause cancer in laboratory animals also
     may increase the risk of cancer in
     humans vrbo are  exposed over long
     periods of time. EPA has set the drinking
     water standard for asbestos art 7 mffiion
     long fibers per liter to reduce the
     potential risk of cancer or other adverse
     health effects which have been observed
     in laboratory animals. Drinking water
     which meets th« EPA standard rs
               with little to none of tin* risk
     and should be considered safe with
     respect to asbestos.
       (16) [Reserved]  .
       (17) Cadmium. The United States
     Environmental Protection Agency [EIV
     sets drinking water standards and has
     determined that cadmium is a health'
     concern at certain levels of exposure.
     Food and the smoking of tobacco are
     common sources of g
    -------
    3538     Federal Register'/  Vol. 58,  No; 20  /  Wednesday. January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations-.
    the animals are exposed at high levels
    over their lifetimes. EPA has set the
    dnnking water standard for mercury at
    0.002 parts per million (ppm) to protec:
    against the risk of these adverse health
    effects, Dnnking water that meets the
    EPA standard is associated with little to
    none of this risk and is considered safe
    with respect to mercury.
      (20) Nitrate. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    Beta drinking water standards and has
    determined that nitrate poses an acute •
    health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. Nitrate is used in fertilizer
    and is found in sewage and wastes from
    human and/or farm animals and
    generally gets into  drinking water from
    those activities. Excessive levels of
    nitrate in drinking water have caused
    serious illness and sometimes death in
    infants under six months of age. The
    serious illness in infants is caused
    because nitrate is converted to nitrite in
    the body. Nitrite interferes with the
    oxygen carrying capacity of the child's
    blood. This is an acute disease in that
    symptoms can develop rapidly in
    infants. In most cases, health
    deteriorates over a period of days.
    Symptoms include  shortness of breath
    and blueness of the skin. Clearly, expert
    medical advice should be sought
    immediately if these symptoms occur.
    The purpose of this notice is to
    encourage parents  and other responsible
    parties to provide infants with an
    alternate source of drinking water. Local
    and State health authorities are the best
    source for information concerning
    alternate sources of drinking water for
    infants. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard at 10 parts per million (ppm)
    for nitrate  to  protect against the risk of
    these adverse effects. EPA has also set a
    drinking water standard for nitrite at 1
    ppm. To allow for the fact that the
    toxiciry of nitrate and nitrite are
    additive. EPA has also established a
    standard for the sura of nitrate and
    nitrite at 10 ppm. Drinking water that
    meets  the EPA standard is associated
    with little to none  of this risk and is
    considered safe with respect to nitrate.
       (21) Nitrite. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
     determined that nitrite poses an acute
     health concern at  certain levels of
     exposure. This inorganic chemical is
     used in fertilizers  and is found in
     sewage and  wastes from humans and/or
     farm animals and generally gets into
     drinking water as a result of those
     activities. While excessive levels of
     nitrite  in drinking water have not been
     observed, other sources  of nitrite have
     caused serious illness and sometimes
    death in infants under six months of age.
    The serious illness in infants is caused
    because nitrite interferes with the
    oxygen carrying capacity of the child's
    blood. This is an acute disease in that
    symptoms can develop rapidly.
    However, in most cases, health
    deteriorates over a perirH "' Hays.
    Symptoms include shortness of breath
    and biueness of the skin. Clearly, expert
    medical advice should be sought
    immediately if these symptoms occur.
    The purpose of this notice is to
    encourage parents and other responsible
    parties to provide infants with an
    alternate source of drinking water. Local
    and State health authorities are the best
    source for information concerning
    alternate sources of drinking water for
    infants. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard at 1 part per million  (ppm) for
    nitrite to protect against the risk of these
    adverse effects. EPA has also  set a
    drinking water standard for nitrate
    (converted to nitrite in humans) at 10
    ppm and for the sum of nitrate and
    nitrite at 10 ppm. Drinking water that
    meets the EPA standard is associated
    with little to none of this risk and is
    considered safe with respect to nitrite.
      (22) Selenium. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that selenium is a  health
    concern at certain high levels  of
    exposure. Selenium is also an essential
    nutrient at low levels of exposure. This
    inorganic chemical is found naturally in
    food and soils and is used in electronics,
    photocopy operations, the manufacture
    of glass, chemicals, drugs, and as a
    fungicide and a feed additive. In
    humans,  exposure to high levels of
    selenium over a long period of time has
    resulted in a number of adverse health
    effects, including a loss of feeling and
    control in the arms and legs. EPA ha*
    set the drinking water standard for
    selenium at 0.05 parts per million (ppm)
    to protect against the risk of these
    adverse health effects.  Drinking water
    that meets the EPA standard is
    associated with little to none  of this risk
    and is considered safe  with respect to
    selenium.
       (23) Acrylamide. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
     sets drinking water standards and has
     determined that acrylamide it a health
     concern at certain levels of exposure.
     Polymers made from acrylamide are
     sometimes used to treat water supplies
     to remove particulate contaminants.
     Acrylamide has been shown  to cause
     cancer in laboratory animals such as
     rats and mice when the animals are
     exposed at high levels over their
     lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer  in
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time.
    Sufficiently large doses of acrylamide
    are known to cause neurological injury.
    EPA has set the drinking water standard
    for acrylamide using a treatment
    technique to reduce the risk of cancer jr
    ether adverse health effects which have
    been observed in laboratory animals.
    This treatment technique limits the
    amount of acrylamide in the polymer
    and  the amount of the polymer which
    may be added to drinking water to
    remove particulates. Drinking water
    nystems which comply with this
    treatment technique have little to no risk
    and  are considered safe with respect to
    acrylamide.                  ,
       (2) Alachlor. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that alachlor is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is a widely used
    pesticide. When soil and climatic
    conditions are favorable, alachlor may
    get into drinking water by runoff into
    surface water or by leaching into ground
    water. This chemical has been shown to
    cause cancer in laboratory animali  such
    as rats and mice when the animals are
    exposed at high levels over their
    lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time. EPA
    has  set the drinking water standard for
    alachlor at 0.002 parts per million (ppm)
    to reduce the risk of cancer or other
    .adverse health effects which have been
    observed in laboratory animals.
    Drinking water that meets .this standard
    is associated with little to none of this
    risk and is considered safe with respect
    to alachlor.
       (25) -(27) [Reserved]
       (28) Atrazina. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that atrazine is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is • herbicide.
     When soil and climatic conditions are
     favorable, atrazine may get into drinking
     water by runoff into surface water or by
     leaching into ground water. Thi«
     chemical has been shown to affect
     offspring of rats and the heart of dog».
     EPA has set the drinking water standard
     for  atrazine at 0.003 parts per million
     (ppm) to protect against the risk of these
     adverse health effects. Drinking water
     that meet* the EPA s^ndard is
     associated with little to nont of this risk
     and is considered f  fe wtih respect to
     atrazine.
    

    -------
              Federal Register  /  Vol. 56, No. 20  /  Wednesday. January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations     3583  .
      (29) Carbofuran. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that carbofuran is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is a pesticide.
    When soil and climatic conditions are
    favorable, carbofuran may get into
    J.-mking water by runoff into surface
    water or by leaching into ground water.
    This chemical has been shown.to
    d image the nervous and reproductive
    systems of laboratory animals  such as
    rats and mice exposed at high levels
    over theif lifetimes. Some humans who
    were exposed to relatively large
    amounts of this chemical during their
    working careers also suffered damage to
    the nervous system. Effects on the
    nervous system are generally rapidly
    reversible. EPA has set the drinking
    wa'er standard for carbofuran at 0.04
    parts per  million (ppm) to protect
    against the risk of these adverse health
    effects. Drinking water that meets the •
    EFA standard is associated with little to
    r.-one of this risk and is considered safe
    with respect to carbofuran.
       (30) Chlordane. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA
    sets drinking water standards  and has
    determined that chlordane is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    ' This organic chemical is a pesticide
     used control termites. Chlordane is not
     very mobile in soils. It usually gets into
     drinking  water after application near
     v% ater supply intakes or wells. This
     chemical has been shown to cause
     cancer in laboratory animals such as
     rats and  mice when the animals are
     exposed  at high levels over their   -
     lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
     laboratory animals also may increase
     the nsk of cancer in humans who are
     exposed  over long periods of time. EPA
     has set the drinking water standard for
     chlordane at 0.002 parts per million
     '(ppm) to  reduce the risk of cancer or
     other adverse health effects which have
     been observed in laboratory animals.
     Dnnking water that meets the EPA
     standard is associated with little to  none
     of this risk and is considered  safe with
      respect to chlordane.
        (31)  Dibromochloropropane (DBCP).
     The United States Environmental
      Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking
      water standards and has determined
      that DBCP'is a health concern at certain
      levels of exposure. This organic
      chemical was once a popular pesticide.
      When soil and climatic conditions are
      favorable, dibromochioropropane may
      get into  drinking water by runoff into
      surface  water or by leaching into ground
      water. This chemical has been shown to
      -ause cancer in laboratory animals such
    as rats and mice when the animals are
    exposed at high levels over their
    lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time. EPA
    has set the drinking water standard for
    DBCP at 0.0002 parts per million (ppm)
    to reduce the risk of cancer or other
    adverse health effects which have been
    observed in laboratory animals.
    Drinking water that meets the EPA
    standard is associated with little to none
    of this risk and is considered safe with
    respect to DBCP.
       (32)  o-Dichlorobenzene. The United
    States Environmental Protection Agency
    (EPA)  sets drinking water standards and
    has determined that o-dichlorobenzc..e
    is a health concern at certain levels o.
    exposure. This organic chemical is used
    as a solvent in the production of
    pesticides and dyes. It generally gets
    into water by improper waste disposal.
    This chemical has been shown to
    damage the liver, kidney and  the blood
    cells of laboratory animals such as rats
    and mice exposed to high levels during
    their lifetimes. Some industrial workers
    who were exposed to relatively large
    amounts of this chemical during working
    careers also suffered damage to the
    liver, nervous system, and circulatory
    system. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for b-dichlorobenzene at 0.8
    parts per million (ppm) to protect
    against the risk of these adverse health
    effects. Drinking water that meets the
    EPA standard is associated with little to
     none of this risk and is considered safe
     with respect to o-dichlorobenzene.
       (33) cis-l,2-Dichloroethylene. The
     United States Environmental Protection
     Agency (EPA) establishes drinking
     water standards and has determined
     that cis-l,2-dichloroethylene  is a health
     concern at certain levels of exposure.
     This organic chemical is used as a
     solvent and intermediate in chemical
     production. It generally gets into water
     by improper waste disposal. This
      chemical has been shown to damage the
      liver, nervous system, and circulatory
      system of laboratory animals such as
      rats and mice when exposed at high
      levels over their lifetimes. Some humans
      who were exposed to relatively large
      amounts of this chemical also suffered
      damage to the nervous system. EPA has
      set the drinking water standard for cis:
      1,2-dichloroethylene at 0.07 parts per
      million (ppm) to protect against the risk
      of these adverse health effects. Drinking
      water the meets that EPA standard is
      associated with little to none of this risk
       and  is considered safe with respect to
       cis-1.2-dichloroethylene.
      (34) trans-1.2-DichIoroethyIe.ne. The
    United States Environmental Protectior
    Agency (EPA) establishes drinking
    water standards and has determined
    that trans-1.2-dichloroethy!ene is a
    health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. This organic chemical is use~
    as a solvent and intermediate in
    chemical production. It generally gets .
    into water by improper waste disposal.
    This chemical has been shown to
    damage the liver, nervous system, and
    the circulatory system of laboratory
    animals such as rats and mice when
    exposed-at high levels over the.r
    lifetimes. Some humans who were
    exposed to relatively large amounts of  v
    this chenucal also suffered damage to
    the nervous system EPA has set
    drinking water standard for trans-1.2-
    dichloroeth.ylene at 0.1 parts per million
    (ppm) to protect against the risk of these
    adverse  health effects. Drinking water
    that meets the EPA standard is
    associated with little to nona of this risk
    and is considered safe with respect to
    trans-1.2-dichloroethylene.
       (35) 1,2-Dichloropropar.e. The United
    States Environmental Protection Agency
    (EPA) sets drinking water standards and
    has determined that 1.2-dichloropropar.e
    is a health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. This organic chemical is used
    as a solvent and pesticide.  When soil
    and climatic conditions are favorable.
    1,2-dichloropropane may get into
     drinking water by ruroff into surface
     water or by leaching into ground water.
     It may also get into drinking water
     through improper waste disposal. This
     chemical has been shown to cause
     cancer in laboratory animals such as
     rats and mice when the animals arc
     exposed at high levels over their
     lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
     laboratory animals also may increase
     the risk of cancer in humans who are
     exposed over long periods of time. EPA
     has set  the drinking water standard for
     1,2-dichloropropane at 0.005 parts per
     million  (ppm) to reduce the risk of
     cancer or other adverse health effects
     which have been observed in laboratory
     animals. Drinking water that meets the
     EPA standard is associated with little to
     none of this risk and is considered safe
      with respect to 1,2-dichloropropane.
       (361 2.4-D. The United States
      Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
      sets drinking water standard*  and has
      determined that. 2.4-D is a health
      concern at certain levels of exposure.
      This organic chemical is used as a
      herbicide and to  control algae in
      reservoirs. When soil and climatic
      conditions are favorable.  2.4-D may get
      into drinking  water by runoff into
      surface w'ater or by leaching into ground
    

    -------
    J590
    Federal Register  /  VoL 56. No. 20 / Wednesday,  fanmary 30. 1991 / Rules and  Regulations
    water. Thii chemical has been ihown to
    damage the liver and kidney of
    laboratory animals »uch as rail exposed
    at high leveli during their lifetimes.
    Some humans who were exposed to
    relatively large amounts of this chemical
    also suffered damage to the nervous
    system. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for 2.4-D at 0.07 parts per
    million (ppm) to protect against the risk
    of these adverse'health effects. Drinking
    water that meets the EPA standard is
    associated with little to none of this risk
    and is considered safe with respect to •
    2.4-D.
      (37) Epichlorohydrin. The United
    States Environmental Protection Agency
    (EPA) sett drinking water standards and
    has determined that epichlorohydrin is a
    health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. Polymers made from
    epichlorohydrin are sometimes used in
    the treatment of water supplies as a
    flocculent to remove particulates.
    Epichlorohydrin genera'ly gets into
    drinking water by improper use of these
    polymers. This chemical has been
    shown to cause cancer in laboratory
    animals such as rats and mice when the
    animals are exposed at high levels over
    their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause
    cancer in laboratory animals also may
    increase the risk of cancer in humans
    who are exposed over long periods of
    time. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for epichlorohydrin using a
    treatment technique to reduce the risk of
    cancer or other adverse health effects
    which have been observed in laboratory
    animals. This treatment technique limits
    the amount of epichlorohydrin in the
    polymer and the amount of the polymer
    which may be add.d to drinking water
    as a flocculent to remove particulates.
    Drinking water systems which comply
    with this treatment technique have little
    to no dak and are considered safe with
    respect to epichlorohydrin.
      (38) Ethylbeiucne. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined ethylbenzene is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.  -
    This organic chemical is a major
    component of gasoline. It generally gets
    into water by improper waste disposal
    or leaking gasoline tanks. This chemical
    has been shown to damage the kidney,
    liver, and nervous system of laboratory
    animals such as rats expoied to high
    levels during their lifetimes. EPA has  set
    the drinking water standard for
    ethylbenzene at 0.7 part per million
    (ppm) to protect against the nsk of these
    adverse health effects. Drinking water
    that meets the EPA standard is
    associated with little to none of this risk
                                 and is considered safe with respect to
                                 ethylbenzene.
                                   (39) Ethylene dibromide (EDB). The
                                 United States Environmental Protection
                                 Agency (EPA) seta drinking water
                                 standards and has determined that EDB
                                 is a health concern at certain levels of
                                 exposure. This organic chemical was
                                 once a popular pesticide. When soil and
                                 climatic conditions are favorable. EDB
                                 may get into drinking water by runoff
                                 into surface water or by leaching into
                                 ground water. This chemical has been
                                 shown to cause cancer in laboratory
                                 animals such as rats and mice when the
                                 animals are exposed at high levels over
                                 their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause
                                 cancer in laboratory animals also may
                                 increase the risk of cancer in humans
                                 who are exposed over long periods of
                                 time. EPA has set the drinking water
                                 standard for EDB at 0.00005 part per
                                 million (ppm) to reduce the risk of
                                 cancer or other adverse health effects
                                 which have been observed in laboratory
                                 animals. Drinking water that meets thif
                                 standard is associated with little to none
                                 of this risk and is considered safe with
                                 respect to EDB.
                                   (40) Heptachlor. The United States
                                 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
                                 sets drinking water standards  and has
                                 determined that heptachlor is a health
                                 concern at certain levels of exposure.
                                 This organic chemical was once a
                                 popular pesticide. When soil and
                                 climatic conditions an favorable,
                                 heptachlor may get into drinking water
                                 by runoff into surface water or by
                                 leaching into ground water. This
                                 chemical has been shown to caus«
                                 cancer in laboratory animals such as
                                 rats and mice when the animals ar%
                                 exposed at high levels over their
                                 lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
                                 laboratory animals also may increase
                                 the risk of cancer in humans wno are
                                 exposed over long periods of time. EPA
                                 has set the drinking water standards for
                                 heptachlor at 0.0004 pert per million
                                 (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or
                                 other adverse health effects which have
                                 been observed in laboratory animals.
                                 Drinking water that meets this standard
                                 is associated with hide to none of this
                                 riik and is considered safe with respect
                                 to heptachlor.
                                   (41) Heptachlor epoxida. The United
                                 States Environmental Protection Agency
                                  (EPA) sets drinking water standards end
                                  has de»~rmined  that heptachlor epoxide
                                  is a health concern at certain levels of
                                  eposure. This organic chemical was
                                  once a popular pesticide. When soil and
                                  climatic conditions are favorable,
                                  heptachlor expoxide may get into
                                  drinking water by runoff into surface
                                  water or by leaching into ground water.
    This chemical has been shown to cause
    cancer in laboratory animals such as
    rats and mice when the animals are
    exposed at high levels over their
    lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time. EPA
    has set the drinking water standards f •
    heptachlor epoxide at 0.0002 part per
    rrJllion (ppm) to reduce the risk of
    cancer or other adverse health effects
    which have been observed in laboratory
    animals. Drinking water that meets this
    standard is associated with little to none
    of this risk and is considered safe with
    respect to heptachlor epoxide.
      (42) Undone. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that lindane is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is used as a
    pesticide. When soil and climatic
    conditions are favorable, lindane may
    get into drinking w.ater by runoff into
    surface water or by leaching into ground
    water. This chemical has been shown to
    damage the liver, kidney, nervous
    system, and immune system of
    laboratory animals such as rats, mice
    and dogs exposed at high levels during
    their lifetimes. Some humans who were
    exposed to relatively large amounts of
    this chemical also suffered damage to
    the nervous system and circulatory
    system. EPA has established the
    drinking water standard for lindane at
    0.0002 part per million (ppm) to protect
    against the risk of these adverse health
    effects. Drinking water that meets the
    EPA standard is associe'ed with little to
    none of this risk and is considered safe
    with respect to lindane.
       (43) Methoxycblor. The United States
    Environmental Protection Ager.cy (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that methoxychlor is a
    health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. This organic chemical is used
    as a pesticide. When soil and climatic
    conditions are favorable, methoxychlor
    may get into drinking water by runoff
    into surface water or by leaching into
    ground water. This chemical has been
    shown to damage the liver, kidney.
    nervous  oystcm, ami reproductive
     system of laboratory animals such as
     rats exposed at high levels during their
     lifetimes. It has also been shown to
     produce growth retardation hi rats. EPA
     has set the drinking water standard for
     methoxychlor at 0.04 part per million
     (ppm) to protect agsJnst the risk cf theue
     advene health effects. Drinking water
     that meets the EPA standard is
     associated wim tittle to none of this risk
    

    -------
             Federal Register / Vol. set. No. 20 /Wednesday.  January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
                                                                           3591
    and is considered safe with raspect to
    methoxychlor.
      (44) Monochlorobenzene. The United
    States Environmental Protection Agency
    (EPA) sets drinking water standards and
    has determined that monochlorobenzene
    is a health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. This organic chemical is used
    as a solvent. It generally gets into water
    by improper waste disposal. This
    chemical has been shown to damage the
    liver, kidney and nervous system of
    laboratory animals such as rats and
    mice exposed to high levels during their
    lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for monochlorobenzene at 0.1
    part per million (ppm) to protect against
    the risk of these adverse health effects.
    Drinking water that meets the EPA
    standard is associated with little to none
    of this risk and is considered safe with
    respect to monochlorobenzene.
      (45) Polychlorinated biphenyls
    iPCBsj. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that polychlorinated
    biphenyls [PCBsj are a health concern ad
    certain levels of exposure. These
    organic chemicals were once widely
    used in electrical transformers and other
    industrial equipment. They generally get
    into drinking water by improper waste
    disposal or leaking electrical industrial
    equipment. This chemical has beer
    shown to cause cancer in laboratory
    animals such as rats and mice when the
    animal* are exposed at high levels over
    their lifetimes. Chemical* that cause
    cancer in laboratory animals also may
    increase the risk of cancer in humans
    who are exoosed over long periods of
    time'. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for PCBs at 0.0005 part per
    million (ppm) to reduce the risk of
    cancer or other adverse health effects
    which have been observed in laboratory
    animals. Drinking water that meets this
    standard is associated with little to none
    of this risk and is considered safe with
    respect to PCBs.
       (46) [Reserved]
       (47) Styrene. The United States
    ijwironmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that Btyrene is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical Is commonly used
     to make plastics and is sometimes a
    component of resins used for drinking
     water treatment. Styrene may get into
     drinking water from improper waste
     disposal. This chemical has been shown
     to damage the Liver and nervoug:iystem
     in laboratory animals when exposed at
     high levels during their lifetimes. EPA
     has »et the drinking water stands-rd for
     styrene at 0.1 part per million (ppm) to
     protect against the risk of these adverse
    health effects. Drinking water that meets
    the EPA standard is associated with
    little to none of this risk and is
    considered safe with respect to styrene.
      (48) Tetrachloroethylene. The United
    States Environmental Protection Agency
    (EPA) sets drinking water standards and
    has determined that tetrachloroethylene
    is a health concern at certain levels of
    exposure. This organic chemical has
    been a popular solvent, particularly for
    dry cleaning. It generally gets into
    drinking water by improper waste
    disposal. This chemical has been shown
    to cause cancer in laboratory animals
    such as rats  and mice when the animals
    are exposed at high level* over their
    lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time. EPA
    has set the drinking water standard for
    tetrachloroethylene at 0.005 part per.
    million (ppm) to reduce the risk of
    cancer or other adverse health effects
    which have been observed in laboratory
    animals. Drinking water that meets this
    standard is associated with little to none
    of this risk and is considered safe with
    respect to tetrachloroethylene.
      (49) Toluene. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that toluene is a health •
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is used as a
    solvent and in the manufacture of
    gasoline for airplanes. It generally gets
    into water by improper waste disposal
    or leaking underground storage tanks.
    This chemical has been shown to
    damage the kidney, nervous system, and
    circulatory system of laboratory animals
    such as rats and mice exposed to high
    levels during their lifetimes. Some
    industrial workers who were exposed to
    relatively large amounts of this chemical
    during 'working careers also suffered
    damage to the liver, kidney and nervous
    system. EPA has set the drinking water
    standard for toluene at 1 part per million
    (ppm) to protect against the risk of
    adverse health effects. Drinking water
    that meets the EPA standard is
    associated with little to none of this risk
    and is considered safe with respect to
     toluene.
       (50) Toxaphene. The United States
     Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
     sets drinking water standards and has
     determined that toxaphene is a health
     concern at certain levels of exposure.
     This organic chemical was once a
     pesticide widely used on cotton, corn.
     soybeans, pineapples and other crops.
     When soil and climatic conditions are
     favorable, toxaphene may get into
     drinking water by runoff into surface
     water or by leaching into ground water.
    This chemical has been shown to cause
    cancer in laboratory animals such as
    rats and mice when the animals are"
    exposed at high levels over their
    lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer i"
    laboratory animals also may increase
    the risk of cancer in  humans who are
    exposed over long periods of time. EPA"
    has set the drinking water standard for  •
    toxaphene at 0.003 part per million
    (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or
    other adverse health effects which have
    been observed in laboratory animals.
    Drinking water that meets this standard
    is associated with little to none of this
    risk and is considered safe" with respect *
    to toxaphene.
      (51) 2.4,c-TP. The United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that 2.4.5-TP is a health
    concern at certain levels of exposure.
    This organic chemical is used as a
    herbicide. When soil and climatic
    conditions are favorable. 2,4,5-TP may
    get into drinking water by runoff into
    surface water or by leaching into ground
    water. This chemical has been shown to
    damage the liver and kidney of
    laboratory animals such as rats and
    dogs exposed to high levels during their
    lifetimes. Some industrial workers who
    were exposed to relatively large
    amounts of this chemical during working
    careers also suffered damage to the
    nervous system. EPA has set the
    drinking water standard for 2.4.5-TP at
    0.05 part per million (ppm) to protect
    against the risk of these adverse health
    effects. Drinking water that meets the
    EPA standard is associated with little to
    none of this risk and is considered safe
    with respect to 2,4.5-TP.
      (52) Xylenes. The  United States
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
    sets drinking water standards and has
    determined that xylene is a health
    concern at certain leveb of exposure.
    This organic chemical is used in the
    manufacture of gasoline for airplanes
    and as a solvent for pesticides, and as a
    cleaner and degreaser of metals. It
    usually gets into water by improper
    waste disposal. This chemical has been
    shown to damage the  liver, kidney and
    nervous system of laboratory animals
     such as rats and dogs exposed to high
     levels during their lifetimes. Some
     humans who were exposed to relatively
     large amounts of this chemical also
     suffered damage to the nervous system.
     EPA has set the drinking water standard
     for xylene at 10 parts per million (ppm)
     to protect against the risk of these
     adverse health effects. Drinking water
     that meet* the EPA standard is
     associated with little to none of this risk
    

    -------
       3592     Federal Register  /  Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday. January 30. 1991  /  Rules and Regulations
      and is considered safe with respect to
      xylene.
        7. In i 141.40 the section heading is
      revised and a new paragraph (n) is
      added to read as follows:
    
      § 141.40  Special monitoring for (norg*njc
      and organic chemical*.
      •    •    •     •    •
       •(n) Monitoring of the contaminants
      listed in 1141.40(n) (11) and (12) shall be
      conducted as follows:
        (1) Each community arid non-
      transient,  non-commun,:iy watar system
      shall take four consecutive quarterly
      samples at each sampling point  for each
      contaminant listed in paragraph (n)(;i)
      of this section and report the results to
      tne State. Monitoring must be completed
      by December 31.1995.
       (2) Each community and non-transient
      non-community  water system shall take
      one sample at each sampling point for
      each contaminant listed in paragraph
      (n)(12) of this section and r.'port the
     results to the States. Monitoring  must be
     completed by December 31.1995.
       (3) Each  community and non-transient
     non-community water system may apply
     to the State for a waiver from the
     requirements of paragraph (n)  (l) and (2)
     of this section.
       (4) The State may grant a waiver for
     the requirement of paragraph (n)(l) of
     this section based on the criteria
     specified in § 141.24(h)(6). The State
     may grant a waiver from the
     requirement of paragraph (n)(2) of this
     section if previous analytical results
     indicate contamination would not occur.
     provided this data was collected after
     January 1.1990.
       (5)  Groundwater systems shall take a
     minimum of one sample at every  entry
     point to the distribution system which is
     representative of each well after
     treatment (hereafter called a sampling
     point). Each sample must be taken at the
     same sampling point unless conditions
     make another sampling point more
     representative of each source or
     treatment plant.
      (6) Surface water systems shall take a
     minimum of one sample at points in the
     distribution system that are
     representative of each sourc* or at each
     entry point  to the distribution system
     after treatment (hereafter .called a
     sampling point). Each sample must be
     taken at the same sampling point unless
     conditions make another sampling point
     more representative of each source or
     Ues'jr.enl plant.
      NoU- For purpo*ef of thii paragraph.
     surface water lyitems include lyiiemi with •
    cocbutnUon of gurface and ground tourcei.
      (~\ If the system draws water from
    •—'"": u»fer. one source and the sources
      are combined before distribution, the
    '  system must sample at an entry point to
    ;  the distribution system during periods of
      normal operating conditions (i.e.. when
      water representative of all sources is
    |  being used).
        (8) The State may require a
      confirmation sample for positive or
      negative results.
        (9) The State may reduce the total
      number of samples a system must
      analyze by allowing the use of
      compositing. Composite samples from a
      maximum of five sampling points are
      allowed. Compositing of samples must
      be done in the laboratory end the
      composite sample must be analyzed
      within 14 days of collection. If the
      population served by the system is
      > 3.300 persons, then compositing may
      only be permitted by the State at
     sampling points within a single system.
     In systems serving £ 3.300 persons, the
     State  may permit compositing among
     different systems provided the 5-sample
     limit is maintained.
       (10) Instead of performing the
     monitoring required by this  section, a
     community water system or non-
     transient non-community water system
     serving fewer than 150 service
     connections may send a letter to the
     State stating that the system is available
     for sampling. This letter must be sent  to
     the State by January 1.1994. The system
     shall not send such samples to the State,
     unless requested to do so by the State.
       (11)  List of Unregulated Organic
     Contaminants:
    Organic comarranents
    AUrtn..... 	
    BaexaXa)pyreoa 	 	 	
    RutacMor
    Cartaryf 	
    Dalapon ,
    CX(2-«0TytMxyt)ao1p«t«
    
    Dreamt* 	 	 	 	
    DWdrto 	
    Dnoeeb 	
    Oqjet 	 _. _ .
    Endoma* 	 	 :. 	
    Gtypnoaate 	 	 	
    
    3-Hy2S
    
    531.1
    531 1
    SC7 525
    507.508,525
    531.1
    515 1
    507 525
    505 507 525
    513
    
      (12) List of Unregulated Inorganic
    Contaminants:
         Contaminant
    i  (i) Antinony...
    
    I
    I  (») Beryllium...
      (in)
     fiv) Sjfate	
     
    -------
              Fedatal RagiaUr  / VoL 56. No. 20 /  Wednesday.  January  30.  1901 / Rules and Regulations     35S3
    { 141.51  Maximum contaminant )•«•(
    goat* for Inorganic contaminant*.
      (b) •  •  ••
         Corumncnt
                            •MCU3 tmg/t)
     (2) Aitwoto*	 7 MHkon fiberVUtar
                          0ong«r thin
     (3) [ReM»v»d] 	
     (4) Cadrruuai		 0005
     (5) Chrtxmjn-	 0,1
     (6) btorcury	0.002
     (7) Mtrmta	 10 (a* Nitrogen).
     (8) Nrtnt*	 t (at Nitroo»n).
     (9) Tot* Nfram NiMa-
    (10) S*«f«um		OJ»
      10. Section 141.00 ia revised to read aa
    follows:
    5 141.00  Ef1«ct1v« dates.
      (a) The effective dates for $ 141.81 are
    as follows:
      (1) The effective date for paragraphs
    (aK'l) through [a)(8) of S 141.61 is
    January 9,1989.
      (2) The effective date for paragraphs
    (aft?) through (a)(l8) and (c)(lj through
    (c)(18) of i 141.61 is July 30,1992.
      (b) The effective dates for { 141.62 are
    as follows:
      (1) The effective date of paragraph
    (b)(l) of 1141.62 is October 2.1987.
      (2) The effective date for paragraphs
    (b){2) and (b)(4) through (b}(10) of
    $ 141.62 is July 30, 1992.
      11. Section 141.61 is revised to read aa
    follows:
    
    { 141.«1  Maximum contaminant tewta for
    organic contaminant*,
      {«) The following maximum
    contaminant levels for organic
    contaminants apply to community and
          ansient non-community water
    systems.
    CAS Mo.
    (1) 75-01-4
    (2) 71-43-2 - 	 	 	
    (3) 56-23-5 . 	 - 	 	 	 - 	
    W1O7-QB-^2
    (5) 79-0 !-•
    (6) 105-45-7
    (7) 75-35-4 	 . ,. ,
    (8) 71-SM, 	 ...._ 	 _ 	 - 	 - 	 - 	 	 	 -
    (9) l5*VS»-^2 	 	 - 	 _ 	 _ 	 , 	 - 	 : 	 —
    (10) 7VB7-S 	 - 	 - 	
    (1 1) 100 411 1 . . •
    (12) 10IWO-7
    (13) 9S-5D-1
    
    (15) 127-1S-4
    (16) 10S-SS^3 ... . 	
    (17) 15fl-fiD~£
    (18) 1 330-20-7 _ 	 	 	 	 	 - 	 ~.
    
    /Xu^^M^^MH*
    \JpniawTwlVTl
    SVM cfrhTnia
    Btfomu 	 	 	
    Ij'SSrtorolSftlna* " 	 	 ~"
    
    
    1 1-OoMorOktny4*nt 	
    
    1 g nil hl'iiiynyai'a 	
    Ettntttnm
    MoftjoMcNoO«ni»m
    o fm lid mjaaniami
    Stfftnt ,
    T,wditoraa»»<»»
    Tntffn^ ,
    lran»-l 7-OK^croiHtyHTX ., 	 	 	
    Xy4«n*t (total) 	 • 	 . r,,.. ,,^T r,,, 	 	 	
    
    MCL
    -------
     3594      Federal Regbter /.Vol. 56. No, 20  /  Wednesday.  January  30.  1991 / Rules and Regulations
                          BAT FOB ORGANIC CONTAMINANTS LISTED IN SECTION 141.61 (a) AND (c)—Continued
    CAS No.
    
    03_72_f 	 ,,.,„.., 	 	
    127- 1 ft— 4 	
    7t»S5-€ 	
    
    
    
    
    t330-2$-7 	 „ 	
    
    Cfwroca*
    Styww 	 .,„ 	 	 	
    245-TP  In Table
      1 - Actvatw)
                                              2 -
                                              3 - OSrecl end Datorp/j FKraton
                                              4 •> Greoufar Acevaiacl Cartxxi
                                              5 *• Ion EKC^wnub
                                              6 - Dm* Sotarlng
                                              7 - R«v««B9 O*mo«
                                              8 - Corrosion Control
                                             13. A new subpart K is addexi to part
                                           141 to read as follows:
                                                   — Treatment T»chrt»^«»«
                                           S»c.
                                           141.110  General requiremenU.
                                           141.111  Treatment t«chniques for
                                              acrytamide and epichlorohydrin.
    
                                           SuS^psrt K— Treatment TscJwtiqii** _
                                             {141.110 Qanonl
                                               The requirements of subpart K oi this
                                             port constitute national primary drinking
                                             water regulations, Thet« regulations
                                             establish treatment techniques in lieu of
                                             maximum contaminant levels for
                                             specified contaminants.
    
                                             {141.111 TrsetrosM iswtfiBJssa** for
                                             ecrytemfda emd ep«U>tmuci»ditr>.
                                               Each public water system must certify
                                             annually in writing to the State (using
                                             third party or manufacturer's
                                             certification) that when acrylamid* and
                                             epichlorohydrin are used in drinking
    

    -------
              Federal  Register / Vol. 56. No.  20 / Wednesday,  January  30.  1991 / Rules  and-Regulations     3595
    water systems, the combination (or
    product) of dose and monomer level
    does not exceed the levels specified as
    follows:
    Acrylaraide = O.OS% dosed at'l ppm (or
        equivalent)
    Epichlorohydrin=0.01% doied at 20 ppm (or
        equivalent)
    Certifications can rely on manufacturers
    or third parties, as approved by the
    State.
    
    PART 142—NATIONAL PRIMARY
    DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
    IMPLEMENTATION
    
      1. The authority citation for part 142  ,
    continues to read as follows:
      Authority: 42 U.S.C. SOOg. 300g-l. 300g-2.
    300g-3. 3008-4, 300g-5, 300g-0, 300H *nd
    300J-9.
      2. Section 142.14 is amended by
    revising paragraph (a)(6). paragraph (c).
    the introductory text to paragraph (d).
    and paragraph (f); and by adding
    paragraphs (d}(4) through (d}(7) to read
    as follows:
    
    § 142.14  Records k«pt by SUM*.
      (a)'*'
      (6) Records of analysis for other than
    microbiological contaminants (including
    total colifonn. fecal coliform, and
    .heterotrophic plate count), residual
    disinfectant concentration, other
    parameters necessary to determine
    disinfection effectiveness (including
    temperature and pH measurements),
    and turbidity shall be retained for not
    less than 12 years and shall include at
    least the following information:
    •    *    »    *    *
      (o) Each State which has primary
    enforcement responsibility shall
    maintain current inventory information
    for every public water system in the
    State and shall retain inventory records.
    of public water systems for not less than
    12 years.
      (d) Each State which hat primary
    enforcement responsibility shall retain.
    for not less than 12 yean, filet which
    shall include  for each such public water
    system  in the State:
    •     •    •    •    •
       (4) A record of the most recent
    vulnerability determination, including
    the monitoring results and other data
    supporting the determination, the State's
    findings based on the supporting data
    and any additional bases for such
    determination; except that it shall be
    kept in  perpetuity or until a more current
    vulnerability determination has been
    issued.
       (5) A record of all  current monitoring-
    requirement* and the most recent
    monitoring frequency decision
    pertaining' to each contaminant,
    including the monitoring results and
    other data supporting the decision, the
    State's findings based on the supporting
    data and any additional bases for such
    decision; except that the record shall be
    kept in perpetuity or until a more recent
    monitoring frequency decision has been
    issued.
      (6) A record of the most recent
    asbestos repeat moi..ioring
    determination, including the monitoring
    results and other data supporting the
    determination, the State's findings based
    on the supporting data and any
    additional bases for the determination ,
    and the repeat monitoring frequency;
    except that these records shall be
    maintained in perpetuity or until a more
    current repeat monitoring determination
    has been issued.
      (7) Records of annual certifications
    received from systems pursuant to part
    141, subpart K demonstrating the
    system's compliance with, the treatment
    techniques for acrylamide and/or
    epichlorohydrin in { 14.111.
    *    •     •    *     *
      (f) Records required to be kept under
    this section shall be available to the
    Regional Administrator upon request.
    The records required to be kept under
    tliis section shall be maintained and
    made available for public inspection by
    the  State, or, the State at its option may
    require suppliers of water to make
    available for public inspection those
    records maintained in accordance with
    $ 141.33
      3. In 1 142.15 is amended by adding
    new paragraph (c)(3) to read as follows:
    
    §142.15 Reports by StfttM.
    •    •     *    *   . *
      (c) '  * '
      (3) The results of monitoring for
    unregulated contaminants  shall b«
    reported quarterly.
      4. $ 142.16 is amended by reserving
    paragraph (d) and by adding a new
    paragraph (e) to read as follows:
    }1411«
                   primacy r»qu8r»m«ot«.
      (d) [Reserved]
      (e) An application for approval of a
    State program revision which adopts the
    requirements specified in ii 141.23,
    141.24, 141.32. 141.40, 141.61, 141.62. and
    141.11 must contain the following (in
    addition to the general primacy
    requirements enumerated elsewhere in
    this part including the requirement that
    state regulations be at least as stringent
    as the federal requirements):
      (1) If a State chooses to issue waivers
    from the monitoring requirements in
    U 141.23, 141.24. and 141.40, the State
     shall describe the procedures and
     criteria which it will use to review
     waiver applications and issue waiver
     determinations.
       (i) The procedures for each
     contaminant or class of contamina its
     shall include a description of:
       (A) The waiver application
     requirements;            ;
       ^B) The State review process for 'use"
     waivers and for "susceptibility '
     waivers: and
       (C] The State decision criteria.
     including the factors that will be
     considered in deciding to grant or deny
     waivers. The decision criteria must    «
     include the factors specified in
     i i 141.24(f)(8). 141.24(h)(8). and
     141.40{n)(4).
       (ii) The State musf specify the
     monitoring data and other
     documentation required to demonstrate
     that the contaminant is eligible for a
     "use" and/or "susceptibility" waiver.
       (2) A plan for the initial monitoring
     period  within which the State will
     assure  that all systems complete the
     required monitoring by the regulatory
     deadlines;
       (i) The plan must describe how
     systems will be scheduled during the
     initial monitoring period and
     demonstrate that the analytical
     workload on certified laboratories for
     each of the three years has been taken
     into account, to assure that the State's
     plan will result in a high degree of
     monitoring compliance and will be
     updated as necessary,
       (ii) The State must demonstrate that
     the initial plan is enforceable under
     State law.
       S. Section 142.18 is added to subpart B
     to read as follows:
     $ 142.11 EPA review of State monitoring
     dotwminrttona.
    ,   (a).A Regional Administrator may
     annul a State monitoring determination
     for die  types of determinations
     identified in § 1141.23(b), 141.23(c).
     141.24(f). 141.24{h). and 141.40(n) in
     accordance with the procedures in
     paragraph (b) of this section.
       (b) When information available to a
     Regional Administrator, such as the
     results of an annual raviow, indicate a .
     State determination fails to apply the
     standards of the appitmtd State
     program, he may propose to annul the
     State monitoring determination by
     sending the State and th« affected PWS
     a draft Rescission Order. The draft order
     shall:
       (1) Identify the PWS, the State
     determination, and the provisions at
     issue;
    

    -------
                                                                                                              1
    
      3596     Federtl  Register / yoL 56. N.o. 20 / Wednesday, January 30. 1991 /  Rule3 'and Regulations
        (2) Explain why the State
      determination ii not in compliance with
      the State program and must be changed:
      and
        (3) Describe the action* and terms of
      operation the PWS will be required to
      implement.
        (c) The State and PWS shall have 60
      days to comment on the draft Rescission
      Ordei.
        (d) The Regional Administrator may
      riot issue a Rescission Order to impose
      conditions less stringent than those
      imposed by the State.
        (e) The Regional Administrator shall
      also provide an opportunity for
      comment upon the draft Rescission
      Order, by
        (1) Publishing a notice in a newspaper
      in general circulation in communities
      served by the affected system; and
        (2) Providing 30 days for public
      comment on the draft order.
        (0 The State shall demonstrate that
     the determination ia reasonable, based
     on its approved State program,
       (g) The Regional Administrator shall
     decide within 120 days after issuance of
     the draft Rescission Order to:
       (1) Issue the Rescission Order as
     drafted;
       (2) Issue a modified Rescission Order.
     of
       (3) Cancel the Rescission Order.
       (h) The Regional Administrator shall
     set forth th« reasons for his decision,
     including a responsiveness summary
     addressing significant comments from
     the Slate, the PWS and the public.
       (i) The Regional Administrator shall
     send a notice of his final decision to the
     State, the PWS and all parties who
     commented upon the draft Rescission
     Order.
       (j) The Rescission Order shaD remain
     in effect until cancelled by the Regional
     Administrator. The Regional
     Administrator may cancel a Rescission
     Order at «ny time, so long as h« notifies
     those who commented on the draft-
     order.
      (k) The Regional Administrator may
     not delegate the signature authority for a
     final Rescission Order or the   •
     cancellation of an order.
      (I) Violation of the action*, or terms of
     operation, required by a Rescission
     Order It a violation of the Sale Drinking
     Water Act
      6. Section 142.57 is revised to read as
     follows:
    
     H42.C7 Betted water, *<**-<*ue«, and
    polnt-of-enlry da-rieec.
      (a) A State may require a public water
    ays ten to use bottled water, point-of-use
    devices, or point-of-«nn-y device* as •
    condition of granting an exemption from
      the requirements of If 141.61 (a) and (c).
      and ! 141.62 of this chapter.
        (b) Public water system* using bottled
      water as a condition of obtaining an
      exemption from the requirements of
      $ 5 141.61 (a) and (c) and § 141.52(h) of
      this chapter must meet the requirement*
      in I 142.62(g).
        (c)  Public water systems that use
      point-of-use or point-of-entry devices a*
      a condition for receiving an exemption
      mu»t  meet the requirement* in
    7. Section 142.62 i* revised to
    follow*:
    5 1 42.62 Variance* and exemptta
    organic and Inorganic chemical*,
    (a) The Administrator, pursua
    •ection 1415(a)flKA) of the Act
    identifies the technologies listed
    paragraphs fa)(l] through (a)(36
    section as the best technology,
    treatment technique*, or other a
    available for achieving complia:
    the maximum contaminant love
    organic chemicals as listed in J
    (a) and (c).
    «—_
    (1) Banzwi.* ,. ,.
    (2) Carbon t»tr*cnkxW« 	 	
    
    (5) para-Oict*xoberaena 	
    (6) 1.1-0icfiloroettiytan*.._ 	
    (7) 1.1.1-Trirttaroefhane 	
    (81 V*iy1 cMoada 	
    (9) oa-l^-Ochkyoethylena...
    (10) 1.2-Oehlorepropana 	
    (11) Ethytoeroene 	 	
    (12) Monochtoroeenzena 	
    (13) o-Dichlorobenzane 	
    (UlStyr.n.
    (15) TetracMoroetnytane 	
    (16) Toluene 	
    (17) trane-1,2-Dichtoroethy-
    lene.
    (18)Xytonaa(toW) 	
    (19) Atoentor 	
    (20) Aidteartj 	
    (21) Akicarti autfonde 	
    (22) Aldfcart) aurfone 	
    (23) Atrazine 	 .'. 	
    (24) Carboruran 	
    (25) Chkxdane 	
    (27)2.40 _ 	 _ 	 _.. .
    (28) Ettiytane dUuueJe 	
    (29) Haptacntor 	
    (3O) H*p«i« 	
    (36) 2^4,5-TP 	 	 	
    reado*
    nafrom
    or
    ntto
    iereby
    tin
    ) of this
    lean*
    ice with
    * for
    141.61
    Beat avaffaMe
    tachmiogMa
    Padud
    aaca&on
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    X
    Granular
    activated
    carbon
    XXXKXXXXXXXXKXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX
      (b) The Administrator, piirsuanl to
    section 1415(aJ(l)(A) of the Act hereby
      identifies the following as the beat
      technology, treatment techniques, or
      other means available for achievin^
      compliance with the maximum
      contaminant levels for the inorganic
      contaminants listed in {
      BAT FOR INORGANIC COMPOUNDS LISTED
                  (N9t4l.62tb)
            Chemical name
                                   BAT(a)
                                             AabaetO*..
                                             B«num..
                                             Cadmium	
                                             Chromium	
                                             Mercwy	
                                             Nitrate—	
                                             Nitrite	
                                             Seterwjm	
                                2,3.8
                                5.6.7J
                                Z5.6.7
                                2 5.8 ».7
                                2 '. 4.8 »,7 '
                                5.7.9
                                5.7
                                1.2 *
                                               1 BAT only if influent Hq concentration* <10 up/
    
                                               * BAT for ntroobtn W only
                                               ' BAT tor Sotonum IV only
                                               Key to BAT» in T«
    
      2-Cc*gul«ic
    -------
              Federal Reggter / Vol. 56. No.  20 / .Wednesday, January 30, 1991 /Rules and  Regulations     3597
      (f) The State may require a public
    water system to use bottled water.
    point-of-use devices, point-of-entry
    devices or other means as a condition of
    granting a variance o* an exemption
    from the requirements of 1141.61 (a)
    and (c) ard J 141.62 to avoid an
    unreasonable risk to health.
      (g) Public water systems that use
    bottled water as a condition for
    receiving  a variance or an exemption
    from the requirements of J 141.81 (a)   •
    and (c) and § 141.62 must meet the
    requirements specified in either
    paragraph (g)(l) or (g}(2) and paragraph
    (g)(3) of this section:
     . 11) The  Administrator or primacy
    State must require and approve a
    monitoring program for bottled water.
    The public water system must develop
    and put in place a monitoring program
    that provides reasonable assurances  .
    that the bottled water meets all MCLs.
    The public water system must monitor a
    representative sample of the bottled
    water for  all contaminants regulated
    under 5 141.61 (a) and (c) and 5 141.62
    during the first three-month period thai
    it supplies the bottled water to the
    public, and annually thereafter. Results
    of the monitoring program shall be
    provided to the State annually.
      (2) The  public water system must
    receive a certification from the bottled
    water company  that the bottled water
    supplied has been taken from an
    "approved source" as defined in 21 CFR
    129.3(a); the bottled water company has
    conducted monitoring in accordance
    with 21  CFR 129.80(g) (1) through (3);
    snd the bol.led water does not exceed
    any MCLs or quality limits as set out in
    21 CFR 103.C3,110, and 129. The public
    water system shall provide the
    certification to the State the first quarter
    after it supplies  bottled water and
    annually thereafter. At the State's option
    a public water system may satisfy the
    requirements of this subsection if an
    approved monitoring program is already
    in place in another State.
      (3) The public water system  is fully
    responsible for the provision of
    sufficient quantities of bottled water to
    every person supplied by the public
    water system via door-to-door bottled
    water delivery.
       (h) Public water systems that use
    point-of-use or point-of-entry devices as
    a condition for obtaining a variance or
    an exemption from NPDWRs must meet
    the following requirements:
       (1) It is the responsibility of the public
     •vater system to operate and maintain
    the point-of-use and/or point-of-entry
    treatment system.
       (2) Before point-of-use or point-of-
    entry devices are installed, the public
    water tystem must obtain the  approval
    of a monitoring plan which ensures that
    the devices provide health protection
    equivalent to that provided by central
    water treatment.
      (3) The public water system must
    apply effective technology under a
    State-approved plan. The
    microbiological safety of the water must
    be maintained at all times.
      (4) The State must require adequate
    certification of performance, field
    testing, and. if not included in the
    certification process, a rigorous
    engineering design review of the point-
    of-use and/or point-oi-entry devices.
      (5) The design and application of the
    point-of-use and/or point-of-eutry
    devices must consider the potential for
    increasing concentrations of
    heterotrophic bacteria in water  treated
    with activated carbon. It may be
    necessary  to use frequent backwashing,
    post-contactor disinfection, and
    Heterotrophic Plate Count monitoring to
    ensure that the microbiological  safety of
    the water is not compromised. ,
      (6) The State must be assured that
    buildings connected to the system have
    sufficient point-of-use or point-of-entry
    devices that are properly installed.
    maintained, and monitored such that all
    consumers .will be protected.
    
    PART 143—NATIONAL SECONDARY
    DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
    
      1. The authority citation for part 143
    continues to read as follows:
      Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300g-l(c), 300J-4- and
    300J-9.
      2. In § 143.3 the table is revised to
    read as follows:
    
    5 143.3  Secondary maximum contaminant
    (•varis.
         Contaminant
                                 Lev*
    Aluminum
    CNond*
    Cotof
    Gonio«vTty ..........
    Fkjonel* ..............
    Foaming agent*.
    Iron .......................
     pH	
     S»v«r	
     Sonata	
     Total   diaaorvarf
       (TDS).
     Zinc	
    sofei*
          0.05 to 0.2 mg/1.
          250ms/l.
          15 cater units.
          1.0 mg/1.
    2.0 mg/l.
    O.'j mg/1.
    0.3 mg/1.
    0.05 mg/1.
    3 trtrejahoid otiot
      number.
    8.S-4.5.
    0.1 mg/1.
    250 mg/1.
    500 mg/1.
    
    5 mg/1.
                             § 143.4  Monitoring.
                             *     •     •     *     •
    
                                (b) *  '  '
                                (12) Aluminum—Method ' 202.1  .
                             Atomic Absorption Technique-Direct.
                             Aspiration: or Method 2 303C; or
                             Method s I-305i-84: or Method ' 202.2  '
                             Atomic Absorption-Graphite Furnace
                             Technique: or Method * 304': or Method *
                             200.7 Inductively-Coupled Plasma
                             Technique: or Method 8 200.8
                             Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass
                             Spectrometry or Method * 200.9 Platforpi
                             Technique: or Method 7 3120B
                             Inductively-Coupled Plasma Technique.
                                (13) Silver—Method l 272.1 Atomic
                             Absorption Technique-Direct
                             Aspiration: or Method * 303 A or B; or
                             Method 3 1-3720-64: or Method ' 272.2
                             Atomic Absorption-Graphite Furnace
                             Technique: or Method * 304: or Method 4
                             200.7 Inductively-Coupled Plasma-
                             Technique; or Method * 200.8
                             Inductively-Coupled Plasma-Mass
                             Spectrdmetry; or Method • 200.9
                             Platform Technique: or Method T 312OB
                             Inductively-Coupled Plasma-Technique.
    
                             (FR Doc. 91-933 Filed 1-29-91; 8:45 am)
                             •tLUNO COM f540-W-U
       3. Section 143.4 is amended by adding
     paragraphs (b)(12) and (b)(13) to read ai
     follows:
      1 "Method! of Chemical Analysis of Water and
    Wastes." EPA. Environmental Mom :onng and
    'Systems Laboratory. Cincinnati. OH 45208. EPA
    600/4-79-020. March. 1903. Available from ORO
    Publication. CERL EPA. Cincinnati. OH 45268.
      * "Standard Methodi for the Examination of
    Water and Wattewater," 16th Ed.. American Public
    Health Association. American Waterworki
    Association, Water Pollution Control Federation.
    IMS.
      ' "Methods for the Determination of Inorganic
    Substance* m Water and Fluvial Sediments."
    Technique* of Water-Resourcss Investigations of
    the United States Geological Survey Books. Chapter
    Al. 1985, Available from Open File Services
    Section. Western Distribution Branch. U.S.
    Geological Survey. Denver Federal Center. Denver.
    CO 80255.
      4 "Determination of Metal* nnd Trace Elements
    by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission
    Spectrometry." Method 200.7. version 3.1. Apnl.
    1990, EPA. Environmental Monitoring and System*
    Laboratory. Cincinnati. OH 45280.
      • "Determination of and Trace Elements in Water
    and Waste* by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mas*
    Spectrometry," Method 200.*, version 4.1. March.
    1980, EPA. Environmental Monitorial and Systems
    Laboratory. Cincinnati. OH 45288. Available from
    ORD Publication. CERI. EPA. Cincinnati. OH 45266.
      • "Determination of Metals .and Trace Elements
    by Stabilized Temperature Graphite Furnace
    Atomic Absorption Spectrometry," Method 200 9.
    version 1.0, April 1980. EPA. Environmental
    Monitorinj and Systems Laboratory. Cincinnati. OH
    45208.
      ' "Standard Methods for tho Examination of
    Water and Waitewatar." 18th ed.-. American Public
    Health Association. American Waterworks
    Association. Water Pollution Control Federstion.
    lees.
    

    -------
    

    -------